Introduction
Diffusion models estimate the score ∇ log p t \nabla\log p_t ∇ log p t as Gaussian noise progressively obscures a data distribution (Ho et al., 2020; Song et al., 2021). Training provides denoising pairs ( X 0 , X t ) (X_0, X_t) ( X 0 , X t ) : a clean point and a noisy view. The learner predicts X 0 X_0 X 0 from X t X_t X t , thereby estimating the score (Vincent, 2011). If the data have a hidden non-Gaussian direction, a successful denoiser must detect it through those pairs. The amount of data needed depends on what the learner can represent and whether it can use repeated views of the same clean point.
Existing theory studies parts of this question under different data models and resource measures. Lower bounds for random features and kernels count features or samples for fixed representations (Ghorbani et al., 2021; Mei et al., 2022); analyses of trained denoisers count fresh pairs for one architecture and optimizer ([5 ] ); statistical-query and cryptographic lower bounds count queries or computation for arbitrary algorithms (Diakonikolas et al., 2017; Song, 2024). These results do not directly compare the cost of learning the same hidden signal across learner classes. We ask:
Which moments of a hidden structure can a denoising learner access, and how do representation size, distinct clean samples, noisy views and the learner’s access to geometry determine the cost of improving on the Gaussian score?
We study two versions of one hidden-component model. Data are X 0 = U Z + σ 0 ( I − U U ⊤ ) G 0 X_0 = UZ + \sigma_0(I - UU^\top)G_0 X 0 = U Z + σ 0 ( I − U U ⊤ ) G 0 with an unknown orthonormal U ∈ R d × k U \in\mathbb{R}^{d \times k} U ∈ R d × k , a non-Gaussian latent vector Z ∈ R k Z \in\mathbb{R}^k Z ∈ R k and an independent Gaussian G 0 G_0 G 0 . In the covariance-visible regime (σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0 = 0 σ 0 = 0 ), the data lie on the subspace, their covariance reveals U U U , and principal components recover it from k + 1 k + 1 k + 1 points. In the covariance-matched regime, Cov ( Z ) = σ 0 2 I k \operatorname{Cov}(Z) = \sigma_0^2 I_k Cov ( Z ) = σ 0 2 I k , so Cov ( X 0 ) = σ 0 2 I d \operatorname{Cov}(X_0) = \sigma_0^2 I_d Cov ( X 0 ) = σ 0 2 I d carries no information about U U U . The first informative moment has order k ∗ ≥ 3 k^* \ge3 k ∗ ≥ 3 , the generative exponent of the latent law. This is non-Gaussian component analysis (Diakonikolas et al., 2017; Tan and Vershynin, 2018) seen through a diffusion model.
Main results
Figure 1 shows the observable difference between the two data regimes: a line of clean points in one case, and an isotropic covariance that masks a non-Gaussian direction in the other. Table 1 summarizes the resource costs for each learner. The results follow from a moment-access calculus for the denoising loss (§ 3 ); Figure 2 compares the leading scales.
Figure 1. Two hidden-component data regimes in two dimensions. (a) Clean points X 0 = u Z X_0 = uZ X 0 = u Z lie on a line; blue points are their noisy views at t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 , and short arrows connect selected pairs. The line is visible in the clean covariance. (b) The clean covariance is I 2 I_2 I 2 . Blue and orange mark the mixture components only for illustration; their labels are not observed by the learner. (c) In the covariance-matched example, the clean marginal along u u u (orange) differs from its moment-matched Gaussian (dashed black) even though their means and variances agree. Diffusion at t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 weakens that difference (blue).
Figure 2. The covariance-matched rows of Table 1 on one scale, for k ∗ = 4 k^* = 4 k ∗ = 4 and the two-component mixture with μ = 0.8 \mu= 0.8 μ = 0.8 . Lines are the leading terms of the theorems, with the constants 2 / κ ~ 2 2/\tilde{\kappa}^{2} 2/ κ ~ 2 (full reuse) and v t / κ ˉ t 2 v_t/\bar{\kappa}_t^{2} v t / κ ˉ t 2 (one view, at t ∗ t^* t ∗ ) of Theorem 6.5 ; the logarithm is normalized to one at d = 64 d = 64 d = 64 . The red line is the dictionary-size threshold d 3 / 6 d^3/6 d 3 /6 of the frozen barrier, whose exponent the kernel and online-SGD lower bounds share. Markers are measured 50% training-set thresholds from § 7.2 ; they exclude the fixed 65,536 validation and calibration points, and cover only d = 64 d = 64 d = 64 –192 192 192 .
Contributions. The Stein–Tweedie identity expresses each residual correlation as a discrepancy between the noisy law and a baseline (Theorem 3.1 ); on polynomial fields, these correlations recover exactly the corresponding moment differences (Theorem 3.2 ). Thus a fitted Gaussian baseline removes the moments it matches, shifting the first accessible signal in the covariance-visible mixture from degree two to degree four (Theorem 3.4 , Corollary 3.6). Conditioning on the clean point gives an exact clean-data moment query (Lemma 3.3 ). Averaging fresh noisy views of one point reduces the forward-process variance of the corresponding gradient estimate. Diffusion acts on the hidden coordinate through an Ornstein–Uhlenbeck noise operator; the static signal-to-noise ratio of the best low-degree correlation peaks at the time in Theorem 3.8 .
For an orientation-independent dictionary, the covariance-visible mixture has a sharp feature threshold at d 3 / 6 d^3/6 d 3 /6 , with higher odd-degree steps at d J / J ! d^J/J! d J / J ! (Theorems 4.5 , 4.9 ). For one hidden direction, a one-sided change of measure identifies the height of the first step (Theorem 4.13 ). The covariance-matched model gives the d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 exponent for dictionaries satisfying the stated L 4 / L 2 L^4/L^2 L 4 / L 2 condition (Theorem 4.21 ). Kernel ridge regression on noisy inputs has the same sample exponent under the conditions of Theorem 5.2 ; for the exponential kernel this includes every ridge (Lemma 5.3 ). When covariance reveals the subspace, principal-component projection instead yields fitted-model, score-risk and generated-law distributions independent of ambient dimension (Theorems 4.15 , 4.16).
Learning the covariance-matched direction can be cheaper than fixing a representation in advance. Small-step online SGD on one unit needs d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 steps up to log 2 d \log^2 d log 2 d (Corollary 6.2), while the statistical-query bound gives tolerance d − k ∗ / 4 + o ( 1 ) d^{-k^*/4+o(1)} d − k ∗ /4 + o ( 1 ) under its output-norm assumption (Proposition 6.3 ). Averaging r r r noisy views of each clean point, one gradient step of the matrix score model recovers the direction from O ( ( 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r ) d k ∗ / 2 log d ) O((1+(\iota_t-1)/r)d^{k^*/2}\log d) O (( 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r ) d k ∗ /2 log d ) clean points for even k ∗ k^* k ∗ (Theorem 6.5 ). The same partial-trace matrix is the curvature created by Gaussian smoothing of a single-unit loss (Proposition 6.7 ). A learner that uses this curvature, sharpens the direction and fits a scalar readout obtains a fixed score gain with O ( d k ∗ / 2 log d ) + O ( d ) + O ( 1 ) O(d^{k^*/2}\log d)+O(d)+O(1) O ( d k ∗ /2 log d ) + O ( d ) + O ( 1 ) clean points (Theorem 6.8 ). For k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 , this separates it from the restricted learner classes above by one power of d d d , up to logarithms and under their stated hypotheses (Corollary 6.9 ).
The experiments check the predicted barriers and invariances in the covariance-visible regime. In the covariance-matched regime, the partial trace’s measured overlaps are consistent with the proposed spectral transition within Monte Carlo error. A width-8 network trained with clean-point reuse has a d 2 d^2 d 2 -like training-set threshold over d = 64 d=64 d = 64 –192 192 192 , with fixed validation and calibration overhead (§ 7 ).
Related work
Low-dimensional structure in diffusion models. Chen et al. (2023a) give score approximation and estimation rates for data on a linear subspace, Oko et al. (2023) prove minimax optimality of diffusion estimators over Besov classes, and Li and Yan (2024) show that samplers adapt to unknown intrinsic dimension. Given an accurate score, sampling error is controlled by Chen et al. (2023b) and Benton et al. (2024). These are upper bounds for adaptive estimators; our lower bounds identify what restricted classes lack, and our upper bounds count each resource separately.
Fixed representations and kernels. Random-feature and kernel models in high dimension fit only polynomial components of degree ℓ \ell ℓ with d ℓ ≪ N d^\ell\ll N d ℓ ≪ N features or samples (Ghorbani et al., 2019, 2021; Mei et al., 2022), and the spectrum of inner-product kernel matrices in polynomial regimes is described by Misiakiewicz (2022) and Lu and Yau (2022). For denoising score matching, George et al. (2026) derive precise learning curves for random features and George and Macris (2026) extend them to manifold data. Here the inputs are non-Gaussian along a hidden direction, and the barrier applies to every orientation-blind dictionary with arbitrary coefficients. For one hidden direction, it also gives the exact risk height relative to the moment-matched Gaussian denoiser.
Exponents, statistical queries and non-Gaussian component analysis. The information exponent governs online SGD for single-index models (Ben Arous et al., 2021), and the generative exponent governs statistical-query and low-degree algorithms (Damian et al., 2024). Statistical-query lower bounds for non-Gaussian component analysis are due to Diakonikolas et al. (2017) and Diakonikolas et al. (2024), spectral algorithms to Vempala and Xiao (2011) and Tan and Vershynin (2018), and score estimation for such data is cryptographically hard in general (Song, 2024). Bardone et al. [5 ] show that a denoiser trained online on a mixed cumulant model learns pair-wise statistics at linear cost and the fourth cumulant at cubic cost, defining a diffusion information exponent; Székely et al. (2024) report a quadratic sample threshold for supervised networks in a spiked cumulant model. Our Theorem 3.2 identifies the generative exponent as the relevant one for denoising, and Corollary 3.6 gives a mechanism for the staged learning of Bardone et al. [5 ] .
Tensor methods, smoothing and reuse. The fourth-moment tensor of non-Gaussian component data is a spiked tensor, for which unfolding reaches d k / 2 d^{k/2} d k /2 (Montanari and Richard, 2014) and gradient descent or Langevin dynamics from random starts needs d k − 1 d^{k-1} d k − 1 (Ben Arous et al., 2020). Gaussian smoothing reaches the unfolding threshold for tensor PCA (Anandkumar et al., 2017) and the d k / 2 d^{k/2} d k /2 rate for online single-index learning (Damian et al., 2023); SGD can be viewed as optimizing a smoothed objective (Kleinberg et al., 2018). Reusing batches changes what gradient methods can learn in supervised two-layer networks (Dandi et al., 2024; Lee et al., 2024). A link between one gradient step of a diffusion objective and a spectral method was made for a covariance spike by Shah et al. (2023). Here the conditional Stein identity connects reuse to the denoising loss, and the curvature created by smoothing is the partial-trace statistic. The resulting two-stage learner has explicit costs for clean points, noisy views and arithmetic.
Stein’s method and score matching. Theorem 3.1 is a standard consequence of Stein’s lemma and Tweedie’s formula (Robbins, 1956; Efron, 2011); its supremum over a unit ball of fields is a Stein discrepancy (Gorham and Mackey, 2015), and the equivalence of denoising score matching with score matching is due to Hyvärinen (2005) and Vincent (2011). We use this identity to compare what different denoising learners can extract from the same hidden-component model.
Setting, learners and resources
Diffusion pairs, denoisers and baselines
Fix a time t > 0 t>0 t > 0 and write a = a t = e − t a=a_t=e^{-t} a = a t = e − t , h = h t = 1 − e − 2 t h=h_t=1-e^{-2t} h = h t = 1 − e − 2 t . For clean data X 0 ∼ P 0 X_0\sim P_0 X 0 ∼ P 0 on R d \mathbb{R}^d R d with all moments finite and an independent G ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) G\sim N(0,I_d) G ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) , the noisy view is
X t = a t X 0 + h t G , X_t=a_tX_0+\sqrt{h_t}G, X t = a t X 0 + h t G ,
the time-t t t marginal of the Ornstein–Uhlenbeck process d X t = − X t d t + 2 d B t dX_t=-X_t\,dt+\sqrt{2}\,dB_t d X t = − X t d t + 2 d B t . Write P t P_t P t for its law, p t p_t p t for its density, m t ( x ) = E [ X 0 ∣ X t = x ] m_t(x)=\mathbb{E}[X_0\mid X_t=x] m t ( x ) = E [ X 0 ∣ X t = x ] for the denoiser and s t = ∇ log p t s_t=\nabla\log p_t s t = ∇ log p t for the score. Tweedie’s formula (Robbins, 1956; Efron, 2011) gives
s t ( x ) = a t m t ( x ) − x h t , (1) s_t(x)=\frac{a_tm_t(x)-x}{h_t}, \tag*{(1)} s t ( x ) = h t a t m t ( x ) − x , (1)
and every denoiser estimate m ^ \widehat{m} m defines a score estimate s ^ = ( a t m ^ − x ) / h t \widehat{s}=(a_t\widehat{m}-x)/h_t s = ( a t m − x ) / h t . Then E ∥ s ^ ( X t ) − s t ( X t ) ∥ 2 = ( a t / h t ) 2 E ∥ m ^ ( X t ) − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 \mathbb{E}\lVert\widehat{s}(X_t)-s_t(X_t)\rVert^2=(a_t/h_t)^2\mathbb{E}\lVert\widehat{m}(X_t)-m_t(X_t)\rVert^2 E ∥ s ( X t ) − s t ( X t ) ∥ 2 = ( a t / h t ) 2 E ∥ m ( X t ) − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 , so score risk and denoiser risk differ by the factor ( a t / h t ) 2 (a_t/h_t)^2 ( a t / h t ) 2 . Regressing X 0 X_0 X 0 on X t X_t X t is denoising score matching (Vincent, 2011): for any f f f ,
E ∥ X 0 − f ( X t ) ∥ 2 = E ∥ X 0 − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 + E ∥ m t ( X t ) − f ( X t ) ∥ 2 . \mathbb{E}\lVert X_0-f(X_t)\rVert^2=\mathbb{E}\lVert X_0-m_t(X_t)\rVert^2+\mathbb{E}\lVert m_t(X_t)-f(X_t)\rVert^2. E ∥ X 0 − f ( X t ) ∥ 2 = E ∥ X 0 − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 + E ∥ m t ( X t ) − f ( X t ) ∥ 2 .
Baselines and the Stein operator. A baseline is a law Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 with finite moments, with diffused law Q t Q_t Q t , smooth positive density q t q_t q t and denoiser m t Q m_t^Q m t Q . Learners in this paper improve on a baseline: they fit m t Q + f m_t^Q+f m t Q + f and are judged by how much of the residual m t − m t Q m_t-m_t^Q m t − m t Q the correction f f f captures. The Langevin–Stein operator of Q t Q_t Q t acts on C 1 C^1 C 1 vector fields by T Q t φ = div φ + ⟨ ∇ log q t , φ ⟩ \mathcal{T}_{Q_t}\varphi=\operatorname{div}\varphi+\langle\nabla\log q_t,\varphi\rangle T Q t φ = div φ + ⟨ ∇ log q t , φ ⟩ ; for Q t = N ( m ˉ , C ) Q_t=N(\bar{m},C) Q t = N ( m ˉ , C ) , T Q t φ = div φ − ⟨ C − 1 ( x − m ˉ ) , φ ⟩ \mathcal{T}_{Q_t}\varphi=\operatorname{div}\varphi-\langle C^{-1}(x-\bar{m}),\varphi\rangle T Q t φ = div φ − ⟨ C − 1 ( x − m ˉ ) , φ ⟩ .
Hermite notation. H e j \mathrm{He}_j He j is the probabilists’ Hermite polynomial and h j = H e j / j ! h_j = \mathrm{He}_j/\sqrt{j!} h j = He j / j ! its orthonormal version under N ( 0 , 1 ) N(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) . For x ∈ R d x \in\mathbb{R}^d x ∈ R d , H e j ( x ) \mathrm{He}_j(x) He j ( x ) also denotes the degree-j j j Hermite tensor, the symmetric j j j -tensor-valued polynomial with H e j ( x ) [ w ⊗ j ] = H e j ( w T x ) \mathrm{He}_j(x)[w^{\otimes j}] = \mathrm{He}_j(w^\mathsf{T}x) He j ( x ) [ w ⊗ j ] = He j ( w T x ) for unit w w w . Under N ( 0 , I ) N(0,I) N ( 0 , I ) it satisfies the isometry E H e j ( x ) [ A ] H e j ( x ) [ B ] = ∑ π ⟨ A , π B ⟩ \mathbb{E}\,\mathrm{He}_j(x)[A]\,\mathrm{He}_j(x)[B] = \sum_{\pi}\langle A,\pi B\rangle E He j ( x ) [ A ] He j ( x ) [ B ] = ∑ π ⟨ A , π B ⟩ , summed over the j ! j! j ! permutations of tensor slots. For even k ∗ = 2 p + 2 k^* = 2p+2 k ∗ = 2 p + 2 the partial trace is the matrix
M p ( x ) = H e k ∗ ( x ) [ ⋅ , … , ⋅ , I ⊗ p ] ∈ R d × d ; M 1 ( x ) = H ( x ) = ( ∣ x ∣ 2 − d − 4 ) x x T − ( ∣ x ∣ 2 − d − 2 ) I . M_p(x) = \mathrm{He}_{k^*}(x)[\cdot,\ldots,\cdot,I^{\otimes p}] \in\mathbb{R}^{d\times d}; \qquad M_1(x) = \mathcal{H}(x) = (|x|^2-d-4)xx^\mathsf{T}-(|x|^2-d-2)I. M p ( x ) = He k ∗ ( x ) [ ⋅ , … , ⋅ , I ⊗ p ] ∈ R d × d ; M 1 ( x ) = H ( x ) = ( ∣ x ∣ 2 − d − 4 ) x x T − ( ∣ x ∣ 2 − d − 2 ) I .
Two data regimes
Assumption 1 (Hidden component). Fix 1 ≤ k < d 1 \le k < d 1 ≤ k < d , an orientation U ∈ R d × k U \in\mathbb{R}^{d\times k} U ∈ R d × k with orthonormal columns u 1 , … , u k u_1,\ldots,u_k u 1 , … , u k , σ 0 ≥ 0 \sigma_0 \ge0 σ 0 ≥ 0 , and a law ν \nu ν on R k \mathbb{R}^k R k with mean zero and all moments finite. Clean data are X 0 = U Z + σ 0 ( I − U U T ) G 0 X_0 = UZ+\sigma_0(I-UU^\mathsf{T})G_0 X 0 = U Z + σ 0 ( I − U U T ) G 0 with Z ∼ ν Z \sim\nu Z ∼ ν and G 0 ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) G_0 \sim N(0,I_d) G 0 ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) independent.
Assumption 2 (Covariance-visible regime). In Assumption 1, σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0=0 σ 0 = 0 , so X 0 = U Z X_0=UZ X 0 = U Z , and Z Z Z has independent coordinates Z j = ϵ j μ + τ ξ j Z_j=\epsilon_j\mu+\tau\xi_j Z j = ϵ j μ + τ ξ j with μ , τ > 0 \mu,\tau>0 μ , τ > 0 , ϵ j \epsilon_j ϵ j uniform on { ± 1 } \{\pm1\} { ± 1 } and ξ j ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) \xi_j \sim N(0,1) ξ j ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) . Write P t U P_t^U P t U for the law of X t X_t X t .
Assumption 3 (Covariance-matched regime). In Assumption 1, σ 0 > 0 \sigma_0>0 σ 0 > 0 and Cov ( Z ) = σ 2 I k \operatorname{Cov}(Z)=\sigma^2I_k Cov ( Z ) = σ 2 I k , so that Cov ( X 0 ) = σ 0 2 I d \operatorname{Cov}(X_0)=\sigma_0^2I_d Cov ( X 0 ) = σ 0 2 I d and the isotropic Gaussian Q 0 = N ( 0 , σ 0 2 I d ) Q_0=N(0,\sigma_0^2I_d) Q 0 = N ( 0 , σ 0 2 I d ) , which does not depend on U U U , is the moment-matched baseline. The generative exponent of ν \nu ν is
k ∗ ( ν ) = min { j ≥ 1 : E ν [ Z ⊗ j ] ≠ E [ ( σ 0 ξ ) ⊗ j ] } , ξ ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) . k^*(\nu)=\min\{j\ge1:\mathbb{E}_{\nu}[Z^{\otimes j}]\ne\mathbb{E}[(\sigma_0\xi)^{\otimes j}]\},\qquad\xi\sim N(0,I_k). k ∗ ( ν ) = min { j ≥ 1 : E ν [ Z ⊗ j ] = E [( σ 0 ξ ) ⊗ j ]} , ξ ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) .
Unless stated otherwise k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , U = u U=u U = u , and we write σ ˉ t 2 = a t 2 σ 0 2 + h t \bar{\sigma}_t^2=a_t^2\sigma_0^2+h_t σ ˉ t 2 = a t 2 σ 0 2 + h t , λ t = a t σ 0 / σ ˉ t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \lambda_t=a_t\sigma_0/\bar{\sigma}_t\in(0,1) λ t = a t σ 0 / σ ˉ t ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , and κ ~ = κ k ∗ ( ν ) / σ 0 k ∗ \tilde{\kappa}=\kappa_{k^*}(\nu)/\sigma_0^{k^*} κ ~ = κ k ∗ ( ν ) / σ 0 k ∗ for the normalized k ∗ k^* k ∗ -th cumulant.
For the symmetric two-component mixture ν = 1 2 N ( − μ , τ 2 ) + 1 2 N ( μ , τ 2 ) \nu=\frac{1}{2}N(-\mu,\tau^2)+\frac{1}{2}N(\mu,\tau^2) ν = 2 1 N ( − μ , τ 2 ) + 2 1 N ( μ , τ 2 ) with μ 2 + τ 2 = σ 2 \mu^2+\tau^2=\sigma^2 μ 2 + τ 2 = σ 2 , the odd moments vanish, the variance matches and the fourth cumulant is − 2 μ 4 -2\mu^4 − 2 μ 4 , so k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 . With σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0=1 σ 0 = 1 and μ = 0.8 \mu=0.8 μ = 0.8 , κ 4 = − 0.8192 \kappa_4=-0.8192 κ 4 = − 0.8192 . The two regimes use the same latent family; what differs is whether the covariance carries the orientation. Relative to an isotropic baseline, the covariance-visible data have exponent two; relative to the Gaussian fitted to their first two moments they have exponent four (Corollary 3.6). Each theorem states the regime to which it applies. Under Assumption 3 the noisy marginal satisfies u T X t / σ ˉ t = λ t ( Z / σ 0 ) + 1 − λ t 2 ξ u^\mathsf{T}X_t/\bar{\sigma}_t=\lambda_t(Z/\sigma_0)+\sqrt{1-\lambda_t^2}\,\xi u T X t / σ ˉ t = λ t ( Z / σ 0 ) + 1 − λ t 2 ξ with independent ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) \xi\sim N(0,1) ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) , and its orthogonal coordinates are exactly N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 ) N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2) N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 ) ; this is the source of the time action in § 3 . Figure 1 shows the two regimes in two dimensions. In higher dimensions, an orientation-independent feature has a typical overlap of order d − 1 / 2 d^{-1/2} d − 1/2 with the hidden direction, which underlies the frozen-feature bounds of Section 4.
Learners and the resources they spend
We track four resources separately.
Distinct clean points : the total budget counts training, selection (validation) and readout (calibration) points. Theorems state every part explicitly (for example n 1 n_1 n 1 , n 2 n_2 n 2 , n 3 n_3 n 3 in Theorem 6.8 ). In the experiments, n n n denotes the training-set size; every learner there also uses one fixed set of 32,768 validation and one of 32,768 calibration points, independent of n n n , and the tables report this overhead next to each training-set threshold.
Noisy presentations: the total number of views ( x 0 , a t x 0 + h t g ) (x_0, a_t x_0 + \sqrt{h_t}g) ( x 0 , a t x 0 + h t g ) used, with r r r views per clean point under reuse; views of one clean point share x 0 x_0 x 0 and use independent g g g .
A d 3 d^3 d 3 barrier on dictionary size M M M imposes no d 3 d^3 d 3 lower bound on clean points n n n . An algorithm using d 2 d^2 d 2 clean points may require many more noisy presentations.
Definition 2.1 (Orientation-independent dictionary). A dictionary is a random linear space S = S ( ω ) S = S(\omega) S = S ( ω ) of measurable functions R d → R \mathbb{R}^d \to\mathbb{R} R d → R , of dimension at most M M M , where ω \omega ω is a random element whose law does not depend on U U U and which is independent of U U U when U U U is random. An estimator m ^ ( ⋅ , t ) \hat{m}(\cdot,t) m ^ ( ⋅ , t ) is supported by S S S if, almost surely, every coordinate function x ↦ e i T m ^ ( x , t ) x \mapsto e_i^{\mathsf T}\hat{m}(x,t) x ↦ e i T m ^ ( x , t ) lies in S + A S + \mathcal{A} S + A , where A = span { 1 , x 1 , … , x d } \mathcal{A} = \operatorname{span}\{1,x_1,\ldots,x_d\} A = span { 1 , x 1 , … , x d } .
The element ω \omega ω may contain random weights, the latent training samples, auxiliary seeds and any rotation-invariant statistic of the training inputs; it may not contain the orientation. The coefficients that combine dictionary elements, the affine part, the output directions and any selection among candidates may all depend on the data and on U U U . Selecting among several dictionaries is covered by their sum. We assume that S S S is spanned by finitely many random functions that are jointly measurable in ( ω , x ) (\omega,x) ( ω , x ) .
Gradient learners. A gradient learner fits a parametric correction f θ f_\theta f θ by descending the empirical denoising loss L ^ ( θ ) = ∥ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) − f θ ( x t ) ∥ 2 \widehat{L}(\theta)=\lVert x_0-m_t^Q(x_t)-f_\theta(x_t)\rVert^2 L ( θ ) = ∥ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) − f θ ( x t ) ∥ 2 , the bar denoting an average over the views used. Online learners draw a fresh clean point and a fresh view at each step; reuse learners revisit n n n stored clean points with fresh views; full-batch learners average over all views at once. Kernel ridge regression on the noisy inputs is defined in Section 5.
Risk. For an estimator s ^ \hat{s} s ^ and an orientation U U U , the score risk at time t t t is R t ( s ^ ; U ) = E ∥ s ^ ( X t , t ) − s t ( X t ) ∥ 2 \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U)=\mathbb{E}\lVert\hat{s}(X_t,t)-s_t(X_t)\rVert^2 R t ( s ^ ; U ) = E ∥ s ^ ( X t , t ) − s t ( X t ) ∥ 2 , with X t X_t X t independent of the training data and the expectation also over training data and algorithmic randomness; it is not divided by d d d . When U U U is Haar-distributed on the Stiefel manifold, independently of everything else,
R ‾ t ( s ^ ) = E U R t ( s ^ ; U ) (2) \overline{\mathcal{R}}_t(\hat{s})=\mathbb{E}_U\mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U) \tag*{(2)} R t ( s ^ ) = E U R t ( s ^ ; U ) (2)
is the orientation-averaged risk . In the covariance-matched regime we write B = ∥ m t − m t Q ∥ L 2 ( P t ) B=\lVert m_t-m_t^Q\rVert_{L^2(P_t)} B = ∥ m t − m t Q ∥ L 2 ( P t ) , which does not depend on u u u , so the moment-matched Gaussian baseline has score risk ( a t / h t ) 2 B (a_t/h_t)^2B ( a t / h t ) 2 B , and a learner gains Δ \Delta Δ if its denoiser risk is B − Δ B-\Delta B − Δ .
Estimators in the covariance-visible regime
Training in the covariance-visible regime uses n ≥ k + 1 n\geq k+1 n ≥ k + 1 clean examples, a disjoint validation set of n v n_v n v clean examples, and r r r independent corruptions of each example at each fitted time. Test points, generation references and sampler noise are independent of these.
Shared Gaussian denoiser. Let U ^ \widehat{U} U be the top-k k k right singular vectors of the centered training matrix and Π ^ = U ^ U ^ T \widehat{\Pi}=\widehat{U}\widehat{U}^{\mathsf T} Π = U U T . Let μ ^ ∈ R k \hat{\mu}\in\mathbb{R}^k μ ^ ∈ R k and Σ ^ ∈ R k × k \widehat{\Sigma}\in\mathbb{R}^{k\times k} Σ ∈ R k × k be the mean and covariance of U ^ T X 0 ( i ) \widehat{U}^{\mathsf T}X_0^{(i)} U T X 0 ( i ) . The fitted Gaussian denoiser is the posterior mean under N ( U ^ μ ^ , U ^ Σ ^ U ^ T ) \mathcal{N}(\widehat{U}\hat{\mu},\widehat{U}\widehat{\Sigma}\widehat{U}^{\mathsf T}) N ( U μ ^ , U Σ U T ) ,
m G ( x , t ) = U ^ [ μ ^ + a t Σ ^ ( a t 2 Σ ^ + h t I k ) − 1 ( U ^ T x − a t μ ^ ) ] ; m_G(x,t)=\widehat{U}\left[\hat{\mu}+a_t\widehat{\Sigma}(a_t^2\widehat{\Sigma}+h_tI_k)^{-1}\left(\widehat{U}^{\mathsf T}x-a_t\hat{\mu}\right)\right]; m G ( x , t ) = U [ μ ^ + a t Σ ( a t 2 Σ + h t I k ) − 1 ( U T x − a t μ ^ ) ] ;
it is affine in x x x and available to every estimator. Random-feature residual denoisers. Draw W ∈ R d × p W \in\mathbb{R}^{d \times p} W ∈ R d × p and b ∈ R p b \in\mathbb{R}^{p} b ∈ R p with independent N ( 0 , 1 ) N(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) entries, independently of all data. For an input projector Π \Pi Π of rank q q q and a bandwidth multiplier β > 0 \beta> 0 β > 0 ,
φ β ( x ) = ( 1 , p − 1 / 2 tanh ( W T Π x q β ς t + b ) ) ∈ R p + 1 , ς t 2 = h t + a t 2 tr Σ ^ q . \varphi_{\beta}(x)=\left(1,\ p^{-1/2}\tanh\left(\frac{W^{\mathsf{T}}\Pi x}{\sqrt{q}\,\beta\,\varsigma_t}+b\right)\right)\in\mathbb{R}^{p+1},\qquad\varsigma_t^2=h_t+\frac{a_t^2\operatorname{tr}\widehat{\Sigma}}{q}. φ β ( x ) = ( 1 , p − 1/2 tanh ( q β ς t W T Π x + b ) ) ∈ R p + 1 , ς t 2 = h t + q a t 2 tr Σ .
The ambient dictionary uses Π = I d \Pi=I_d Π = I d , q = d q=d q = d ; the PCA dictionary uses Π = Π ^ \Pi=\widehat{\Pi} Π = Π , q = k q=k q = k ; the oracle dictionary uses Π = U U T \Pi=UU^{\mathsf{T}} Π = U U T , q = k q=k q = k , with the same W , b W,b W , b . Each method fits m ^ ( x , t ) = m G ( x , t ) + U ^ B T φ β ( x ) \widehat{m}(x,t)=m_G(x,t)+\widehat{U}B^{\mathsf{T}}\varphi_{\beta}(x) m ( x , t ) = m G ( x , t ) + U B T φ β ( x ) , with B ∈ R ( p + 1 ) × k B\in\mathbb{R}^{(p+1)\times k} B ∈ R ( p + 1 ) × k minimizing, for each ridge λ \lambda λ in a finite grid Λ \Lambda Λ ,
1 N ∑ i = 1 N ∥ U ^ T ( x 0 ( i ) − m G ( x t ( i ) , t ) ) − B T φ β ( x t ( i ) ) ∥ 2 + λ ∥ B ∥ F 2 . \frac{1}{N}\sum_{i=1}^{N}\left\|\widehat{U}^{\mathsf{T}}\left(x_0^{(i)}-m_G(x_t^{(i)},t)\right)-B^{\mathsf{T}}\varphi_{\beta}(x_t^{(i)})\right\|^2+\lambda\|B\|_F^2. N 1 i = 1 ∑ N U T ( x 0 ( i ) − m G ( x t ( i ) , t ) ) − B T φ β ( x t ( i ) ) 2 + λ ∥ B ∥ F 2 .
over the N = n r N=nr N = n r corrupted training pairs. The pair ( λ , β ) ∈ Λ × B (\lambda,\beta)\in\Lambda\times\mathcal{B} ( λ , β ) ∈ Λ × B minimizes the same unpenalized error on corrupted validation pairs, ties broken by grid order; L = ∣ B ∣ L=|\mathcal{B}| L = ∣ B ∣ . No method sees population scores or generated samples during tuning. Every method has exactly k ( p + 1 ) k(p+1) k ( p + 1 ) readout coefficients.
Interpolation and sampling. Denoisers are fitted on a finite increasing time grid in [ t 0 , T ] [t_0,T] [ t 0 , T ] and interpolated linearly in log t \log t log t ; scores are obtained from (1) at the interpolated time and are never interpolated themselves. The sampler starts from x T ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) x_T\sim N(0,I_d) x T ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) , applies Euler–Maruyama steps of the reverse SDE d x = [ x + 2 s ^ ( x , t ) ] d t + 2 d B ‾ dx=[x+2\widehat{s}(x,t)]\,dt+\sqrt{2}\,d\overline{B} d x = [ x + 2 s ( x , t )] d t + 2 d B on a geometric grid from T T T to t 0 t_0 t 0 , and returns x ^ = e − t 0 ( x t 0 + h t 0 s ^ ( x t 0 , t 0 ) ) \widehat{x}=e^{-t_0}(x_{t_0}+h_{t_0}\widehat{s}(x_{t_0},t_0)) x = e − t 0 ( x t 0 + h t 0 s ( x t 0 , t 0 )) .
Moment access: denoising correlations are Stein discrepancies
The denoising loss correlates a residual with fields of the noisy input. These correlations query moments against a baseline. Conditioning on each clean point shows how averaging fresh noisy views changes their variance.
The Stein–Tweedie identity and polynomial queries
Theorem 3.1 (Stein–Tweedie identity). Let φ : R d → R d \varphi:\mathbb{R}^d\to\mathbb{R}^d φ : R d → R d be C 1 C^1 C 1 with ∣ φ ( x ) ∣ + ∥ D φ ( x ) ∥ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ q ) |\varphi(x)|+\|D\varphi(x)\|\le c(1+|x|^q) ∣ φ ( x ) ∣ + ∥ D φ ( x ) ∥ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ q ) , and let Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 be a baseline with ∣ ∇ log q t ( x ) ∣ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ q ) |\nabla\log q_t(x)|\le c(1+|x|^q) ∣∇ log q t ( x ) ∣ ≤ c ( 1 + ∣ x ∣ q ) . Then
E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = − h t a t E P t [ T Q t φ ] . (3) \mathbb{E}\langle X_0-m_t^{Q}(X_t),\varphi(X_t)\rangle=-\frac{h_t}{a_t}\mathbb{E}_{P_t}\left[\mathcal{T}_{Q_t}\varphi\right]. \tag*{(3)} E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t )⟩ = − a t h t E P t [ T Q t φ ] . (3) The left side is what a gradient method computes: for a model m t Q + f θ m_t^Q+f_\theta m t Q + f θ , the population gradient of the denoising loss is − 2 E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q − f θ , ∂ θ f θ ⟩ -2\mathbb{E}\langle X_0-m_t^Q-f_\theta,\partial_\theta f_\theta\rangle − 2 E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q − f θ , ∂ θ f θ ⟩ , and its data-dependent part is a correlation of the residual with the fields φ = ∂ θ f θ \varphi=\partial_\theta f_\theta φ = ∂ θ f θ . The right side is a Stein discrepancy term of the noisy law against Q t Q_t Q t . The identity itself is standard. Its role here is to specify which departures from a baseline the denoising loss can reveal.
Theorem 3.2 (Correlational denoising equals polynomial moment queries). Let Q t = N ( m ‾ , C ) Q_t=N(\overline{m},C) Q t = N ( m , C ) and D ≥ 1 D\ge1 D ≥ 1 . Write P D \mathcal{P}_D P D for polynomials of degree at most D D D and P D 0 \mathcal{P}_D^0 P D 0 for those with E Q t q = 0 \mathbb{E}_{Q_t}q=0 E Q t q = 0 .
For every polynomial field φ \varphi φ of degree at most D − 1 D-1 D − 1 , T Q t φ ∈ P D 0 T_{Q_t}\varphi\in\mathcal{P}^{0}_{D} T Q t φ ∈ P D 0 .
The map u ↦ T Q t ∇ u u \mapsto T_{Q_t}\nabla u u ↦ T Q t ∇ u is a linear bijection of P D 0 \mathcal{P}^{0}_{D} P D 0 onto itself. Hence for every q ∈ P D q \in\mathcal{P}_{D} q ∈ P D there is a polynomial u q u_q u q of degree at most D D D with
E P t q − E Q t q = − a t h t E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , ∇ u q ( X t ) ⟩ . (4) \mathbb{E}_{P_t}q-\mathbb{E}_{Q_t}q=-\frac{a_t}{h_t}\mathbb{E}\langle X_0-m_t^Q(X_t),\nabla u_q(X_t)\rangle. \tag*{(4)} E P t q − E Q t q = − h t a t E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , ∇ u q ( X t )⟩ . (4)
λ min ( C ) ∥ q ∥ L 2 / D 2 ≤ ∥ ∇ u q ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) 2 ≤ λ max ( C ) ∥ q ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) 2 \lambda_{\min}(C)\lVert q\rVert_{L^2/D}^2\le\lVert\nabla u_q\rVert_{L^2(Q_t)}^2\le\lambda_{\max}(C)\lVert q\rVert_{L^2(Q_t)}^2 λ m i n ( C ) ∥ q ∥ L 2 / D 2 ≤ ∥ ∇ u q ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) 2 ≤ λ m a x ( C ) ∥ q ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) 2 for q ∈ P D 0 q\in\mathcal{P}^{0}_{D} q ∈ P D 0 .
Consequently, correlations of the denoising residual with polynomial fields of degree at most D − 1 D-1 D − 1 determine, and are determined by, the moment differences between P t P_t P t and Q t Q_t Q t of order at most D D D .
For supervised regression with Gaussian inputs, a correlational query sees only the Hermite coefficients of the target, and correlational methods pay its information exponent, which can exceed the generative exponent (Damian et al., 2024). In denoising, the label X 0 X_0 X 0 is tied to the input by a known Gaussian channel, and Theorem 3.2 shows that correlations with the label realize every polynomial moment query of the input law. The information exponent of the score as a regression target is therefore not a barrier for denoising-based learning; whether a given architecture and optimizer realize the required fields with controlled norm is the algorithmic question that Sections 4–6 answer.
Conditioning on the clean point
Conditioning the correlation on the clean point gives an exact clean-data moment query.
Lemma 3.3 (Conditional Stein identity). Under Assumption 3 , let Q t = N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I ) Q_t=N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2 I) Q t = N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I ) and λ = λ t \lambda=\lambda_t λ = λ t .
If u ( x ) = ∑ ∣ α ∣ = j c α H α ( x / σ ˉ t ) u(x)=\sum_{|\alpha|=j}c_\alpha H_\alpha(x/\bar{\sigma}_t) u ( x ) = ∑ ∣ α ∣ = j c α H α ( x / σ ˉ t ) lies in the degree-j j j Hermite chaos of Q t Q_t Q t and u ~ ( x ) = ∑ ∣ α ∣ = j c α H α ( x / σ 0 ) \widetilde{u}(x)=\sum_{|\alpha|=j}c_\alpha H_\alpha(x/\sigma_0) u ( x ) = ∑ ∣ α ∣ = j c α H α ( x / σ 0 ) , then for every x 0 ∈ R d x_0\in\mathbb{R}^d x 0 ∈ R d
E [ ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , ∇ u ( X t ) ⟩ ∣ X 0 = x 0 ] = h t j λ j a t σ ˉ t 2 u ~ ( x 0 ) . \mathbb{E}\left[\langle X_0-m_t^Q(X_t),\nabla u(X_t)\rangle\mid X_0=x_0\right]=\frac{h_tj\lambda^j}{a_t\bar{\sigma}_t^2}\widetilde{u}(x_0). E [ ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , ∇ u ( X t )⟩ ∣ X 0 = x 0 ] = a t σ ˉ t 2 h t j λ j u ( x 0 ) . For every unit w w w and j ≥ 1 j\ge1 j ≥ 1 ,
E [ ( X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) ) He j − 1 ( w ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t ) ∣ X 0 = x 0 ] = h t σ 0 λ j − 1 σ ˉ t 2 He j ( x 0 / σ 0 ) [ w ⊗ ( j − 1 ) , ⋅ ] . \mathbb{E}\left[(X_0-m_t^Q(X_t))\operatorname{He}_{j-1}(w^\top X_t/\bar{\sigma}_t)\mid X_0=x_0\right]=\frac{h_t\sigma_0\lambda^{j-1}}{\bar{\sigma}_t^2}\operatorname{He}_j(x_0/\sigma_0)[w^{\otimes(j-1)},\cdot]. E [ ( X 0 − m t Q ( X t )) He j − 1 ( w ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t ) ∣ X 0 = x 0 ] = σ ˉ t 2 h t σ 0 λ j − 1 He j ( x 0 / σ 0 ) [ w ⊗ ( j − 1 ) , ⋅ ] .
Taking expectations in part 1 recovers Theorem 3.2 together with the time action of Theorem 3.7 below. The content is the conditioning: the noise-averaged denoising correlation is a deterministic function of the clean point, namely a moment query on the clean data rescaled by λ j \lambda^j λ j . A learner that revisits a clean point under many fresh noise draws converges to that clean statistic, and the variance injected by the forward process disappears; this is a Rao–Blackwellization performed by the training protocol. Part 2 says that the noise-averaged gradient of the denoising loss with respect to the output vector v v v of a unit He j − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) v \operatorname{He}_{j-1}(w^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)v He j − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) v , at v = 0 v=0 v = 0 , is one step of the tensor power method on the clean Hermite tensor.
The baseline principle
Theorem 3.4 (A baseline hides the moments it matches). Let Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 be Gaussian and suppose P 0 P_0 P 0 and Q 0 Q_0 Q 0 have equal moments of every order below k k k . Then for every t > 0 t > 0 t > 0 :
E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = 0 \mathbb{E}\langle X_0 - m_t^Q(X_t), \varphi(X_t)\rangle= 0 E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t )⟩ = 0 for every polynomial field φ \varphi φ of degree at most k − 2 k - 2 k − 2 ;
if the moments of order k k k differ, some polynomial field of degree k − 1 k - 1 k − 1 has nonzero correlation, and E P t X ⊗ k − E Q t X ⊗ k = a t k ( E P 0 X ⊗ k − E Q 0 X ⊗ k ) \mathbb{E}_{P_t}X^{\otimes k} - \mathbb{E}_{Q_t}X^{\otimes k} = a_t^k(\mathbb{E}_{P_0}X^{\otimes k} - \mathbb{E}_{Q_0}X^{\otimes k}) E P t X ⊗ k − E Q t X ⊗ k = a t k ( E P 0 X ⊗ k − E Q 0 X ⊗ k ) .
Corollary 3.5 (Exact polynomial barrier). Under Assumption 3 with the isotropic baseline, the best approximation in L 2 ( P t ) L^2(P_t) L 2 ( P t ) of m t − m t Q m_t - m_t^Q m t − m t Q by polynomial fields of degree at most k ∗ − 2 k^* - 2 k ∗ − 2 is zero. No polynomial dictionary of degree below k ∗ − 1 k^* - 1 k ∗ − 1 , of any size, improves the score on the Gaussian baseline, at any orientation, dimension or time.
Corollary 3.6 (Gaussian preconditioning shifts the exponent). Suppose P 0 P_0 P 0 has an anisotropic covariance with range U U U , as in Assumption 2. Against an isotropic baseline the first moment mismatch is at order two, and correlations with linear fields reveal U U U . Against the Gaussian fitted to the first two moments, correlations with fields of degree at most one vanish; if the latent law is centrally symmetric, those of degree two vanish as well; and if its fourth cumulant tensor is nonzero (for the two-component mixture it is − 2 μ 4 -2\mu^4 − 2 μ 4 per coordinate), the first nonzero correlation has degree three and the exponent is four.
Corollary 3.6 is the mechanism behind the two regimes. In the covariance-visible regime the Gaussian part of the score teaches the geometry: correlations of degree one reveal the subspace at linear cost. A learner that subtracts the fitted Gaussian, or a frozen representation that cannot use the covariance, faces exponent four, and Section 4 shows that it pays a cubic price. It also explains the staged learning observed by Bardone et al. [5 ] : once a model has fitted the Gaussian part of the score, the correlations it can still exploit are of order at least three.
Diffusion time
Theorem 3.7 (Exact action of the forward process). Under Assumption 3 with k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , let Y t = u ⊤ X t Y_t = u^\top X_t Y t = u ⊤ X t and e j ( t ) = E h j ( Y t / σ ˉ t ) e_j(t) = \mathbb{E}\,h_j(Y_t/\bar{\sigma}_t) e j ( t ) = E h j ( Y t / σ ˉ t ) . Then e j ( t ) = λ t j e j ( 0 ) e_j(t) = \lambda_t^j e_j(0) e j ( t ) = λ t j e j ( 0 ) for j ≥ 0 j \ge0 j ≥ 0 , so the generative exponent is the same at every time. If moreover the likelihood ratio r 0 = d law ( Z / σ 0 ) / d N ( 0 , 1 ) r_0 = \mathrm{d}\,\operatorname{law}(Z/\sigma_0)/\mathrm{d}N(0,1) r 0 = d law ( Z / σ 0 ) / d N ( 0 , 1 ) lies in L 2 ( N ( 0 , 1 ) ) L^2(N(0,1)) L 2 ( N ( 0 , 1 )) , then r t = d law ( Y t / σ ˉ t ) / d N ( 0 , 1 ) = ∑ j e j ( t ) h j r_t = \mathrm{d}\,\operatorname{law}(Y_t/\bar{\sigma}_t)/\mathrm{d}N(0,1) = \sum_j e_j(t)h_j r t = d law ( Y t / σ ˉ t ) / d N ( 0 , 1 ) = ∑ j e j ( t ) h j in L 2 L^2 L 2 , the chi-square divergence χ t 2 = ∑ j ≥ 1 e j ( t ) 2 \chi_t^2 = \sum_{j \ge1} e_j(t)^2 χ t 2 = ∑ j ≥ 1 e j ( t ) 2 is nonincreasing in t t t , d P t / d Q t ( x ) = r t ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) \mathrm{d}P_t/\mathrm{d}Q_t(x) = r_t(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t) d P t / d Q t ( x ) = r t ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) , and for unit directions u , v u,v u , v
E Q t [ ( r t ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) − 1 ) ( r t ( v ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) − 1 ) ] = ∑ j ≥ k ∗ e j ( 0 ) 2 ( λ t 2 ⟨ u , v ⟩ ) j . \mathbb{E}_{Q_t}\left[(r_t(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)-1)(r_t(v^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)-1)\right] = \sum_{j \ge k^*} e_j(0)^2(\lambda_t^2\langle u,v\rangle)^j. E Q t [ ( r t ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) − 1 ) ( r t ( v ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) − 1 ) ] = j ≥ k ∗ ∑ e j ( 0 ) 2 ( λ t 2 ⟨ u , v ⟩ ) j .
The two-component mixture satisfies the L 2 L^2 L 2 hypothesis whenever τ < 2 σ 0 \tau< \sqrt{2}\sigma_0 τ < 2 σ 0 , in particular whenever μ 2 + τ 2 = σ 0 2 \mu^2 + \tau^2 = \sigma_0^2 μ 2 + τ 2 = σ 0 2 ; we write χ 2 = χ 0 2 \chi^2 = \chi_0^2 χ 2 = χ 0 2 . Pairwise correlations of this form control statistical-query lower bounds for recovering u u u (Diakonikolas et al., 2017). At time t t t they are those of time zero with ⟨ u , v ⟩ \langle u,v\rangle ⟨ u , v ⟩ multiplied by λ t 2 < 1 \lambda_t^2 < 1 λ t 2 < 1 , so a learner that queries the noisy marginal is no stronger than one that queries the data, and a learner that queries the denoising pair is exactly as strong. No noise schedule lowers the exponent. Diffusion time nevertheless matters for the constant . Define, for a fixed unit u u u ,
Figure 3. Moment access in the covariance-matched regime (μ = 0.8 \mu= 0.8 μ = 0.8 , σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0 = 1 σ 0 = 1 ). (a) Hermite moments e j ( t ) e_j(t) e j ( t ) of the hidden coordinate. The Gaussian baseline matches degrees one to three, so they carry no signal (Theorem 3.4 ); diffusion multiplies degree j j j by λ t j \lambda_t^j λ t j (Theorem 3.7 ), so it never creates a lower-degree signal. (b) The signal-to-noise ratio S t S_t S t of Theorem 3.8 peaks at t ∗ t^* t ∗ , which depends only on k ∗ k^* k ∗ and σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 (dotted lines). (c) The noise inflation factor 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r 1+(\iota_t-1)/r 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r of Theorem 6.5 : one view per clean point pays at least 64 / 27 64/27 64/27 at t ∗ t^* t ∗ , and reusing each clean point under many fresh views removes the factor at every time.
S t = sup { ∣ E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t ) ⟩ ∣ sd Q ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t ) ⟩ : φ polynomial of degree ≤ k ∗ − 1 } . S_t=\sup\left\{\frac{\left|\mathbb{E}\langle X_0-m_t^Q(X_t),\varphi(X_t)\rangle\right|}{\operatorname{sd}_Q\langle X_0-m_t^Q(X_t),\varphi(X_t)\rangle}:\ \varphi\text{ polynomial of degree }\le k^*-1\right\}. S t = sup ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ sd Q ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t )⟩ E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t )⟩ : φ polynomial of degree ≤ k ∗ − 1 ⎭ ⎬ ⎫ .
the per-sample signal-to-noise ratio of the best low-degree denoising correlation against the Gaussian null.
Theorem 3.8 (Optimal geometry time). Under Assumption 3 with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 and k ∗ ≥ 3 k^*\ge3 k ∗ ≥ 3 , let κ \kappa κ be the k ∗ k^* k ∗ -th cumulant of Z Z Z . Then
S t = k ∗ k ∗ ! ∣ κ ∣ σ 0 h t a t k ∗ − 1 σ ˉ t k ∗ , S_t=\sqrt{\frac{k^*}{k^*!}}\frac{|\kappa|}{\sigma_0}\frac{\sqrt{h_t}\,a_t^{k^*-1}}{\bar{\sigma}_t^{k^*}}, S t = k ∗ ! k ∗ σ 0 ∣ κ ∣ σ ˉ t k ∗ h t a t k ∗ − 1 , which has a unique maximum at t ∗ = 1 2 log { ( k ∗ + σ 0 2 − 1 ) / ( k ∗ − 1 ) } t^*=\frac{1}{2}\log\{(k^*+\sigma_0^2-1)/(k^*-1)\} t ∗ = 2 1 log {( k ∗ + σ 0 2 − 1 ) / ( k ∗ − 1 )} . For σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0=1 σ 0 = 1 : t ∗ = 0.203 t^*=0.203 t ∗ = 0.203 for k ∗ = 3 k^*=3 k ∗ = 3 and 0.144 0.144 0.144 for k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 .
The optimal time depends on the data only through k ∗ k^* k ∗ and σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 . It optimizes test fields of degree at most k ∗ − 1 k^*-1 k ∗ − 1 ; higher-degree fields can shift the optimum of the full objective. It also minimizes the leading constant of the single-view spectral learner (Theorem 6.5 (5)). In the fixed-step SGD experiment of § 7.3 , the escape-time ratio did not follow S t − 2 S_t^{-2} S t − 2 .
Frozen representations pay d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1
A frozen representation is a dictionary chosen independently of the hidden orientation (Definition 2.1); its fitted coefficients may depend on the data and on U U U . In the covariance-visible regime, the barrier starts at d 3 / 6 d^3/6 d 3 /6 , with an exact risk height for one hidden direction (Sections 4.1–4.2.6). Projection onto the principal subspace removes ambient dimension from the fitted pipeline (Section 4.3). In the covariance-matched regime, the data law has no positive density floor relative to the matched Gaussian. Hypercontractivity instead gives the exponent d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 (Section 4.5). Throughout Sections 4.1–4.4 the data follow Assumption 2; in Proposition 4.14 and the discussion after Theorem 4.16 only, σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 denotes the scale of isotropic noise σ 0 G 0 \sigma_0G_0 σ 0 G 0 added to all coordinates of X 0 = U Z X_0 = UZ X 0 = U Z .
Figure 4. Frozen representations. (a) Density ratio of the hidden coordinate to its Gaussian reference at t = 0.6 t = 0.6 t = 0.6 . In the covariance-visible regime it is bounded below by c t c_t c t (Lemma 4.3), which gives the barrier of Theorem 4.5; in the covariance-matched regime its infimum is zero, and the one-sided change of measure (Lemma 4.12) combined with hypercontractivity (Lemma 4.20) replaces the floor. (b) The staircase in the covariance-visible regime at t = 0.6 t = 0.6 t = 0.6 , computed from the exact constants. Solid: the best lower bound on the score risk of any orientation-blind dictionary of size M M M (maximum of Theorems 4.5 and 4.13 and the level-5 floor). Dashed: the risk attained by polynomial dictionaries of degree 1, 3 and 5 (Theorem 4.9). Dotted: N d , 3 N_{d,3} N d , 3 . Below d 3 / 6 d^3/6 d 3 /6 the lower bound approaches the Gaussian control as d d d grows (exact height); the threshold sits at d 3 / 6 d^3/6 d 3 /6 (sharp location); between consecutive thresholds the height is known only within the gap shown.
A representation fixed before the orientation is revealed meets the hidden direction through overlaps of order d − 1 / 2 d^{-1/2} d − 1/2 . Its degree-J J J part therefore needs about d J / J ! d^J/J! d J / J ! elements to align with the hidden signal. The proofs use a spectral count on the sphere and a comparison with an orientation-free Gaussian; the latter differs between the two regimes (Figure 4).
Two reductions
Lemma 4.1 (Denoiser reduction). Under Assumption 2 , let g t ( y ) = E [ Z ∣ a t Z + h t ξ = y ] g_t(y) = \mathbb{E}[Z \mid a_t Z + \sqrt{h_t}\,\xi= y] g t ( y ) = E [ Z ∣ a t Z + h t ξ = y ] for ξ ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) \xi\sim\mathcal{N}(0, I_k) ξ ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) independent of Z Z Z . Then
m t ( x ) = U g t ( U T x ) m_t(x) = U g_t(U^\mathsf{T}x) m t ( x ) = U g t ( U T x ) and s t ( x ) = ( a t m t ( x ) − x ) / h t s_t(x) = (a_t m_t(x) - x)/h_t s t ( x ) = ( a t m t ( x ) − x ) / h t ;
the normal component of the score is exactly linear: ( I − U U T ) s t ( x ) = − ( I − U U T ) x / h t (I-UU^\mathsf{T})s_t(x) = -(I-UU^\mathsf{T})x/h_t ( I − U U T ) s t ( x ) = − ( I − U U T ) x / h t ;
for any m ^ \hat{m} m ^ and s ^ \hat{s} s ^ related by (1) , R t ( s ^ ; U ) = ( a t / h t ) 2 E ∥ m ^ ( X t , t ) − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U) = (a_t/h_t)^2 \mathbb{E}\|\hat{m}(X_t,t)-m_t(X_t)\|^2 R t ( s ^ ; U ) = ( a t / h t ) 2 E ∥ m ^ ( X t , t ) − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 .
If m ^ \widehat{m} m takes values in span ( U ) \operatorname{span}(U) span ( U ) , its score error is purely tangential.
Lemma 4.2 (Diffused mixture coordinate). For one coordinate Z = ϵ μ + τ ξ Z=\epsilon\mu+\tau\xi Z = ϵ μ + τ ξ , let s 2 = a t 2 τ 2 + h t s^2=a_t^2\tau^2+h_t s 2 = a t 2 τ 2 + h t . Then
g t ( y ) = μ h t s 2 tanh ( a t μ y s 2 ) + a t τ 2 s 2 y . g_t(y)=\frac{\mu h_t}{s^2}\tanh\left(\frac{a_t\mu y}{s^2}\right)+\frac{a_t\tau^2}{s^2}y. g t ( y ) = s 2 μ h t tanh ( s 2 a t μ y ) + s 2 a t τ 2 y . and g t g_t g t is odd. Under Assumption 2, g t g_t g t acts coordinatewise on R k \mathbb{R}^k R k .
Let h j h_j h j be the orthonormal probabilists’ Hermite polynomials and
c j ( t ) = E [ g t ( h t ξ ) h j ( ξ ) ] , κ t = ∑ j ≥ 3 c j ( t ) 2 = E [ g t ( h t ξ ) 2 ] − c 1 ( t ) 2 , c_j(t)=\mathbb{E}\left[g_t\left(\sqrt{h_t}\xi\right)h_j(\xi)\right],\qquad\kappa_t=\sum_{j\geq3}c_j(t)^2=\mathbb{E}\left[g_t\left(\sqrt{h_t}\xi\right)^2\right]-c_1(t)^2, c j ( t ) = E [ g t ( h t ξ ) h j ( ξ ) ] , κ t = j ≥ 3 ∑ c j ( t ) 2 = E [ g t ( h t ξ ) 2 ] − c 1 ( t ) 2 , for ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) \xi\sim N(0,1) ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) . Since g t g_t g t is odd, c j = 0 c_j=0 c j = 0 for even j j j . The quantity κ t \kappa_t κ t is the energy of g t g_t g t beyond its best linear approximation in L 2 ( N ( 0 , h t ) ) L^2(N(0,h_t)) L 2 ( N ( 0 , h t )) . More generally, for odd J ≥ 3 J\geq3 J ≥ 3 we write κ J , t = ∑ j ≥ J c j ( t ) 2 \kappa_{J,t}=\sum_{j\geq J}c_j(t)^2 κ J , t = ∑ j ≥ J c j ( t ) 2 , so that κ t = κ 3 , t \kappa_t=\kappa_{3,t} κ t = κ 3 , t . Every κ J , t \kappa_{J,t} κ J , t is positive, because g t g_t g t is the sum of a linear function and a bounded nonconstant function and is therefore not a polynomial. We also use the derivative energy
J t = ∑ j ≥ 3 j c j ( t ) 2 = h t E [ g t ′ ( h t ξ ) 2 ] − c 1 ( t ) 2 , J_t=\sum_{j\geq3}j\,c_j(t)^2=h_t\mathbb{E}\left[g_t'\left(\sqrt{h_t}\xi\right)^2\right]-c_1(t)^2, J t = j ≥ 3 ∑ j c j ( t ) 2 = h t E [ g t ′ ( h t ξ ) 2 ] − c 1 ( t ) 2 , which is finite because g t ′ g_t' g t ′ is bounded; J t / κ t ≥ 3 J_t/\kappa_t\geq3 J t / κ t ≥ 3 is the mean Hermite degree of the nonlinear energy.
A cubic barrier for orientation-blind dictionaries
Density comparison
The input law P t U P_t^U P t U depends on the hidden orientation. We compare it with the orientation-free reference γ t = N ( 0 , h t I d ) \gamma_t=N(0,h_tI_d) γ t = N ( 0 , h t I d ) .
Lemma 4.3 (Density floor). Let q t q_t q t be the density of a t Z 1 + h t ξ a_tZ_1+\sqrt{h_t}\xi a t Z 1 + h t ξ and ϕ h \phi_h ϕ h that of N ( 0 , h ) N(0,h) N ( 0 , h ) . Then d P t U / d γ t ( x ) = ∏ j = 1 k ρ t ( u j T x ) dP_t^U/d\gamma_t(x)=\prod_{j=1}^k\rho_t(u_j^\mathsf{T}x) d P t U / d γ t ( x ) = ∏ j = 1 k ρ t ( u j T x ) with ρ t = q t / ϕ h t \rho_t=q_t/\phi_{h_t} ρ t = q t / ϕ h t , and
ρ t ( y ) ≥ c t : = E exp ( − a t 2 Z 1 2 2 h t ) = h t s 2 exp ( − a t 2 μ 2 2 s 2 ) , \rho_t(y)\geq c_t:=\mathbb{E}\exp\left(-\frac{a_t^2Z_1^2}{2h_t}\right)=\sqrt{\frac{h_t}{s^2}}\exp\left(-\frac{a_t^2\mu^2}{2s^2}\right), ρ t ( y ) ≥ c t := E exp ( − 2 h t a t 2 Z 1 2 ) = s 2 h t exp ( − 2 s 2 a t 2 μ 2 ) , with equality at y = 0 y=0 y = 0 .
The constant does not depend on d d d or U U U . It tends to one as t → ∞ t\to\infty t → ∞ and to zero as t → 0 t\to0 t → 0 . The comparison is where the bound loses most. In Table 3 , the limiting floor is 3% of the population Gaussian control’s risk at t = 0.1 t=0.1 t = 0.1 , 15% at t = 0.3 t=0.3 t = 0.3 and 50% at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 . Among isotropic Gaussian references N ( 0 , σ 2 I d ) N(0,\sigma^2I_d) N ( 0 , σ 2 I d ) , only σ 2 = h t \sigma^2=h_t σ 2 = h t gives a ratio bounded below uniformly in d d d , because the d − k d-k d − k nuisance coordinates have variance exactly h t h_t h t . For k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , § 4.2.6 removes this loss from the main term.
Table 3. Exact constants for μ = 1.5 \mu=1.5 μ = 1.5 , τ = 0.35 \tau=0.35 τ = 0.35 and k = 1 k=1 k = 1 . Top: F ∞ F_\infty F ∞ is the large-d d d limit of the explicit barrier for dictionaries of size o ( d 3 ) o(d^3) o ( d 3 ) ; the Gaussian control is the score risk of the population moment-matched Gaussian denoiser. Middle: the staircase levels of Corollary 4.10 in score-risk units, i.e. multiplied by ( a t / h t ) 2 (a_t/h_t)^2 ( a t / h t ) 2 ; lower levels c t κ J , t c_t\kappa_{J,t} c t κ J , t apply below d J / J ! d^J/J! d J / J ! , upper levels ε J \varepsilon_J ε J are attained at ( d + J J ) \binom{d+J}{J} ( J d + J ) , and J ˉ t = J t / κ t \bar{J}_t=J_t/\kappa_t J ˉ t = J t / κ t . Bottom: the reference width at which the explicit barrier vanishes with L = 3 L=3 L = 3 bandwidths. Values use the exact formulas of the preceding results.
The spectral floor
Let N d , ℓ N_{d,\ell} N d , ℓ denote the dimension of degree-ℓ \ell ℓ spherical harmonics on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 ; N d , 1 = d N_{d,1}=d N d , 1 = d , N d , 3 = d ( d − 1 ) ( d + 4 ) / 6 N_{d,3}=d(d-1)(d+4)/6 N d , 3 = d ( d − 1 ) ( d + 4 ) /6 , and in general N d , ℓ = ( d + ℓ − 1 ℓ ) − ( d + ℓ − 3 ℓ − 2 ) = ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) d ℓ / ℓ ! N_{d,\ell}=\binom{d+\ell-1}{\ell}-\binom{d+\ell-3}{\ell-2}=(1+O(1/d))d^\ell/\ell! N d , ℓ = ( ℓ d + ℓ − 1 ) − ( ℓ − 2 d + ℓ − 3 ) = ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) d ℓ / ℓ ! .
Lemma 4.4 (Orientation-averaged approximation). Let g ∈ L 2 ( N ( 0 , h ) ) g\in L^2(\mathcal{N}(0,h)) g ∈ L 2 ( N ( 0 , h )) be odd with normalized Hermite coefficients c j c_j c j , so that g ( y ) = ∑ j c j h j ( y / h ) g(y)=\sum_j c_j h_j(y/\sqrt{h}) g ( y ) = ∑ j c j h j ( y / h ) . For u ∈ S d − 1 u\in\mathbb{S}^{d-1} u ∈ S d − 1 , let f u ( x ) = g ( u ⊤ x ) ∈ L 2 ( γ ) f_u(x)=g(u^\top x)\in L^2(\gamma) f u ( x ) = g ( u ⊤ x ) ∈ L 2 ( γ ) , γ = N ( 0 , h I d ) \gamma=\mathcal{N}(0,hI_d) γ = N ( 0 , h I d ) . Let S ⊂ L 2 ( γ ) S\subset L^2(\gamma) S ⊂ L 2 ( γ ) be a random subspace of dimension at most M M M , independent of u ∼ Unif ( S d − 1 ) u\sim\operatorname{Unif}(\mathbb{S}^{d-1}) u ∼ Unif ( S d − 1 ) . Then, for every odd J ≥ 3 J\ge3 J ≥ 3 ,
E ∥ f u − Π S f u ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 ≥ tr T − ∑ i = 1 M ν i ( T ) ≥ ( 1 − M N d , J ) ∑ j ≥ J c j 2 w j , J ( d ) . \mathbb{E}\left\|f_u-\Pi_Sf_u\right\|_{L^2(\gamma)}^2
\ge\operatorname{tr}T-\sum_{i=1}^{M}\nu_i(T)
\ge\left(1-\frac{M}{N_{d,J}}\right)\sum_{j\ge J}c_j^2w_{j,J}(d). E ∥ f u − Π S f u ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 ≥ tr T − i = 1 ∑ M ν i ( T ) ≥ ( 1 − N d , J M ) j ≥ J ∑ c j 2 w j , J ( d ) . where T = E u [ f u ⊗ f u ] T=\mathbb{E}_u[f_u\otimes f_u] T = E u [ f u ⊗ f u ] has eigenvalues ν 1 ≥ ν 2 ≥ ⋯ \nu_1\ge\nu_2\ge\cdots ν 1 ≥ ν 2 ≥ ⋯ , and the weights w j , J ( d ) = ∑ ℓ ≥ J N d , ℓ η j , ℓ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] w_{j,J}(d)=\sum_{\ell\ge J}N_{d,\ell}\eta_{j,\ell}\in[0,1] w j , J ( d ) = ∑ ℓ ≥ J N d , ℓ η j , ℓ ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] satisfy
w j , J ( d ) ≥ ∏ i = 0 j − 2 d − 1 + i d + 2 i ≥ 1 − j ( j − 1 ) 2 d ( j ≥ J ) , (5) w_{j,J}(d)\ge\prod_{i=0}^{j-2}\frac{d-1+i}{d+2i}\ge1-\frac{j(j-1)}{2d}\qquad(j\ge J), \tag*{(5)} w j , J ( d ) ≥ i = 0 ∏ j − 2 d + 2 i d − 1 + i ≥ 1 − 2 d j ( j − 1 ) ( j ≥ J ) , (5) w j , 3 ( d ) = 1 − ∏ q = 1 ( j − 1 ) / 2 2 q + 1 d + 2 q ≥ 1 − 3 d + 2 ( j ≥ 3 o d d ) . w_{j,3}(d)=1-\prod_{q=1}^{(j-1)/2}\frac{2q+1}{d+2q}\ge1-\frac{3}{d+2}\qquad(j\ge3\ \mathit{odd}). w j , 3 ( d ) = 1 − q = 1 ∏ ( j − 1 ) /2 d + 2 q 2 q + 1 ≥ 1 − d + 2 3 ( j ≥ 3 odd ) . In particular the right side is at least ( 1 − 3 / ( d + 2 ) ) ( 1 − M / N d , 3 ) + ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 (1-3/(d+2))(1-M/N_{d,3})+\sum_{j\ge3}c_j^2 ( 1 − 3/ ( d + 2 )) ( 1 − M / N d , 3 ) + ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 for J = 3 J=3 J = 3 . The positive eigenvalues of T T T are Λ ℓ = ∑ j c j 2 η j , ℓ \Lambda_\ell=\sum_j c_j^2\eta_{j,\ell} Λ ℓ = ∑ j c j 2 η j , ℓ on degree-ℓ \ell ℓ harmonics, with multiplicity N d , ℓ N_{d,\ell} N d , ℓ , where
η j , ℓ = j ! r ! 2 r ∏ q = 0 ( j + ℓ ) / 2 − 1 ( d + 2 q ) , r = j − ℓ 2 ∈ { 0 , 1 , … } , (6) \eta_{j,\ell}=\frac{j!}{r!\,2^r\prod_{q=0}^{(j+\ell)/2-1}(d+2q)},\qquad r=\frac{j-\ell}{2}\in\{0,1,\ldots\}, \tag*{(6)} η j , ℓ = r ! 2 r ∏ q = 0 ( j + ℓ ) /2 − 1 ( d + 2 q ) j ! , r = 2 j − ℓ ∈ { 0 , 1 , … } , (6) and η j , ℓ = 0 \eta_{j,\ell}=0 η j , ℓ = 0 when j − ℓ j-\ell j − ℓ is odd or negative.
The first inequality is the exact (Ky Fan) optimum over M M M -dimensional spans under the Gaussian reference; we call it the Ky Fan floor and evaluate it numerically. It is optimal for approximation by an unconstrained span in L 2 ( γ ) L^2(\gamma) L 2 ( γ ) , not for the score-risk problem itself, which also incurs the density factor of Lemma 4.3. The second inequality is explicit. Its J = 3 J=3 J = 3 case uses only the degree-one eigenvalue and the monotonicity of N d , ℓ N_{d,\ell} N d , ℓ in $\ell.
The barrier
Definition 2.1 fixes the class of dictionaries.
Theorem 4.5 (Cubic barrier, orientation average). Under Assumption 2, let U U U be Haar-distributed on the Stiefel manifold and independent of the latent data. Let m ˉ \bar m m ˉ be supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension at most M M M , and let s ˉ \bar s s ˉ be given by (2.1). Then, for every t > 0 t>0 t > 0 ,
R ˉ t ( s ˉ ) ≥ F d ( M ; t ) : = κ ( a t h t ) 2 c k t ( 1 − 3 d + 2 ) ( 1 − M + d + 1 N d , 3 ) + κ t . (7) \bar R_t(\bar s)\ge F_d(M;t):=\kappa\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2c_k^t\left(1-\frac{3}{d+2}\right)\left(1-\frac{M+d+1}{N_{d,3}}\right)+\kappa_t. \tag*{(7)} R ˉ t ( s ˉ ) ≥ F d ( M ; t ) := κ ( h t a t ) 2 c k t ( 1 − d + 2 3 ) ( 1 − N d , 3 M + d + 1 ) + κ t . (7)
More generally, for every odd J ≥ 3 J \ge3 J ≥ 3 , R ‾ t ( s ^ ) ≥ F d ( J ) ( M ; t ) : = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k ( 1 − M + d + 1 N d , J ) + + ∑ j ≥ J c j ( t ) 2 w j , J ( d ) \overline{R}_t(\hat{s}) \ge F_d^{(J)}(M;t) := k(a_t/h_t)^2 c_t^k\left(1-\frac{M+d+1}{N_{d,J}}\right)_+ + \sum_{j\ge J} c_j(t)^2 w_{j,J}(d) R t ( s ^ ) ≥ F d ( J ) ( M ; t ) := k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k ( 1 − N d , J M + d + 1 ) + + ∑ j ≥ J c j ( t ) 2 w j , J ( d ) , and R ‾ t ( s ^ ) ≥ F d K F ( M ; t ) = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k [ tr T t − ∑ i ≤ M + d + 1 ν i ( T t ) ] \overline{R}_t(\hat{s}) \ge F_d^{\mathrm{KF}}(M;t) = k(a_t/h_t)^2 c_t^k\left[\operatorname{tr}T_t-\sum_{i\le M+d+1}\nu_i(T_t)\right] R t ( s ^ ) ≥ F d KF ( M ; t ) = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k [ tr T t − ∑ i ≤ M + d + 1 ν i ( T t ) ] , where T t T_t T t is the operator of Lemma 4.4 for g = g t g=g_t g = g t .
The bound concerns a single time t t t , and it applies to integrated risks by integration. The factor 1 − 3 / ( d + 2 ) 1-3/(d+2) 1 − 3/ ( d + 2 ) is the part of the cubic energy that a degree-one harmonic cannot capture. The factor involving M + d + 1 M+d+1 M + d + 1 counts the dictionary and the affine functions together. We refer to F d F_d F d as the explicit floor and to F d K F ≥ F d ( J ) F_d^{\mathrm{KF}} \ge F_d^{(J)} F d KF ≥ F d ( J ) as the Ky Fan floor; F d ( 3 ) ≥ F d F_d^{(3)} \ge F_d F d ( 3 ) ≥ F d by (4.1).
Corollary 4.6 (Geometry-blind random features). The ambient random-feature estimator of Section 2.4, with any finite ridge grid and L L L bandwidth multipliers, is supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension at most L ( p + 1 ) L(p+1) L ( p + 1 ) . This holds for any data-dependent choice of ridge and of bandwidth within the fixed grid B \mathcal{B} B , and for any coefficients. A bandwidth chosen outside a fixed grid by an orientation-sensitive rule is not covered. Hence R ‾ t ≥ F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) \overline{R}_t \ge F_d(L(p+1);t) R t ≥ F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) .
The dictionary is span ⋃ β ∈ B { coordinates of φ β } \operatorname{span}\bigcup_{\beta\in\mathcal{B}}\{\text{coordinates of }\varphi_\beta\} span ⋃ β ∈ B { coordinates of φ β } . It depends on the training data only through tr Σ ^ \operatorname{tr}\widehat{\Sigma} tr Σ , which equals the trace of the sample covariance of Z ( i ) Z^{(i)} Z ( i ) and is therefore a function of the latent data.
Every orientation and typical orientations
Theorem 4.5 averages over orientations, and an arbitrary orientation-independent dictionary need not have the same risk at every orientation. Two results remove the average.
Proposition 4.7 (Every orientation for isotropic random features). For the ambient random-feature estimator with independent N ( 0 , 1 ) N(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) input weights, the law of its score risk is the same for every fixed U U U . Consequently R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≥ F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U) \ge F_d(L(p+1);t) R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≥ F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) for every orientation U U U , not only on average.
Theorem 4.8 (Typical orientations). Under Assumption 2, let m ^ \hat{m} m ^ be supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension at most M M M , with s ^ \hat{s} s ^ given by (2.1). There is a function Φ t : S d − 1 → [ 0 , κ t ] \Phi_t:S^{d-1}\to[0,\kappa_t] Φ t : S d − 1 → [ 0 , κ t ] , determined by the law of the dictionary, such that for every orientation U U U
R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≥ ( a t h t ) 2 c t k ∑ i = 1 k Φ t ( u i ) . \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U)\ge\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2c_t^k\sum_{i=1}^{k}\Phi_t(u_i). R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≥ ( h t a t ) 2 c t k i = 1 ∑ k Φ t ( u i ) . Φ t \Phi_t Φ t is 2 κ t J t 2\sqrt{\kappa_tJ_t} 2 κ t J t -Lipschitz, and its average over the sphere is at least ( 1 − 3 d + 2 ) ( 1 − M + d + 1 N d , 3 ) + κ t \left(1-\frac{3}{d+2}\right)\left(1-\frac{M+d+1}{N_{d,3}}\right)_+\kappa_t ( 1 − d + 2 3 ) ( 1 − N d , 3 M + d + 1 ) + κ t . Consequently, for every s > 0 s>0 s > 0 , the set of orientations at which
R t ( s ^ ; U ) < F d ( M ; t ) − κ t ( a t h t ) 2 c t k s \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U)<F_d(M;t)-\kappa_t\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2c_t^k s R t ( s ^ ; U ) < F d ( M ; t ) − κ t ( h t a t ) 2 c t k s has Haar measure at most k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 / ( 8 κ t J t ) } k\exp\left\{-(d-2)s^2/(8\kappa_tJ_t)\right\} k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 / ( 8 κ t J t ) } . With s = η κ t s=\eta\kappa_t s = η κ t , the exceptional mass is at most k exp { − ( d − 2 ) η 2 / ( 8 J ˉ t ) } k\exp\left\{-(d-2)\eta^2/(8\bar{J}_t)\right\} k exp { − ( d − 2 ) η 2 / ( 8 J ˉ t ) } , where J ˉ t = J t / κ t \bar{J}_t=J_t/\kappa_t J ˉ t = J t / κ t lies between 3.1 and 4.9 at the times we use. The constant is conservative, but for fixed η \eta η and M = o ( d 3 ) M=o(d^3) M = o ( d 3 ) the fraction of orientations at which an orientation-blind dictionary beats ( 1 − η ) F ∞ ( t ) (1-\eta)F_\infty(t) ( 1 − η ) F ∞ ( t ) tends to zero exponentially fast in d d d .
Sharpness: the polynomial staircase
The barrier vanishes once M + d + 1 ≥ N d , 3 ≈ d 3 / 6 M+d+1\ge N_{d,3}\approx d^3/6 M + d + 1 ≥ N d , 3 ≈ d 3 /6 . A deterministic orientation-blind dictionary of that size resolves the cubic part of the score at every orientation, fixing the threshold constant at 1 / 6 1/6 1/6 .
Theorem 4.9 (Matching polynomial dictionaries). Fix t > 0 t>0 t > 0 and an odd J ≥ 1 J\ge1 J ≥ 1 . Let P d , J \mathcal{P}_{d,J} P d , J be the space of polynomials of degree at most J J J on R d \mathbb{R}^d R d . It is deterministic, hence an orientation-independent dictionary, it contains A \mathcal{A} A , and its dimension is D d , J = ( d + J J ) = N d , J + O ( d J − 1 ) D_{d,J}=\binom{d+J}{J}=N_{d,J}+O(d^{J-1}) D d , J = ( J d + J ) = N d , J + O ( d J − 1 ) . Let
ε J ( t ) = min π E [ ( g t ( Y ) − π ( Y ) ) 2 ] , Y ∼ q t , \varepsilon_J(t)=\min_{\pi}\mathbb{E}\left[(g_t(Y)-\pi(Y))^2\right],\qquad Y\sim q_t, ε J ( t ) = π min E [ ( g t ( Y ) − π ( Y ) ) 2 ] , Y ∼ q t , over univariate polynomials π \pi π of degree at most J J J . Then for every orientation U U U there is an estimator m ^ \widehat{m} m supported by P d , J \mathcal{P}_{d,J} P d , J with
R t ( s ^ ; U ) = k ( a t h t ) 2 ε J ( t ) , R_t(\widehat{s};U)=k\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2\varepsilon_J(t), R t ( s ; U ) = k ( h t a t ) 2 ε J ( t ) , which does not depend on d d d . Moreover ε J ( t ) \varepsilon_J(t) ε J ( t ) is nonincreasing in J J J , ε J ( t ) → 0 \varepsilon_J(t)\to0 ε J ( t ) → 0 as J → ∞ J\to\infty J → ∞ , and ε 1 ( t ) \varepsilon_1(t) ε 1 ( t ) is the population Gaussian control’s risk divided by k ( a t / h t ) 2 k(a_t/h_t)^2 k ( a t / h t ) 2 .
The estimator is m ^ ( x ) = U π J ( U ⊤ x ) \widehat{m}(x)=U\pi_J(U^\top x) m ( x ) = U π J ( U ⊤ x ) , with π J \pi_J π J the minimizer applied coordinatewise. Its coefficients use the orientation, as the class of Theorem 4.5 allows; its span does not. The theorem therefore shows that the barrier is representational: no lower bound for the class can move the threshold, and a data-driven version needs only the exactly recovered U ^ \widehat{U} U and a one-dimensional polynomial regression.
Corollary 4.10 (Polynomial staircase). Fix t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , an odd J ≥ 3 J\ge3 J ≥ 3 and δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \delta\in(0,1) δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) .
If M + d + 1 ≤ ( 1 − δ ) N d , J M+d+1\le(1-\delta)N_{d,J} M + d + 1 ≤ ( 1 − δ ) N d , J , every estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension at most M M M has
R ‾ t ( s ^ ) ≥ δ k ( a t h t ) 2 c t k ∑ j ≥ J c j ( t ) 2 ∏ i = 0 j − 2 d − 1 + i d + 2 i → d → ∞ δ k ( a t h t ) 2 c t k κ J , t > 0. \overline{R}_t(\widehat{s})\ge\delta k\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2c_t^k\sum_{j\ge J}c_j(t)^2\prod_{i=0}^{j-2}\frac{d-1+i}{d+2i}\xrightarrow[d\to\infty]{}\delta k\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2c_t^k\kappa_{J,t}>0. R t ( s ) ≥ δ k ( h t a t ) 2 c t k j ≥ J ∑ c j ( t ) 2 i = 0 ∏ j − 2 d + 2 i d − 1 + i d → ∞ δ k ( h t a t ) 2 c t k κ J , t > 0. If M ≥ D d , J M\ge D_{d,J} M ≥ D d , J , some estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension M M M has R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≤ k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε J ( t ) R_t(\widehat{s};U)\le k(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_J(t) R t ( s ; U ) ≤ k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε J ( t ) at every U U U .
Since N d , J N_{d,J} N d , J and D d , J D_{d,J} D d , J both equal ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) d J / J ! (1+O(1/d))d^J/J! ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) d J / J ! , the dictionary size at which orientation-blind dictionaries resolve the degree-J J J part of the score is d J / J ! d^J/J! d J / J ! to first order. For every J J J and every ε < k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k κ J , t \varepsilon<k(a_t/h_t)^2c_t^k\kappa_{J,t} ε < k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k κ J , t , an orientation-averaged risk at most ε \varepsilon ε needs Ω ( d J ) \Omega(d^J) Ω ( d J ) dictionary elements, so no polynomial budget in d d d suffices for all accuracies.
The lower level c t k κ J , t c_t^k\kappa_{J,t} c t k κ J , t and the upper level ε J − 2 ( t ) \varepsilon_{J-2}(t) ε J − 2 ( t ) between consecutive thresholds are both dimension-free, but they are not equal; Table 3 lists them. For k = 1 k=1 k = 1 and J = 3 J=3 J = 3 , Theorem 4.13 below closes this gap: the lower level of the first step is the upper level ε 1 ( t ) \varepsilon_1(t) ε 1 ( t ) . When F ∞ ( t ) F_\infty(t) F ∞ ( t ) exceeds the cubic level k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) k(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_3(t) k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) , the two parts of the corollary force a drop. For the parameters of Table 3 (μ = 1.5 \mu=1.5 μ = 1.5 , τ = 0.35 \tau=0.35 τ = 0.35 , k = 1 k=1 k = 1 ), the ratio is 5.4 at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 , so for large d d d every orientation-blind dictionary with at most 0.8 d 3 / 6 0.8d^3/6 0.8 d 3 /6 elements has orientation-averaged risk above the risk that the cubic dictionary of size ( 1 + o ( 1 ) ) d 3 / 6 (1+o(1))d^3/6 ( 1 + o ( 1 )) d 3 /6 attains at every orientation; at t = 0.6 t=0.6 t = 0.6 the ratio is 1.4 1.4 1.4 and the same holds below 0.25 d 3 / 6 0.25d^3/6 0.25 d 3 /6 . Section 7 traces the whole curve for random cubic and quintic sub-dictionaries.
Corollary 4.11 (Cubic feature price). Let B d ( t ) = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k ( 1 − 3 / ( d + 2 ) ) κ t B_d(t)=k(a_t/h_t)^2c_t^k(1-3/(d+2))\kappa_t B d ( t ) = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k ( 1 − 3/ ( d + 2 )) κ t and ε ≥ 0 \varepsilon\ge0 ε ≥ 0 .
Orientation average. Any estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension M M M with R ‾ t ≤ ε \overline{R}_t\le\varepsilon R t ≤ ε has M ≥ N d , 3 ( 1 − ε / B d ( t ) ) − d − 1 M\ge N_{d,3}(1-\varepsilon/B_d(t))-d-1 M ≥ N d , 3 ( 1 − ε / B d ( t )) − d − 1 .
Every orientation. For the ambient random-feature estimator, the same bound with M = L ( p + 1 ) M=L(p+1) M = L ( p + 1 ) holds if R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≤ ε R_t(\widehat{s};U)\le\varepsilon R t ( s ; U ) ≤ ε at a single orientation.
Typical orientations. If an estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary has R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≤ ε R_t(\widehat{s};U)\le\varepsilon R t ( s ; U ) ≤ ε on a set of orientations of Haar measure larger than k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 / ( 8 κ t J t ) } k\exp\{-(d-2)s^2/(8\kappa_tJ_t)\} k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 / ( 8 κ t J t )} , then M ≥ N d , 3 ( 1 − ( ε + k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k s ) / B d ( t ) ) − d − 1 M\ge N_{d,3}(1-(\varepsilon+k(a_t/h_t)^2c_t^ks)/B_d(t))-d-1 M ≥ N d , 3 ( 1 − ( ε + k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k s ) / B d ( t )) − d − 1 .
If the bracket is at least a fixed δ > 0 \delta>0 δ > 0 (for example, a fixed ε < F ∞ ( t ) \varepsilon<F_\infty(t) ε < F ∞ ( t ) , a small s s s and all large d d d ), the price is δ N d , 3 − d − 1 = Ω ( d 3 ) \delta N_{d,3}-d-1=\Omega(d^3) δ N d , 3 − d − 1 = Ω ( d 3 ) ; by Theorem 4.9 it is also O ( d 3 ) O(d^3) O ( d 3 ) for every ε ≥ k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) \varepsilon\ge k(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_3(t) ε ≥ k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) .
Exact height of the first step for one hidden direction
The density comparison of Lemma 4.3 is applied to the whole squared error in Theorem 4.5 , and this costs the factor c t k c_t^k c t k . For one hidden direction the factor can be moved off the main term. The device is to apply the change of measure only to the cross term between the target and the dictionary.
Lemma 4.12 (One-sided change of measure). Let P ≪ Q P\ll Q P ≪ Q be probability measures on R d \mathbb{R}^d R d with ρ = d P / d Q \rho=dP/dQ ρ = d P / d Q , let V \mathcal{V} V be a finite-dimensional space of vector fields in L 2 ( P ) ∩ L 2 ( Q ) L^2(P)\cap L^2(Q) L 2 ( P ) ∩ L 2 ( Q ) with ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ c ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( Q ) 2 \|f\|_{L^2(P)}^2\ge c\|f\|_{L^2(Q)}^2 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ c ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( Q ) 2 for all f ∈ V f\in\mathcal{V} f ∈ V and some c > 0 c>0 c > 0 , and let r ∈ L 2 ( P ) r\in L^2(P) r ∈ L 2 ( P ) with ρ r ∈ L 2 ( Q ) \rho r\in L^2(Q) ρ r ∈ L 2 ( Q ) . Then
inf f ∈ V ∥ r − f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ ∥ r ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 − 1 c ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ L 2 ( Q ) 2 \inf_{f\in\mathcal{V}}\|r-f\|_{L^2(P)}^2\ge\|r\|_{L^2(P)}^2-\frac{1}{c}\|\Pi_{\mathcal{V}}^Q(\rho r)\|_{L^2(Q)}^2 f ∈ V inf ∥ r − f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ ∥ r ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 − c 1 ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ L 2 ( Q ) 2 where Π V Q \Pi_{\mathcal{V}}^Q Π V Q is the orthogonal projection onto V \mathcal{V} V in L 2 ( Q ) L^2(Q) L 2 ( Q ) .
For k = 1 k=1 k = 1 write U = u U=u U = u , let q t q_t q t and ρ t = q t / ϕ h t \rho_t=q_t/\phi_{h_t} ρ t = q t / ϕ h t be as in Lemma 4.3 , and let
α t = a t ( μ 2 + τ 2 ) a t 2 ( μ 2 + τ 2 ) + h t , g ^ t ( y ) = g t ( y ) − α t y , ψ t = ρ t g ^ t , Ψ t = E [ ψ t ( h t ξ ) 2 ] , \alpha_t=\frac{a_t(\mu^2+\tau^2)}{a_t^2(\mu^2+\tau^2)+h_t},\qquad\widehat{g}_t(y)=g_t(y)-\alpha_ty,\qquad\psi_t=\rho_t\widehat{g}_t,\qquad\Psi_t=\mathbb{E}\left[\psi_t(\sqrt{h_t}\xi)^2\right], α t = a t 2 ( μ 2 + τ 2 ) + h t a t ( μ 2 + τ 2 ) , g t ( y ) = g t ( y ) − α t y , ψ t = ρ t g t , Ψ t = E [ ψ t ( h t ξ ) 2 ] ,
with ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) \xi\sim N(0,1) ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) . Here α t y \alpha_ty α t y is the best linear approximation of g t g_t g t in L 2 ( q t ) L^2(q_t) L 2 ( q t ) , so E Y ∼ q t g ^ t ( Y ) 2 = ε 1 ( t ) \mathbb{E}_{Y\sim q_t}\widehat{g}_t(Y)^2=\varepsilon_1(t) E Y ∼ q t g t ( Y ) 2 = ε 1 ( t ) and R G ( t ) = ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 1 ( t ) R_G(t)=(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_1(t) R G ( t ) = ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 1 ( t ) is the score risk of the population Gaussian control (Theorem 4.9 with J = 1 J=1 J = 1 ).
Theorem 4.13 (Exact height of the cubic barrier). Under Assumption 2 with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , let u u u be uniform on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 and independent of the latent data, and assume a t 2 τ 2 < h t a_t^2\tau^2<h_t a t 2 τ 2 < h t . Then Ψ t < ∞ \Psi_t<\infty Ψ t < ∞ , and every estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension at most M M M satisfies, with D = M + d + 1 D=M+d+1 D = M + d + 1 ,
R ‾ t ( s ^ ) ≥ ( a t h t ) 2 [ ε 1 ( t ) − Ψ t c t ( 3 d + 2 + D N d , 3 ) ] \overline{R}_t(\widehat{s})\ge\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2\left[\varepsilon_1(t)-\frac{\Psi_t}{c_t}\left(\frac{3}{d+2}+\frac{D}{N_{d,3}}\right)\right] R t ( s ) ≥ ( h t a t ) 2 [ ε 1 ( t ) − c t Ψ t ( d + 2 3 + N d , 3 D ) ]
and R ˉ t ( s ^ ) ≥ ( a t / h t ) 2 [ ε 1 ( t ) − c t − 1 ∑ i ≤ D ν i ( T ψ ) ] \bar{R}_t(\hat{s}) \ge(a_t/h_t)^2[\varepsilon_1(t)-c_t^{-1}\sum_{i\le D}\nu_i(T^\psi)] R ˉ t ( s ^ ) ≥ ( a t / h t ) 2 [ ε 1 ( t ) − c t − 1 ∑ i ≤ D ν i ( T ψ )] , where T ψ T^\psi T ψ is the operator of Lemma 4.4 built from ψ t \psi_t ψ t in place of g t g_t g t . In particular, if M = o ( d 3 ) M=o(d^3) M = o ( d 3 ) then R ˉ t ( s ^ ) ≥ ( 1 − o ( 1 ) ) R G ( t ) \bar{R}_t(\hat{s})\ge(1-o(1))R_G(t) R ˉ t ( s ^ ) ≥ ( 1 − o ( 1 )) R G ( t ) .
Together with Theorem 4.9 at J = 1 J=1 J = 1 and J = 3 J=3 J = 3 , the theorem makes the first step of the staircase exact in both location and height. The affine dictionary attains R G ( t ) R_G(t) R G ( t ) at every orientation; no orientation-blind dictionary with o ( d 3 ) o(d^3) o ( d 3 ) elements does asymptotically better on average; and the cubic polynomials, ( 1 + o ( 1 ) ) d 3 / 6 (1+o(1))d^3/6 ( 1 + o ( 1 )) d 3 /6 elements, attain ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) (a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_3(t) ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) . With o ( d 3 ) o(d^3) o ( d 3 ) elements, the asymptotic gain over the moment-matched Gaussian vanishes for orientation-blind dictionaries. Since ρ t ≥ c t \rho_t\ge c_t ρ t ≥ c t , we have ε 1 ( t ) ≥ c t ∥ g ^ t ∥ L 2 ( N ( 0 , h t ) ) ≥ c t κ t \varepsilon_1(t)\ge c_t\lVert\hat{g}_t\rVert_{L^2(N(0,h_t))}\ge c_t\kappa_t ε 1 ( t ) ≥ c t ∥ g ^ t ∥ L 2 ( N ( 0 , h t )) ≥ c t κ t , so the limit of Theorem 4.13 is never below the limit F ∞ ( t ) F_\infty(t) F ∞ ( t ) of Theorem 4.5 . At finite d d d , the correction carries 1 / c t 1/c_t 1/ c t and Ψ t ≥ c t ε 1 ( t ) \Psi_t\ge c_t\varepsilon_1(t) Ψ t ≥ c t ε 1 ( t ) . Both bounds are valid, and the larger one applies.
The condition a t 2 τ 2 < h t a_t^2\tau^2<h_t a t 2 τ 2 < h t , equivalently t > 1 2 log ( 1 + τ 2 ) t>\frac{1}{2}\log(1+\tau^2) t > 2 1 log ( 1 + τ 2 ) , says that each mixture component of u ⊤ X t u^\top X_t u ⊤ X t , of variance a t 2 τ 2 + h t a_t^2\tau^2+h_t a t 2 τ 2 + h t , is narrower than 2 h t 2h_t 2 h t . It holds for t > 0.058 t>0.058 t > 0.058 in our parameters. By Proposition 4.14 , the theorem also holds for data off the subspace, with λ t − 2 \lambda_t^{-2} λ t − 2 and the shifted time t ′ t' t ′ , whenever a t ′ 2 τ 2 < h t ′ a_{t'}^2\tau^2<h_{t'} a t ′ 2 τ 2 < h t ′ . The exact-height theorem treats one hidden direction and the first step. For k ≥ 2 k\ge2 k ≥ 2 , the weighted residual ρ r \rho_r ρ r is a multi-index function of U ⊤ x U^\top x U ⊤ x , for which Lemma 4.4 has no direct analogue.
Table 2 evaluates the bound. For L = 3 L=3 L = 3 bandwidths and width p = 1024 p=1024 p = 1024 , it retains 0.89 0.89 0.89 –0.99 0.99 0.99 of R G R_G R G at d = 1024 d=1024 d = 1024 at the tabulated times t ∈ { 0.3 , 0.6 , 1 } t\in\{0.3,0.6,1\} t ∈ { 0.3 , 0.6 , 1 } , against 0.15 0.15 0.15 –0.51 0.51 0.51 for Theorem 4.5 . At t = 0.1 t=0.1 t = 0.1 , where c t = 0.03 c_t=0.03 c t = 0.03 , it is vacuous at these sizes. At d = 64 d=64 d = 64 it exceeds the cubic floor at the tabulated times t ∈ { 0.6 , 1 } t\in\{0.6,1\} t ∈ { 0.6 , 1 } but not at t ≤ 0.3 t\le0.3 t ≤ 0.3 .
Table 2. Lower bounds on the orientation-averaged score risk as fractions of the Gaussian control R G ( t ) R_G(t) R G ( t ) , for μ = 1.5 \mu=1.5 μ = 1.5 , τ = 0.35 \tau=0.35 τ = 0.35 , k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , L = 3 L=3 L = 3 bandwidths and width p = 1024 p=1024 p = 1024 , so D = 3075 + d + 1 D=3075+d+1 D = 3075 + d + 1 . F ∞ / R G F_\infty/R_G F ∞ / R G : the large-d d d limit of Theorem 4.5. Cubic: the Ky Fan floor of Theorem 4.5. Expl. and KF: the explicit and Ky Fan forms of Theorem 4.13, whose large-d d d limit is 1. Values are computed from the bounds stated in the theorems.
Data off the subspace
The exact low-dimensional support is not what drives the barrier. Suppose the data are only near the subspace.
Proposition 4.14 (Data off the subspace). Replace X 0 = U Z X_0=UZ X 0 = U Z by X 0 σ = U Z + σ 0 G 0 X_0^\sigma=UZ+\sigma_0G_0 X 0 σ = U Z + σ 0 G 0 , with σ 0 ≥ 0 \sigma_0\ge0 σ 0 ≥ 0 and G 0 ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) G_0\sim N(0,I_d) G 0 ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) independent of everything else, and let s t σ s_t^\sigma s t σ be the score of the diffused law. Set λ t = ( 1 + a t 2 σ 0 2 ) 1 / 2 \lambda_t=(1+a_t^2\sigma_0^2)^{1/2} λ t = ( 1 + a t 2 σ 0 2 ) 1/2 and t ′ = t + log λ t t'=t+\log\lambda_t t ′ = t + log λ t . Then a t X 0 σ a_tX_0^\sigma a t X 0 σ has the law of λ t X t ′ \lambda_tX_{t'} λ t X t ′ , where X t ′ X_{t'} X t ′ follows the noiseless model of Assumption 2, and s t σ ( x ) = λ t − 1 s t ′ ( x / λ t ) s_t^\sigma(x)=\lambda_t^{-1}s_{t'}(x/\lambda_t) s t σ ( x ) = λ t − 1 s t ′ ( x / λ t ) .
For every estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of dimension M M M , and every orientation, the risk for s t σ s_t^\sigma s t σ equals λ t − 2 \lambda_t^{-2} λ t − 2 times the noiseless risk at time t ′ t' t ′ of an estimator supported by an orientation-independent dictionary of the same dimension. Consequently Theorem 4.5 holds with F d ( M ; t ) F_d(M;t) F d ( M ; t ) replaced by λ t − 2 F d ( M ; t ′ ) \lambda_t^{-2}F_d(M;t') λ t − 2 F d ( M ; t ′ ) (and likewise for F d ( J ) F_d^{(J)} F d ( J ) and F d F K F_d^{\mathrm{FK}} F d FK ); Theorem 4.8 holds with λ t − 2 [ F d ( M ; t ′ ) − k ( a t ′ / h t ′ ) 2 c t ′ s ] \lambda_t^{-2}[F_d(M;t')-k(a_{t'}/h_{t'})^2c_{t'}s] λ t − 2 [ F d ( M ; t ′ ) − k ( a t ′ / h t ′ ) 2 c t ′ s ] and exceptional mass k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 / ( 8 κ t J t ′ ) } k\exp\{-(d-2)s^2/(8\kappa_tJ_{t'} )\} k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 / ( 8 κ t J t ′ )} ; and Proposition 4.7 holds verbatim for the ambient random-feature estimator trained on X 0 σ X_0^\sigma X 0 σ .
Since t ′ > t t'>t t ′ > t , the noisy problem inherits the larger density constant c t ′ c_{t'} c t ′ and the smaller nonlinear energy κ t ′ \kappa_{t'} κ t ′ . The barrier varies continuously with σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 , reduces to Theorem 4.5 at σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0=0 σ 0 = 0 , and tends to zero as σ 0 → ∞ \sigma_0\to\infty σ 0 → ∞ ; it need not decrease monotonically, because at early times the gain in c t ′ c_{t'} c t ′ can outweigh the loss in κ t ′ \kappa_{t'} κ t ′ .
Geometry adaptation is statistically dimension-free
Theorem 4.15 (Projector dependence and dimension invariance). Under Assumption 2 with n ≥ k + 1 n\ge k+1 n ≥ k + 1 , fix U U U . Then almost surely Π ^ = U U ⊤ \widehat{\Pi}=UU^\top Π = U U ⊤ , and the following hold.
The PCA estimator depends on U ^ \widehat{U} U only through Π ^ \widehat{\Pi} Π ; with shared W , b W,b W , b and corruption noise it equals the oracle estimator as a function, together with its selected ridge and bandwidth.
There is a map G ^ t : R k → R k \widehat{G}_t:\mathbb{R}^k \to\mathbb{R}^k G t : R k → R k with m ^ P C A ( x , t ) = U G ^ t ( U ⊤ x ) \widehat{m}_{\mathrm{PCA}}(x,t)=U\widehat{G}_t(U^\top x) m PCA ( x , t ) = U G t ( U ⊤ x ) . The joint law of { G ^ t } \{\widehat{G}_t\} { G t } over the fitted times, the selected tuning parameters and the validation errors is the same for every d ≥ k d \ge k d ≥ k and every U U U . It equals the law of the procedure run at d = k d=k d = k with U = I k U=I_k U = I k .
Consequently R t ( s ^ P C A ; U ) \mathcal{R}_t(\widehat{s}_{\mathrm{PCA}};U) R t ( s PCA ; U ) depends on neither d d d nor U U U , for every t t t in the fitted interval, including interpolated times.
Theorem 4.16 (Generation invariance). For any estimator of the form (2.1) whose denoiser takes values in span ( U ^ ) \operatorname{span}(\widehat{U}) span ( U ) , the sampler output satisfies x ^ = m ^ ( x t 0 , t 0 ) ∈ span ( U ^ ) \widehat{x}=\widehat{m}(x_{t_0},t_0)\in\operatorname{span}(\widehat{U}) x = m ( x t 0 , t 0 ) ∈ span ( U ) ; in particular it has no off-subspace component when Π ^ = U U ⊤ \widehat{\Pi}=UU^\top Π = U U ⊤ . For the PCA estimator with n ≥ k + 1 n\ge k+1 n ≥ k + 1 , the law of the latent output U ⊤ x ^ U^\top\widehat{x} U ⊤ x is the same for every d ≥ k d\ge k d ≥ k . Hence any distance between the generated law and Law ( X 0 ) \operatorname{Law}(X_0) Law ( X 0 ) that is invariant under the isometry z ↦ U z z\mapsto Uz z ↦ U z , such as W 2 W_2 W 2 , does not depend on d d d .
The invariance covers the whole implemented pipeline. It includes finite corruption counts, held-out tuning, time interpolation, the finite terminal time, the Euler–Maruyama discretization and the final Tweedie step. These equalities hold at every ambient dimension. Forming ambient inputs, the principal subspace and the projected weights still costs time and memory that grow with d d d (linearly, for fixed n n n , p p p and k k k ). Any k k k -dimensional statistical guarantee for the oracle-subspace problem transfers to every ambient dimension without change.
With off-subspace noise in the training data (Proposition 4.14), Π ^ ≠ U U ⊤ \widehat{\Pi}\ne UU^\top Π = U U ⊤ and the invariance is no longer exact. If the subspace is estimated on an independent split, the fitted latent model depends on ( d , U , U ^ ) (d,U,\widehat{U}) ( d , U , U ) only through the k × k k\times k k × k overlap U ^ ⊤ U \widehat{U}^\top U U ⊤ U , because U ^ ⊤ G \widehat{U}^\top G U ⊤ G and U ^ ⊤ G 0 \widehat{U}^\top G_0 U ⊤ G 0 are then standard Gaussian in R k \mathbb{R}^k R k . Classical spiked-covariance asymptotics, stated for Gaussian spikes (Baik et al., 2005; Paul, 2007), predict ∥ sin Θ ( U ^ , U ) ∥ F 2 → k { 1 − ( 1 − γ / ϱ 2 ) / ( 1 + γ / ϱ ) } ≈ k γ ( 1 + ϱ ) / ϱ 2 \left\|\sin\Theta(\widehat{U},U)\right\|_F^2\to k\{1-(1-\gamma/\varrho^2)/(1+\gamma/\varrho)\}\approx k\gamma(1+\varrho)/\varrho^2 sin Θ ( U , U ) F 2 → k { 1 − ( 1 − γ / ϱ 2 ) / ( 1 + γ / ϱ )} ≈ k γ ( 1 + ϱ ) / ϱ 2 when d / n → γ d/n\to\gamma d / n → γ and the signal-to-noise ratio ϱ = Var ( Z 1 ) / σ 0 2 \varrho=\operatorname{Var}(Z_1)/\sigma_0^2 ϱ = Var ( Z 1 ) / σ 0 2 exceeds γ \sqrt{\gamma} γ , and no consistent recovery below that threshold. We use this only as a reference curve. The Gaussian-spike formula suggests degradation governed by d / n d/n d / n and σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 at a fixed feature budget. Section 7 measures this dependence.
A checkable separation
Fix k k k , t t t , the sample sizes, p p p , and the grids. Let r k ( t ) = R t ( s ^ P C A ) r_k(t)=\mathcal{R}_t(\widehat{s}_{\mathrm{PCA}}) r k ( t ) = R t ( s PCA ) . By Theorem 4.15 it can be computed at d = k d=k d = k .
Lemma 4.17 (Monotonicity in the ambient dimension). For fixed M ≥ 0 M\ge0 M ≥ 0 and t > 0 t>0 t > 0 , the explicit floor d ↦ F d ( M ; t ) d\mapsto F_d(M;t) d ↦ F d ( M ; t ) is nondecreasing on d ≥ 3 d\ge3 d ≥ 3 and converges to F ∞ ( t ) = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c k 2 κ t F_\infty(t)=k(a_t/h_t)^2c_k^2\kappa_t F ∞ ( t ) = k ( a t / h t ) 2 c k 2 κ t . Hence, for any r < F ∞ ( t ) r<F_\infty(t) r < F ∞ ( t ) , the set { d ≥ 3 : F d ( M ; t ) > r } \{d\ge3:F_d(M;t)>r\} { d ≥ 3 : F d ( M ; t ) > r } equals { d ≥ d 0 } \{d\ge d_0\} { d ≥ d 0 } with d 0 = min { d ≥ 3 : F d ( M ; t ) > r } < ∞ d_0=\min\{d\ge3:F_d(M;t)>r\}<\infty d 0 = min { d ≥ 3 : F d ( M ; t ) > r } < ∞ ; for r ≥ F ∞ ( t ) r\ge F_\infty(t) r ≥ F ∞ ( t ) it is empty.
Corollary 4.18 (Separation at matched budgets). For every d ≥ max ( 3 , k ) d\ge\max(3,k) d ≥ max ( 3 , k ) with r k ( t ) < F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) r_k(t)<F_d(L(p+1);t) r k ( t ) < F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) , and every orientation U U U , the PCA estimator has strictly smaller score risk than the ambient estimator with the same samples, features, readout size, ridge grid and bandwidth grid. If r k ( t ) < F ∞ ( t ) r_k(t) < F_\infty(t) r k ( t ) < F ∞ ( t ) , this holds for every d ≥ max ( d 0 , k ) d \ge\max(d_0, k) d ≥ max ( d 0 , k ) , where d 0 d_0 d 0 is the first crossing of Lemma 4.17 with M = L ( p + 1 ) M = L(p + 1) M = L ( p + 1 ) ; if r k ( t ) ≥ F ∞ ( t ) r_k(t) \ge F_\infty(t) r k ( t ) ≥ F ∞ ( t ) , the explicit floor certifies no d d d . The first statement also holds with the Ky Fan floor F d K F F_d^{\mathrm{KF}} F d KF .
In the experiments, r k ( t ) r_k(t) r k ( t ) is replaced by an upper confidence limit from independent replicates at d = k d = k d = k . The corresponding d 0 d_0 d 0 is then the exact first crossing of the explicit floor, and by Lemma 4.17 the comparison holds for all larger d d d , with no upper limit. The confidence limits are approximate (§ 7 ), so the resulting certificate is statistical, while its deterministic part is Corollary 4.18.
Remark 4.19 (Fixed-dimensional rate inputs). Corollary 4.18 needs r k ( t ) r_k(t) r k ( t ) to be small, not a rate. For a rate, Theorem 4.15 reduces the question to random-feature ridge regression in fixed dimension k k k , where existing analyses apply under their own source and capacity conditions ((Rudi and Rosasco, 2017)). Theorem 4.16 likewise reduces sampling error to a k k k -dimensional reverse process, for which score-to-sample bounds of Chen et al. (2023b) and Benton et al. (2024) apply with their dimension replaced by k k k . We have not verified those conditions for the tanh dictionary and the mixture target, so we state no rate.
The covariance-matched regime: the sharp frozen exponent
In the covariance-matched regime the density comparison of Lemma 4.3 is unavailable: the hidden marginal has narrower mixture components than the matched Gaussian, so its ratio to N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 ) N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2) N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 ) has infimum zero. The one-sided change of measure (Lemma 4.12 ) needs the comparison only on the dictionary, where hypercontractivity supplies it.
Lemma 4.20 (Norm comparison). Let Q = N ( 0 , σ ˉ 2 I ) Q = N(0,\bar{\sigma}^2 I) Q = N ( 0 , σ ˉ 2 I ) and d P / d Q ( x ) = ρ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) dP/dQ(x) = \rho(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}) d P / d Q ( x ) = ρ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) with ρ \rho ρ continuous and positive. (a) If ρ ≥ c \rho\ge c ρ ≥ c , then ∥ f ∥ P ≥ c ∥ f ∥ Q \|f\|_P \ge c\|f\|_Q ∥ f ∥ P ≥ c ∥ f ∥ Q for every f f f . (b) If every element ψ \psi ψ of a linear space V V V of scalar functions satisfies ∥ ψ ∥ L 4 ( Q ) ≤ κ ∥ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Q ) \|\psi\|_{L^4(Q)} \le\kappa\|\psi\|_{L^2(Q)} ∥ ψ ∥ L 4 ( Q ) ≤ κ ∥ ψ ∥ L 2 ( Q ) , then for every R > 0 R > 0 R > 0 with κ 2 π R 1 / 2 < 1 \kappa^2\pi_R^{1/2} < 1 κ 2 π R 1/2 < 1 , π R = Pr ( ∣ N ( 0 , 1 ) ∣ > R ) \pi_R = \Pr(|N(0,1)| > R) π R = Pr ( ∣ N ( 0 , 1 ) ∣ > R ) ,
∥ f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ c κ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( Q ) 2 ( f ∈ V d ) , c κ = min ∣ y ∣ ≤ R ρ ( y ) ( 1 − κ 2 π R 1 / 2 ) . \|f\|_{L^2(P)}^2 \ge c_\kappa\|f\|_{L^2(Q)}^2 \quad(f \in V^d), \qquad c_\kappa= \min_{|y|\le R}\rho(y)\left(1-\kappa^2\pi_R^{1/2}\right). ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ c κ ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( Q ) 2 ( f ∈ V d ) , c κ = ∣ y ∣ ≤ R min ρ ( y ) ( 1 − κ 2 π R 1/2 ) .
Polynomials of degree at most D D D satisfy the hypothesis with κ = 3 D / 2 \kappa= 3^{D/2} κ = 3 D /2 , for every d d d ((O’Donnell, 2014)).
Under Assumption 3 with k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , let r t r_t r t be the density ratio of u ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t u^\top X_t/\bar{\sigma}_t u ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t to N ( 0 , 1 ) N(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) and put ψ ^ = ( h t / ( a t σ ˉ t ) ) r t ′ \hat{\psi} = (h_t/(a_t\bar{\sigma}_t))r_t' ψ ^ = ( h t / ( a t σ ˉ t )) r t ′ , with Hermite coefficients c j c_j c j in L 2 ( N ( 0 , 1 ) ) L^2(N(0,1)) L 2 ( N ( 0 , 1 )) and Ψ = ∑ j c j 2 \Psi= \sum_j c_j^2 Ψ = ∑ j c j 2 . Let B = ( h t / ( a t σ ˉ t ) ) 2 E N ( 0 , 1 ) [ r t 2 / r t ′ ] B = (h_t/(a_t\bar{\sigma}_t))^2\mathbb{E}_{N(0,1)}[r_t^2/r_t'] B = ( h t / ( a t σ ˉ t ) ) 2 E N ( 0 , 1 ) [ r t 2 / r t ′ ] , which equals the excess denoiser risk of the Gaussian baseline, and W J ( d ) = ∑ j c j 2 w j ( d ) / Ψ W_J(d) = \sum_j c_j^2w_j(d)/\Psi W J ( d ) = ∑ j c j 2 w j ( d ) /Ψ with the harmonic weights of (4.1). The dictionaries and the risk are as in Definition 2.1 and (2.2), with D = dim ( S + A ) ≤ M + d + 1 D = \dim(\mathcal{S}+\mathcal{A}) \le M + d + 1 D = dim ( S + A ) ≤ M + d + 1 .
Theorem 4.21 (Sharp frozen exponent). Under Assumption 3 with k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , let ν \nu ν be symmetric with L 2 L^2 L 2 likelihood ratio and even generative exponent k ∗ ≥ 4 k^* \ge4 k ∗ ≥ 4 , and let J = k ∗ − 1 J = k^* - 1 J = k ∗ − 1 . Then c j = ( h t / ( a t σ ˉ t ) ) j + 1 e j + 1 ( t ) = 0 c_j = (h_t/(a_t\bar{\sigma}_t))\sqrt{j+1}\,e_{j+1}(t) = 0 c j = ( h t / ( a t σ ˉ t )) j + 1 e j + 1 ( t ) = 0 for j < J j < J j < J , W J ( d ) → 1 W_J(d) \to1 W J ( d ) → 1 , and:
For u u u uniform on the sphere and every orientation-independent dictionary whose span V V V has dim V ≤ D \dim V \le D dim V ≤ D and L 4 / L 2 L^4/L^2 L 4 / L 2 constant κ \kappa κ under Q t Q_t Q t ,
R ‾ t ( s ^ ) ≥ ( a t h t ) 2 [ B − Ψ c κ ( 1 − W J ( d ) + D N d , J ) ] . \overline{R}_t(\widehat{s}) \ge\left(\frac{a_t}{h_t}\right)^2\left[B-\frac{\Psi}{c_\kappa}\left(1-W_J(d)+\frac{D}{N_{d,J}}\right)\right]. R t ( s ) ≥ ( h t a t ) 2 [ B − c κ Ψ ( 1 − W J ( d ) + N d , J D ) ] .
which is ( 1 − o ( 1 ) ) (1-o(1)) ( 1 − o ( 1 )) times the Gaussian baseline’s risk ( a t / h t ) 2 B (a_t/h_t)^2B ( a t / h t ) 2 B when D = o ( d J ) D=o(d^J) D = o ( d J ) and κ \kappa κ is bounded, with ν \nu ν and t t t fixed as d → ∞ d\to\infty d → ∞ .
The span of all polynomials of degree at most J J J , of dimension ( 1 + o ( 1 ) ) d J / J ! (1+o(1))d^J/J! ( 1 + o ( 1 )) d J / J ! , contains at every orientation an estimator with score risk at most ( a t / h t ) 2 ( B − G ) (a_t/h_t)^2(B-G) ( a t / h t ) 2 ( B − G ) , where
G = c J 2 E [ h J ( u ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t ) 2 ] > 0 G=\frac{c_J^2}{\mathbb{E}[h_J(u^\top X_t/\bar{\sigma}_t)^2]}>0 G = E [ h J ( u ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t ) 2 ] c J 2 > 0
does not depend on d d d .
The dictionary size at which hypercontractive orientation-blind dictionaries start to improve on the Gaussian baseline is therefore d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 up to constants. For polynomial dictionaries of every fixed degree the answer is complete: degree below J J J gains nothing at any size (Corollary 3.5), and degree at least J J J gains nothing asymptotically with o ( d J ) o(d^J) o ( d J ) elements. For μ = 0.8 \mu=0.8 μ = 0.8 , σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0=1 σ 0 = 1 (k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 ) and cubic polynomial dictionaries (κ = 3 3 / 2 \kappa=3^{3/2} κ = 3 3/2 ), G / B G/B G / B lies between 0.73 and 0.94 for t ∈ { 0.144 , 0.3 , 0.6 } t\in\{0.144,0.3,0.6\} t ∈ { 0.144 , 0.3 , 0.6 } , while for D ≤ 10 d D\le10d D ≤ 10 d the lower bound is at least 0.83 B 0.83B 0.83 B at d = 128 d=128 d = 128 , 0.96 B 0.96B 0.96 B at d = 512 d=512 d = 512 and 0.99 B 0.99B 0.99 B at d = 2048 d=2048 d = 2048 . A uniform L 4 / L 2 L^4/L^2 L 4 / L 2 constant for spans of M M M random tanh features has not been established. Without such control, a dictionary could place its mass where the data density is small. The exponent k ∗ − 1 k^*-1 k ∗ − 1 counts dictionary elements. The d k ∗ / 2 d^{k^*/2} d k ∗ /2 scale of § 6 counts clean points for an explicit adaptive learner; the statistical-query result there is a tolerance bound with a heuristic sample interpretation.
Kernels on the noisy inputs pay the same power in samples
Kernel ridge regression on the noisy training inputs is not covered by Section 4: its span { K ( ⋅ , x i ) } \{K(\cdot,x_i)\} { K ( ⋅ , x i )} depends on the orientation through the inputs. The Hermite structure still controls it, now through the sample size. We treat positive-semidefinite dot-product kernels K ( x , x ′ ) = φ ( ⟨ x , x ′ ⟩ / ( d σ ˉ t 2 ) ) K(x,x')=\varphi(\langle x,x'\rangle/(d\bar{\sigma}_t^2)) K ( x , x ′ ) = φ (⟨ x , x ′ ⟩ / ( d σ ˉ t 2 )) with φ ∈ C J ( R ) \varphi\in C^J(\mathbb{R}) φ ∈ C J ( R ) , under Assumption 3 with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 and the notation of Theorem 4.21 : P = P t P=P_t P = P t , Q = Q t = N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I ) Q=Q_t=N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2 I) Q = Q t = N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I ) , r = m t − m t Q = u r ˉ ( u ⊤ x ) r=m_t-m_t^Q=u\bar{r}(u^\top x) r = m t − m t Q = u r ˉ ( u ⊤ x ) , B = ∥ r ∥ P 2 B=\|r\|_P^2 B = ∥ r ∥ P 2 , and ρ ( u ⊤ r ) = ψ ^ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) \rho(u^\top r)=\widehat{\psi}(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t) ρ ( u ⊤ r ) = ψ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) with Hermite coefficients c j = 0 c_j=0 c j = 0 for j < J = k ∗ − 1 j<J=k^*-1 j < J = k ∗ − 1 and Ψ = ∑ j c j 2 \Psi=\sum_j c_j^2 Ψ = ∑ j c j 2 . For every σ ≥ 0 \sigma\ge0 σ ≥ 0 we assume that φ ( σ Z ) \varphi(\sigma Z) φ ( σ Z ) and φ ( J ) ( σ Z ) \varphi^{(J)}(\sigma Z) φ ( J ) ( σ Z ) lie in Gaussian L 2 L^2 L 2 , and that
sup d ≥ d 0 E [ ∣ u ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t ∣ 2 J ∥ φ ( J ) ( ∣ X t ∣ d σ ˉ t Z ) ∥ L 2 ( Z ) 2 ] < ∞ , Z ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) . \sup_{d\ge d_0}\mathbb{E}\left[|u^\top X_t/\bar{\sigma}_t|^{2J}\left\|\varphi^{(J)}\left(\frac{|X_t|}{d\bar{\sigma}_t}Z\right)\right\|_{L^2(Z)}^2\right]<\infty,\qquad Z\sim N(0,1). d ≥ d 0 sup E [ ∣ u ⊤ X t / σ ˉ t ∣ 2 J φ ( J ) ( d σ ˉ t ∣ X t ∣ Z ) L 2 ( Z ) 2 ] < ∞ , Z ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) .
Polynomial growth of φ ( J ) \varphi^{(J)} φ ( J ) suffices. For φ ( z ) = e z \varphi(z)=e^z φ ( z ) = e z the inner squared norm is exp ( 2 ∣ X t ∣ 2 / ( d 2 σ ˉ t 2 ) ) \exp(2|X_t|^2/(d^2\bar{\sigma}_t^2)) exp ( 2∣ X t ∣ 2 / ( d 2 σ ˉ t 2 )) , so the condition holds for all large d d d in the mixture model.
Lemma 5.1 (Kernel leakage). For y ∈ R d ∖ { 0 } y\in\mathbb{R}^d\setminus\{0\} y ∈ R d ∖ { 0 } let τ u ( y ) = E P [ ( u ⊤ r ( X ) ) K ( X , y ) ] \tau_u(y)=\mathbb{E}_P[(u^\top r(X))K(X,y)] τ u ( y ) = E P [( u ⊤ r ( X )) K ( X , y )] and σ y = ∣ y ∣ / ( d σ ˉ t ) \sigma_y=|y|/(d\bar{\sigma}_t) σ y = ∣ y ∣/ ( d σ ˉ t ) . Then
τ u ( y ) = ∑ j ≥ J c j ( u ⊤ y ∣ y ∣ ) j E [ h j ( Z ) φ ( σ y Z ) ] , ∣ τ u ( y ) ∣ ≤ Ψ J ! ∣ u ⊤ y σ ˉ t ∣ J d − J ∥ φ ( J ) ( σ y Z ) ∥ L 2 . \tau_u(y)=\sum_{j\ge J}c_j\left(\frac{u^\top y}{|y|}\right)^j\mathbb{E}[h_j(Z)\varphi(\sigma_y Z)],\qquad|\tau_u(y)|\le\sqrt{\frac{\Psi}{J!}}\left|\frac{u^\top y}{\bar{\sigma}_t}\right|^Jd^{-J}\|\varphi^{(J)}(\sigma_y Z)\|_{L^2}. τ u ( y ) = j ≥ J ∑ c j ( ∣ y ∣ u ⊤ y ) j E [ h j ( Z ) φ ( σ y Z )] , ∣ τ u ( y ) ∣ ≤ J ! Ψ σ ˉ t u ⊤ y J d − J ∥ φ ( J ) ( σ y Z ) ∥ L 2 .
A kernel centred at a noisy input sees the hidden residual only through the overlap ( u T y / ∣ y ∣ ) J (u^{\mathsf{T}}y/|y|)^J ( u T y /∣ y ∣ ) J , of order d − J / 2 d^{-J/2} d − J /2 for a typical input, and the J J J -th derivative of its profile contributes another d − J / 2 d^{-J/2} d − J /2 .
Theorem 5.2 (Kernels on the noisy inputs pay d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 ). Let x 1 , … , x n ∈ R d x_1,\ldots,x_n \in\mathbb{R}^d x 1 , … , x n ∈ R d , K = ( K ( x i , x j ) ) i j \mathbf{K}=(K(x_i,x_j))_{ij} K = ( K ( x i , x j ) ) ij , and f ^ ( x ) = A x + b + ∑ i α i K ( x , x i ) \hat{f}(x)=Ax+b+\sum_i\alpha_iK(x,x_i) f ^ ( x ) = A x + b + ∑ i α i K ( x , x i ) with A A A , b b b and the rows α i T \alpha_i^{\mathsf{T}} α i T of α ∈ R n × d \alpha\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times d} α ∈ R n × d arbitrary functions of the data and of u u u ; the denoiser is m t Q + f ^ m_t^Q+\hat{f} m t Q + f ^ . Then, with τ = ( τ u ( x i ) ) i ≤ n \tau=(\tau_u(x_i))_{i\le n} τ = ( τ u ( x i ) ) i ≤ n ,
∥ r − f ^ ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ B − 2 ∣ ⟨ α u , τ ⟩ ∣ ≥ B − 2 ∥ α u ∥ 2 ∥ τ ∥ 2 . \|r-\hat{f}\|_{L^2(P)}^2 \ge B-2|\langle\alpha_u,\tau\rangle| \ge B-2\|\alpha_u\|_2\|\tau\|_2. ∥ r − f ^ ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ B − 2∣ ⟨ α u , τ ⟩ ∣ ≥ B − 2∥ α u ∥ 2 ∥ τ ∥ 2 . Let the x i x_i x i be the noisy inputs of n n n independent denoising pairs, let Y ∈ R n × d Y\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times d} Y ∈ R n × d be any targets with E ( u T y i ) 2 ≤ σ Y 2 \mathbb{E}(u^{\mathsf{T}}y_i)^2\le\sigma_Y^2 E ( u T y i ) 2 ≤ σ Y 2 , let α = ( K + n λ I ) − 1 Y \alpha=(\mathbf{K}+n\lambda I)^{-1}Y α = ( K + nλ I ) − 1 Y , and let Δ = ( B − ∥ r − f ^ ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ) + ≤ B \Delta=(B-\|r-\hat{f}\|_{L^2(P)}^2)_+\le B Δ = ( B − ∥ r − f ^ ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ) + ≤ B be the gain over the Gaussian baseline. Write T d 2 = E τ u ( X t ) 2 = O ( d − 2 J ) T_d^2=\mathbb{E}\tau_u(X_t)^2=O(d^{-2J}) T d 2 = E τ u ( X t ) 2 = O ( d − 2 J ) .
Any ridge. For λ > 0 \lambda>0 λ > 0 , E Δ ≤ 2 σ Y T d / λ \mathbb{E}\Delta\le2\sigma_YT_d/\lambda E Δ ≤ 2 σ Y T d / λ .
Self-regularized, including ridgeless. Suppose φ \varphi φ is real-analytic with φ j = φ ( j ) ( 0 ) / j ! ≥ 0 \varphi_j=\varphi^{(j)}(0)/j!\ge0 φ j = φ ( j ) ( 0 ) / j ! ≥ 0 for all j j j , let K ≥ J = ( φ ≥ J ( ⟨ x i , x j ⟩ / ( d σ ˉ t 2 ) ) ) i j \mathbf{K}_{\ge J}=(\varphi_{\ge J}(\langle x_i,x_j\rangle/(d\bar{\sigma}_t^2)))_{ij} K ≥ J = ( φ ≥ J (⟨ x i , x j ⟩ / ( d σ ˉ t 2 )) ) ij with φ ≥ J ( z ) = ∑ j ≥ J φ j z j \varphi_{\ge J}(z)=\sum_{j\ge J}\varphi_jz^j φ ≥ J ( z ) = ∑ j ≥ J φ j z j , and E γ = { λ min ( K ≥ J ) ≥ γ } E_\gamma=\{\lambda_{\min}(\mathbf{K}_{\ge J})\ge\gamma\} E γ = { λ m i n ( K ≥ J ) ≥ γ } . For every λ ≥ 0 \lambda\ge0 λ ≥ 0 (for λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , the interpolant, defined on E γ E_\gamma E γ ), E [ Δ 1 E γ ] ≤ 2 n σ Y T d / γ \mathbb{E}[\Delta\mathbf{1}_{E_\gamma}]\le2n\sigma_YT_d/\gamma E [ Δ 1 E γ ] ≤ 2 n σ Y T d / γ , hence E Δ ≤ 2 n σ Y T d / γ + B Pr ( E γ c ) \mathbb{E}\Delta\le2n\sigma_YT_d/\gamma+B\Pr(E_\gamma^c) E Δ ≤ 2 n σ Y T d / γ + B Pr ( E γ c ) .
Consequently, with σ Y \sigma_Y σ Y bounded and a ridge λ ≫ d − ( k ∗ − 1 ) \lambda\gg d^{-(k^*-1)} λ ≫ d − ( k ∗ − 1 ) , kernel ridge regression gains o ( 1 ) o(1) o ( 1 ) at every sample size; and if Pr ( E γ ) → 1 \Pr(E_\gamma)\to1 Pr ( E γ ) → 1 for some γ \gamma γ bounded below, it gains at most O ( n d − ( k ∗ − 1 ) ) + o ( 1 ) O(nd^{-(k^*-1)})+o(1) O ( n d − ( k ∗ − 1 ) ) + o ( 1 ) at every ridge, so it needs n = Ω ( d k ∗ − 1 ) n=\Omega(d^{k^*-1}) n = Ω ( d k ∗ − 1 ) samples to gain a constant fraction of B B B .
The diagonal of K ≥ J \mathbf{K}_{\ge J} K ≥ J concentrates near γ 0 = φ ≥ J ( 1 ) \gamma_0=\varphi_{\ge J}(1) γ 0 = φ ≥ J ( 1 ) and each off-diagonal entry is O ( d − J / 2 ) O(d^{-J/2}) O ( d − J /2 ) , but the raw Taylor tail is not spectrally flat: terms of degree above J J J contain lower-degree components that produce positive low-rank spikes. Such spikes do not lower λ min \lambda_{\min} λ m i n . For spherical or Gaussian inputs, kernel matrices in polynomial regimes are a low-degree part plus γ 0 I \gamma_0I γ 0 I up to vanishing operator-norm error (Misiakiewicz, 2022; Lu and Yau, 2022). For the noisy inputs with one non-Gaussian direction we prove a weaker, constant lower edge, which removes the hypothesis of part 2 for the exponential kernel.
Lemma 5.3 (Self-regularization from a high-degree term). In the setting of Theorem 5.2, suppose the noisy inputs have an independent N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I u ⊥ ) N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2I_{u^\perp}) N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I u ⊥ ) component on u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , that φ \varphi φ has an everywhere convergent power series with nonnegative coefficients, and that φ L > 0 \varphi_L>0 φ L > 0 for some integer L > 2 J L>2J L > 2 J . Put q i = ( I − u u T ) x i / σ ˉ t q_i=(I-uu^{\mathsf{T}})x_i/\bar{\sigma}_t q i = ( I − u u T ) x i / σ ˉ t and G i j ⊥ = ⟨ q i , q j ⟩ / d G^\perp_{ij}=\langle q_i,q_j\rangle/d G ij ⊥ = ⟨ q i , q j ⟩ / d . For every realization,
λ min ( K ≥ J ) ≥ φ L { min i ( G i i ⊥ ) L − ( n − 1 ) max i ≠ j ∣ G i j ⊥ ∣ L } . \lambda_{\min}(\mathbf{K}_{\ge J})\ge\varphi_L\left\{\min_i(G^\perp_{ii})^L-(n-1)\max_{i\ne j}|G^\perp_{ij}|^L\right\}. λ m i n ( K ≥ J ) ≥ φ L { i min ( G ii ⊥ ) L − ( n − 1 ) i = j max ∣ G ij ⊥ ∣ L } . If n = O ( d J ) n=O(d^J) n = O ( d J ) , then Pr { λ min ( K ≥ J ) ≥ φ L / 2 } → 1 \Pr\{\lambda_{\min}(\mathbf{K}_{\ge J})\ge\varphi_L/2\}\to1 Pr { λ m i n ( K ≥ J ) ≥ φ L /2 } → 1 as d → ∞ d\to\infty d → ∞ . For φ ( z ) = e z \varphi(z)=e^z φ ( z ) = e z one may take L = 2 J + 1 L=2J+1 L = 2 J + 1 and γ = 1 / [ 2 ( 2 J + 1 ) ! ] \gamma=1/[2(2J+1)!] γ = 1/ [ 2 ( 2 J + 1 )!] in Theorem 5.2(2).
For the exponential kernel and J = 3 J=3 J = 3 , the certified constant is 1 / ( 2 ⋅ 7 ! ) 1/(2\cdot7!) 1/ ( 2 ⋅ 7 !) , far below γ 0 = e − 5 / 2 \gamma_0=e-5/2 γ 0 = e − 5/2 . The bound is asymptotic and does not specify a finite-dimensional threshold. Combined with Theorem 5.2(2) it shows E Δ = o ( 1 ) \mathbb{E}\Delta=o(1) E Δ = o ( 1 ) for n = o ( d J ) n=o(d^J) n = o ( d J ) at every ridge, including interpolation. Kernel self-regularization for spherical or hypercubic inputs is established in the cited works; the lemma transfers it to the noisy inputs of this model.
Gradient learners: from d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 to the statistical-query scale
Throughout this section Assumption 3 holds with k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , y = x / σ ˉ t y = x/\bar{\sigma}_t y = x / σ ˉ t , the residual is r = x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) r = x_0 - m_t^Q(x_t) r = x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) against the isotropic baseline, and ρ 2 = σ 0 2 h t / σ ˉ t 2 \rho^2 = \sigma_0^2 h_t/\bar{\sigma}_t^2 ρ 2 = σ 0 2 h t / σ ˉ t 2 is its null variance per coordinate. Online training of one unit takes d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 samples up to logarithms. Repeated views and smoothing give an explicit learner at d k ∗ / 2 d^{k^*/2} d k ∗ /2 clean points up to logarithms, the scale heuristically suggested by the statistical-query tolerance bound.
One unit trained online pays d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1
Proposition 6.1 (One unit sees an overlap polynomial). Let J = k ∗ − 1 J = k^* - 1 J = k ∗ − 1 , β ∈ R \beta\in\mathbb{R} β ∈ R and, for unit w w w , f w ( x ) = β h J ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) w f_w(x) = \beta h_J(w^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)w f w ( x ) = β h J ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) w . The population denoising loss of m t Q + f w m_t^Q + f_w m t Q + f w is L ( w ) = L 0 + ϕ ( ⟨ w , u ⟩ ) L(w) = L_0 + \phi(\langle w,u\rangle) L ( w ) = L 0 + ϕ (⟨ w , u ⟩) with
ϕ ( m ) = − 2 β h t a t σ ˉ t k ∗ e k ∗ ( t ) m k ∗ + β 2 ∑ j = k ∗ 2 J b j e j ( t ) m j , b j = E [ h J 2 h j ] , \phi(m) = -2\beta\frac{h_t}{a_t\bar{\sigma}_t}\sqrt{k^*}e_{k^*}(t)m^{k^*} + \beta^2 \sum_{j=k^*}^{2J} b_j e_j(t)m^j,\qquad b_j = \mathbb{E}[h_J^2h_j], ϕ ( m ) = − 2 β a t σ ˉ t h t k ∗ e k ∗ ( t ) m k ∗ + β 2 j = k ∗ ∑ 2 J b j e j ( t ) m j , b j = E [ h J 2 h j ] , a polynomial in the overlap m = ⟨ w , u ⟩ m = \langle w,u\rangle m = ⟨ w , u ⟩ with no nonconstant terms below degree k ∗ k^* k ∗ .
Corollary 6.2 (Online SGD pays d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 ). Let k ∗ ≥ 3 k^* \ge3 k ∗ ≥ 3 and choose β \beta β with β e k ∗ ( t ) > 0 \beta e_{k^*}(t) > 0 β e k ∗ ( t ) > 0 and ∣ β ∣ |\beta| ∣ β ∣ small enough that ϕ ′ < 0 \phi' < 0 ϕ ′ < 0 on ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) . Run online spherical SGD on the per-sample denoising loss, one fresh pair per step, with learning rate δ d / d \delta_d/d δ d / d , from w 0 w_0 w 0 uniform on { w ∈ S d − 1 : ⟨ w , u ⟩ ≥ 0 } \{w \in S^{d-1} : \langle w,u\rangle\ge0\} { w ∈ S d − 1 : ⟨ w , u ⟩ ≥ 0 } , for n = α d d n = \alpha_d d n = α d d steps with α d \alpha_d α d at most polynomial. If α d ≫ d k ∗ − 2 log 2 d \alpha_d \gg d^{k^*-2}\log^2 d α d ≫ d k ∗ − 2 log 2 d and α d − 1 ≪ δ d ≪ α d − 1 / 2 \alpha_d^{-1} \ll\delta_d \ll\alpha_d^{-1/2} α d − 1 ≪ δ d ≪ α d − 1/2 , then ⟨ w n , u ⟩ → 1 \langle w_n,u\rangle\to1 ⟨ w n , u ⟩ → 1 in probability; if α d ≪ d k ∗ − 2 \alpha_d \ll d^{k^*-2} α d ≪ d k ∗ − 2 and δ d = O ( α d − 1 / 2 ) \delta_d = O(\alpha_d^{-1/2}) δ d = O ( α d − 1/2 ) , then sup j ≤ n ∣ ⟨ w j , u ⟩ ∣ → 0 \sup_{j\le n}|\langle w_j,u\rangle| \to0 sup j ≤ n ∣ ⟨ w j , u ⟩ ∣ → 0 in probability. The sample cost is d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 up to the factor log 2 d \log^2 d log 2 d .
The corollary applies Ben Arous et al. (2021, Theorems 1.3–1.4) to the loss of Proposition 6.1, whose information exponent is k ∗ k^* k ∗ ; the proof checks their moment conditions. It matches the cubic cost found by Bardone et al. [5 ] for the fourth cumulant in a related model.
The statistical-query limit
An L 2 L^2 L 2 statistical query of tolerance τ \tau τ on the denoising pair is a function ψ ( x 0 , x t ) \psi(x_0,x_t) ψ ( x 0 , x t ) with E Q ψ 2 ≤ 1 \mathbb{E}_{Q}\psi^2 \le1 E Q ψ 2 ≤ 1 under the Gaussian null ( X 0 ∼ Q 0 ) (X_0 \sim Q_0) ( X 0 ∼ Q 0 ) ; the oracle may return any v v v with ∣ v − E P ψ ∣ ≤ τ |v-\mathbb{E}_P\psi| \le\tau ∣ v − E P ψ ∣ ≤ τ , adversarially. Such queries are simulable from about τ − 2 \tau^{-2} τ − 2 samples only when ψ \psi ψ has controlled variance and tails under the data law, so the result below is a bound on the tolerance; a sample bound follows only heuristically.
Proposition 6.3 (Statistical-query cost of score estimation). Assume the L 2 L^2 L 2 hypothesis of Theorem 3.7 , let χ 2 = χ 0 2 \chi^2 = \chi_0^2 χ 2 = χ 0 2 , and let S S S be a set of N N N unit vectors with ∣ ⟨ u , v ⟩ ∣ ≤ β |\langle u,v\rangle| \le\beta ∣ ⟨ u , v ⟩ ∣ ≤ β for u ≠ v u \ne v u = v . Consider a deterministic algorithm that makes q q q queries of tolerance τ \tau τ and, for every u ∈ S u \in S u ∈ S and every answer sequence consistent with P u P_u P u , outputs f f f with ∥ r u − f ∥ L 2 ( P t ) ≤ ( 1 − δ ) B \|r_u-f\|_{L^2(P_t)} \le(1-\delta)B ∥ r u − f ∥ L 2 ( P t ) ≤ ( 1 − δ ) B and ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) ≤ Λ B \|f\|_{L^2(Q_t)} \le\Lambda\sqrt{B} ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) ≤ Λ B . If 2 β k χ 2 < τ 2 2\beta^k\chi^2 < \tau^2 2 β k χ 2 < τ 2 and τ < τ 0 : = δ σ ˉ t B / ( 2 σ 0 h t Λ ) \tau< \tau_0 := \delta\bar{\sigma}_t\sqrt{B}/(2\sigma_0\sqrt{h_t}\Lambda) τ < τ 0 := δ σ ˉ t B / ( 2 σ 0 h t Λ ) , then q + 1 ≥ N τ 2 / ( 2 χ 2 ) q+1 \ge N\tau^2/(2\chi^2) q + 1 ≥ N τ 2 / ( 2 χ 2 ) . Packings with N = exp ( d c ) N=\exp(d^c) N = exp ( d c ) and β = C d − ( 1 − c ) / 2 \beta=Cd^{-(1-c)/2} β = C d − ( 1 − c ) /2 exist for 0 < c < 1 0<c<1 0 < c < 1 ; with them, an algorithm making polynomially many queries needs τ ≤ 2 χ 2 c k ∗ / 2 d − k ∗ ( 1 − c ) / 4 \tau\le\sqrt{2\chi^2}c^{k^*/2}d^{-k^*(1-c)/4} τ ≤ 2 χ 2 c k ∗ /2 d − k ∗ ( 1 − c ) /4 when τ 0 \tau_0 τ 0 stays above this level. Letting c → 0 c\to0 c → 0 slowly, the tolerance must be d − k ∗ / 4 + o ( 1 ) d^{-k^*/4+o(1)} d − k ∗ /4 + o ( 1 ) , which corresponds heuristically to n ≈ d k ∗ / 2 − o ( 1 ) n \approx d^{k^*/2-o(1)} n ≈ d k ∗ /2 − o ( 1 ) samples.
Score estimation for such distributions is also hard under cryptographic assumptions (Song, 2024); the proposition needs none, within the oracle model and under the norm assumption on the output. Restricting the oracle to the noisy marginal multiplies the j j j -th correlation by λ t 2 j ≤ λ t 2 k ∗ \lambda_t^{2j} \leq\lambda_t^{2k^*} λ t 2 j ≤ λ t 2 k ∗ , so such learners are weaker.
Terminology. Proposition 6.3 bounds a query tolerance . Simulating a query of tolerance τ \tau τ from samples takes about τ − 2 \tau^{-2} τ − 2 samples when the query has controlled variance and tails, which gives the heuristic count n ≈ d k ∗ / 2 n \approx d^{k^*/2} n ≈ d k ∗ /2 . We call this the statistical-query scale . When a section or theorem below is said to be “at the statistical-query scale”, it means an upper bound of order d k ∗ / 2 d^{k^*/2} d k ∗ /2 up to logarithmic factors; no matching lower bound for gradient learners on the denoising loss is claimed.
One gradient step and reused views
For k ∗ = 4 k^* = 4 k ∗ = 4 let D ( x 0 , x t ) = ∑ c r c ∂ y c H ( y ) = 2 ( r ⊤ y ) ( y y ⊤ − I ) + ( ∣ y ∣ 2 − d − 4 ) ( r y ⊤ + y r ⊤ ) D(x_0,x_t) = \sum_c r_c\,\partial_{y_c} H(y) = 2(r^\top y)(yy^\top-I)+(|y|^2-d-4)(ry^\top+yr^\top) D ( x 0 , x t ) = ∑ c r c ∂ y c H ( y ) = 2 ( r ⊤ y ) ( y y ⊤ − I ) + ( ∣ y ∣ 2 − d − 4 ) ( r y ⊤ + y r ⊤ ) .
Theorem 6.4 (Denoising partial trace, k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 ). Assume k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 and, in part 3, that Z Z Z is sub-Gaussian. Let κ ˉ t = λ t 4 κ ~ \bar{\kappa}_t=\lambda_t^4\tilde{\kappa} κ ˉ t = λ t 4 κ ~ , X = ( a t σ ˉ t / ( 4 h t ) ) D ( X 0 , X t ) X=(a_t\bar{\sigma}_t/(4h_t))D(X_0,X_t) X = ( a t σ ˉ t / ( 4 h t )) D ( X 0 , X t ) and v t = a t 2 σ 0 2 / ( 2 h t ) v_t=a_t^2\sigma_0^2/(2h_t) v t = a t 2 σ 0 2 / ( 2 h t ) . Then:
E X = κ ˉ t u u ⊤ \mathbb{E}X=\bar{\kappa}_t uu^\top E X = κ ˉ t u u ⊤ exactly, for every d d d .
1 n ∑ i X i = − a t σ ˉ t 8 h t ∇ B L ^ ( 0 ) \frac{1}{n}\sum_i X_i=-\frac{a_t\bar{\sigma}_t}{8h_t}\nabla_B\widehat{L}(0) n 1 ∑ i X i = − 8 h t a t σ ˉ t ∇ B L ( 0 ) , where L ^ \widehat{L} L is the empirical denoising loss of the score model m t Q + ∇ y ⟨ B , H ( y ) ⟩ m_t^Q+\nabla_y\langle B,\mathcal{H}(y)\rangle m t Q + ∇ y ⟨ B , H ( y )⟩ , B B B symmetric: the statistic is one full-batch gradient step from zero.
∥ E X 2 ∥ = v t d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) \|\mathbb{E}X^2\|=v_td^2(1+O(1/d)) ∥ E X 2 ∥ = v t d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) , and for δ , ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \delta,\varepsilon\in(0,1) δ , ε ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) the eigenvector u ^ \hat{u} u ^ of 1 n ∑ i X i \frac{1}{n}\sum_i X_i n 1 ∑ i X i whose eigenvalue has the largest modulus satisfies sin ∠ ( u ^ , u ) ≤ ε \sin\angle(\hat{u},u)\leq\varepsilon sin ∠ ( u ^ , u ) ≤ ε with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ whenever
n ≥ C ( v t κ ˉ t 2 d 2 log ( 4 d / δ ) ε 2 + d 3 / 2 log 5 / 2 ( n d / δ ) ε ∣ κ ˉ t ∣ ) , n \geq C\left(\frac{v_t}{\bar{\kappa}_t^2}\frac{d^2\log(4d/\delta)}{\varepsilon^2}+\frac{d^{3/2}\log^{5/2}(nd/\delta)}{\varepsilon|\bar{\kappa}_t|}\right), n ≥ C ( κ ˉ t 2 v t ε 2 d 2 log ( 4 d / δ ) + ε ∣ κ ˉ t ∣ d 3/2 log 5/2 ( n d / δ ) ) , with C C C depending only on t t t , σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 and ν \nu ν .
The leading constant v t / κ ˉ t 2 = σ ˉ t 8 / ( 2 h t a t 6 σ 0 6 κ ~ 2 ) v_t/\bar{\kappa}_t^2=\bar{\sigma}_t^8/(2h_ta_t^6\sigma_0^6\tilde{\kappa}^2) v t / κ ˉ t 2 = σ ˉ t 8 / ( 2 h t a t 6 σ 0 6 κ ~ 2 ) is minimized at t ∗ = 1 2 log { ( 3 + σ 0 2 ) / 3 } t^*=\frac{1}{2}\log\{(3+\sigma_0^2)/3\} t ∗ = 2 1 log {( 3 + σ 0 2 ) /3 } , the time of Theorem 3.8 .
A d 2 d^2 d 2 rate for k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 is expected from fourth-moment tensor unfolding (Montanari and Richard, 2014) and spectral methods for non-Gaussian component analysis (Tan and Vershynin, 2018). One gradient step of the denoising loss computes the unfolding, with an explicit leading constant optimized at t ∗ t^* t ∗ . Theorem 6.5 extends the calculation to every even k ∗ k^* k ∗ and to r r r views of each clean point.
Theorem 6.5 (Reused views of the denoising partial trace). Let k ∗ = 2 p + 2 ≥ 4 k^*=2p+2\geq4 k ∗ = 2 p + 2 ≥ 4 be even, assume the L 2 L^2 L 2 hypothesis of Theorem 3.7 , and define for a view
X ( x 0 , x t ) = a t σ ˉ t 2 h t k ∗ [ ⟨ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) , ∇ x ( M p ( x t / σ ˉ t ) ) ⟩ ] b , c ≤ d X(x_0,x_t)=\frac{a_t\bar{\sigma}_t^2}{h_t k^*}\left[\langle x_0-m_t^Q(x_t),\nabla_x\left(M_p(x_t/\bar{\sigma}_t)\right)\rangle\right]_{b,c\leq d} X ( x 0 , x t ) = h t k ∗ a t σ ˉ t 2 [ ⟨ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) , ∇ x ( M p ( x t / σ ˉ t ) ) ⟩ ] b , c ≤ d For r ∈ { 1 , 2 , … } r\in\{1,2,\ldots\} r ∈ { 1 , 2 , … } let Y i Y_i Y i be the average of X X X over r r r independent views of the clean point x 0 ( i ) x_0^{(i)} x 0 ( i ) ; for r = ∞ r=\infty r = ∞ let Y i = E [ X ∣ x 0 ( i ) ] Y_i=\mathbb{E}[X\mid x_0^{(i)}] Y i = E [ X ∣ x 0 ( i ) ] . Put Y ˉ n = 1 n ∑ i ≤ n Y i \bar{Y}_n=\frac{1}{n}\sum_{i\leq n}Y_i Y ˉ n = n 1 ∑ i ≤ n Y i . Then:
E [ Y i ∣ x 0 ( i ) ] = λ t k ∗ M p ( x 0 ( i ) / σ 0 ) \mathbb{E}[Y_i \mid x_0^{(i)}] = \lambda_t^{k^*} M_p(x_0^{(i)}/\sigma_0) E [ Y i ∣ x 0 ( i ) ] = λ t k ∗ M p ( x 0 ( i ) / σ 0 ) and E Y i = λ t k ∗ κ ~ u u T \mathbb{E}Y_i = \lambda_t^{k^*} \widetilde{\kappa}\, uu^{\mathsf T} E Y i = λ t k ∗ κ u u T .
Y ‾ n = − a t σ ‾ t 2 2 h t k ∗ ∇ L ‾ r ( 0 ) \overline{Y}_n = -\frac{a_t \overline{\sigma}_t^2}{2h_t k^*}\nabla\overline{L}_r(0) Y n = − 2 h t k ∗ a t σ t 2 ∇ L r ( 0 ) for the score model m t Q ( x ) + ∇ x ⟨ B , M p ( x / σ ‾ t ) ⟩ m_t^Q(x) + \nabla_x\langle B, M_p(x/\overline{\sigma}_t)\rangle m t Q ( x ) + ∇ x ⟨ B , M p ( x / σ t )⟩ , with the loss averaged over the r r r views of each of the n n n clean points.
Under the null P 0 = Q 0 P_0 = Q_0 P 0 = Q 0 ,
E Y i 2 = λ t 2 k ∗ ( 1 + ι t − 1 r ) c p d p + 1 ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) I , \mathbb{E}Y_i^2 = \lambda_t^{2k^*}\left(1+\frac{\iota_t-1}{r}\right)c_p d^{p+1}(1+O(1/d))I, E Y i 2 = λ t 2 k ∗ ( 1 + r ι t − 1 ) c p d p + 1 ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) I ,
c p = 2 p p ! , ι t = a t 2 σ 0 2 h t k ∗ λ t 2 k ∗ = κ ~ 2 k ∗ ! S t 2 ≥ 1. c_p = 2^p p!, \qquad\iota_t = \frac{a_t^2\sigma_0^2}{h_t k^*\lambda_t^{2k^*}} = \frac{\widetilde{\kappa}^2}{k^*!S_t^2} \ge1. c p = 2 p p ! , ι t = h t k ∗ λ t 2 k ∗ a t 2 σ 0 2 = k ∗ ! S t 2 κ 2 ≥ 1.
and under the data law ∥ E Y i 2 ∥ \lVert\mathbb{E}Y_i^2\rVert ∥ E Y i 2 ∥ is at most 3 k ∗ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1 / 2 3^{k^*}(1+\chi^2)^{1/2} 3 k ∗ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1/2 times the null value.
There are constants C , C ′ C,C' C , C ′ depending only on k ∗ k^* k ∗ and χ 2 \chi^2 χ 2 such that, with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ , the eigenvector w ^ \widehat{w} w of Y ‾ n \overline{Y}_n Y n whose eigenvalue has the largest modulus satisfies sin ∠ ( w ^ , u ) ≤ ε \sin\angle(\widehat{w},u)\le\varepsilon sin ∠ ( w , u ) ≤ ε whenever
n ≥ C ( 1 + ι t − 1 r ) d k ∗ / 2 log ( 4 d / δ ) κ ~ 2 ε 2 n \ge C\left(1+\frac{\iota_t-1}{r}\right)\frac{d^{k^*/2}\log(4d/\delta)}{\widetilde{\kappa}^2\varepsilon^2} n ≥ C ( 1 + r ι t − 1 ) κ 2 ε 2 d k ∗ /2 log ( 4 d / δ )
+ C ′ ( 1 + ι t − 1 r ) 1 / 2 d ( k ∗ + 2 ) / 4 log k ∗ / 2 + 1 ( n d / ( δ ε ) ) ∣ κ ~ ∣ ε . {}+C'\left(1+\frac{\iota_t-1}{r}\right)^{1/2}\frac{d^{(k^*+2)/4}\log^{k^*/2+1}(nd/(\delta\varepsilon))}{|\widetilde{\kappa}|\varepsilon}. + C ′ ( 1 + r ι t − 1 ) 1/2 ∣ κ ∣ ε d ( k ∗ + 2 ) /4 log k ∗ /2 + 1 ( n d / ( δ ε )) .
ι t \iota_t ι t is minimized at the time t ∗ t^* t ∗ of Theorem 3.8 ; for r = ∞ r=\infty r = ∞ the leading constant depends on neither t t t nor σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 .
The factor λ t k ∗ \lambda_t^{k^*} λ t k ∗ multiplies signal and noise alike and cancels. With full reuse, the statistical constant is the clean-data value c p / κ ~ 2 c_p/\widetilde{\kappa}^2 c p / κ 2 , independent of diffusion time. A single view inflates the noise by ι t \iota_t ι t , the ratio of forward-process variance to clean variance. This factor is at least one and is smallest at t ∗ t^* t ∗ . The exact null variance constant c p = 2 p p ! c_p=2^p p! c p = 2 p p ! counts the permutations that preserve the pairing of the partial trace.
Presentations under reuse. The case r = ∞ r=\infty r = ∞ is not a number of presentations. By part 1, Y i = λ t k ∗ M p ( x 0 ( i ) / σ 0 ) Y_i=\lambda_t^{k^*}M_p(x_0^{(i)}/\sigma_0) Y i = λ t k ∗ M p ( x 0 ( i ) / σ 0 ) is an explicit polynomial of the clean point, so a learner that has the clean points can compute the full-reuse statistic directly, with no noise and at the arithmetic cost of one view, O ( d 2 ) O(d^2) O ( d 2 ) per point; σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 is the data standard deviation, and the factor λ t k ∗ \lambda_t^{k^*} λ t k ∗ does not change the eigenvectors. A learner that sees only noisy views approaches this statistic as r r r grows, at r r r presentations per clean point. Minibatch SGD that cycles over n n n stored clean points with fresh noise uses, on average, (number of presentations)/ n /n / n views per point.
Remark 6.6 (Sharp constants and the spectral transition for k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 ). For k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 , c 1 = 2 c_1=2 c 1 = 2 , the null moment is exactly E H 2 = ( 2 d 2 + 10 d + 12 ) I \mathbb{E}H^2=(2d^2+10d+12)I E H 2 = ( 2 d 2 + 10 d + 12 ) I , and the argument of Theorem 6.4 (3) shows that the data law changes ∥ E Y 2 ∥ \lVert\mathbb{E}Y^2\rVert ∥ E Y 2 ∥ only by a factor 1 + O ( 1 / d ) 1+O(1/d) 1 + O ( 1/ d ) . With r = 1 r=1 r = 1 , λ t 8 ι t c 1 = v t \lambda_t^8\iota_t c_1=v_t λ t 8 ι t c 1 = v t , recovering Theorem 6.4 . At t ∗ t^* t ∗ and σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0=1 σ 0 = 1 , ι t ∗ = 64 / 27 \iota_{t^*}=64/27 ι t ∗ = 64/27 ; for μ = 0.8 \mu=0.8 μ = 0.8 the leading constants are 7.06 7.06 7.06 with one view and 2 / κ ~ 2 = 2.98 2/\widetilde{\kappa}^2=2.98 2/ κ 2 = 2.98 with full reuse. A computation of the four-index covariance of the noise matrix Y ‾ n − E Y ‾ n \overline{Y}_n-\mathbb{E}\overline{Y}_n Y n − E Y n under the null, by the same permutation count as in the proof of Theorem 6.5 (3), shows that its leading terms are those of a Wigner matrix with entry variance c p λ t 2 k ∗ ( 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r ) d p / n c_p\lambda_t^{2k^*}(1+(\iota_t-1)/r)d^p/n c p λ t 2 k ∗ ( 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r ) d p / n plus a random multiple of the identity; we have not proved eigenvector universality for this ensemble. Heuristically, if its extreme eigenvectors behave as for Wigner matrices (Benaych-Georges and Nadakuditi, 2011), the leading eigenvector acquires a nontrivial overlap at
n c = ( 1 + ℓ t − 1 r ) c p d k ∗ / 2 κ ~ 2 , sin 2 ∠ ( w ^ , u ) → n c n ( n > n c ) . (8) n_c=\left(1+\frac{\ell_t-1}{r}\right)\frac{c_p d^{k^*/2}}{\tilde{\kappa}^{2}},\qquad\sin^2\angle(\widehat{w},u)\to\frac{n_c}{n}\quad(n>n_c). \tag*{(8)} n c = ( 1 + r ℓ t − 1 ) κ ~ 2 c p d k ∗ /2 , sin 2 ∠ ( w , u ) → n n c ( n > n c ) . (8)
This is a heuristic prediction, not a theorem. § 7.2 finds the simulated overlaps consistent with it, within Monte Carlo error, for n ≥ 3 n c n\geq3n_c n ≥ 3 n c at d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 256 } d\in\{64,128,256\} d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 256 } ; a finite grid cannot establish the asymptotic formula.
Smoothing creates the curvature that reuse estimates
The matrix of Theorem 6.5 belongs to a matrix-valued score model. A standard network has vector-valued units whose landscape is flat at the origin. Gaussian smoothing of the single-unit landscape creates the curvature measured by the partial trace.
Proposition 6.7 (Smoothing exposes the partial trace). Let k ∗ = 2 p + 2 k^*=2p+2 k ∗ = 2 p + 2 and, for w ∈ R d w\in\mathbb{R}^d w ∈ R d , u w ( x ) = ( σ ˉ t / k ∗ ) He k ∗ ( x / σ ˉ t ) [ w ⊗ k ∗ ] u_w(x)=(\bar{\sigma}_t/k^*)\operatorname{He}_{k^*}(x/\bar{\sigma}_t)[w^{\otimes k^*}] u w ( x ) = ( σ ˉ t / k ∗ ) He k ∗ ( x / σ ˉ t ) [ w ⊗ k ∗ ] ; for unit w w w , ∇ u w ( x ) = He k ∗ − 1 ( w T x / σ ˉ t ) w \nabla u_w(x)=\operatorname{He}_{k^*-1}(w^\mathsf{T}x/\bar{\sigma}_t)w ∇ u w ( x ) = He k ∗ − 1 ( w T x / σ ˉ t ) w is the field of the unit of Proposition 6.1. Let C ^ r ( w ) \widehat{C}_r(w) C r ( w ) be the average of ⟨ x 0 − m t ( x t ) , ∇ u w ( x t ) ⟩ \langle x_0-m_t(x_t),\nabla u_w(x_t)\rangle ⟨ x 0 − m t ( x t ) , ∇ u w ( x t )⟩ over r r r views of each of n n n clean points (r = ∞ r=\infty r = ∞ : the conditional mean), and C ^ r , σ ( w ) = E z C ^ r ( w + σ z ) \widehat{C}_{r,\sigma}(w)=\mathbb{E}_z\widehat{C}_r(w+\sigma z) C r , σ ( w ) = E z C r ( w + σ z ) with z ∼ N ( 0 , I ) z\sim\mathcal{N}(0,I) z ∼ N ( 0 , I ) . Then C ^ ∞ ( w ) = ( h t λ t k ∗ / ( a t σ ˉ t ) ) T ^ [ w ⊗ k ∗ ] \widehat{C}_\infty(w)=(h_t\lambda_t^{k^*}/(a_t\bar{\sigma}_t))\widehat{T}[w^{\otimes k^*}] C ∞ ( w ) = ( h t λ t k ∗ / ( a t σ ˉ t )) T [ w ⊗ k ∗ ] with T ^ = 1 n ∑ i He k ∗ ( x 0 ( i ) / σ 0 ) \widehat{T}=\frac{1}{n}\sum_i\operatorname{He}_{k^*}(x_0^{(i)}/\sigma_0) T = n 1 ∑ i He k ∗ ( x 0 ( i ) / σ 0 ) ,
C ^ ∞ , σ ( w ) = h t λ t k ∗ a t σ ˉ t ∑ j = 0 p + 1 ( k ∗ 2 j ) ( 2 j − 1 ) ! ! σ 2 j T ^ [ w ⊗ ( k ∗ − 2 j ) , I ⊗ j ] , \widehat{C}_{\infty,\sigma}(w)=\frac{h_t\lambda_t^{k^*}}{a_t\bar{\sigma}_t}\sum_{j=0}^{p+1}\binom{k^*}{2j}(2j-1)!!\,\sigma^{2j}\widehat{T}[w^{\otimes(k^*-2j)},I^{\otimes j}], C ∞ , σ ( w ) = a t σ ˉ t h t λ t k ∗ j = 0 ∑ p + 1 ( 2 j k ∗ ) ( 2 j − 1 )!! σ 2 j T [ w ⊗ ( k ∗ − 2 j ) , I ⊗ j ] , and for every r r r and σ ≥ 0 \sigma\geq0 σ ≥ 0
∇ w 2 C ^ r , σ ( 0 ) = h t a t σ ˉ t k ∗ ( k ∗ − 1 ) ( k ∗ − 3 ) ! ! σ k ∗ − 2 Y ‾ n . \nabla_w^2\widehat{C}_{r,\sigma}(0)=\frac{h_t}{a_t\bar{\sigma}_t}k^*(k^*-1)(k^*-3)!!\,\sigma^{k^*-2}\overline{Y}_n. ∇ w 2 C r , σ ( 0 ) = a t σ ˉ t h t k ∗ ( k ∗ − 1 ) ( k ∗ − 3 )!! σ k ∗ − 2 Y n . The unsmoothed landscape is flat to order k ∗ − 1 k^*-1 k ∗ − 1 at the origin. As σ → ∞ \sigma\to\infty σ → ∞ , at every fixed w w w with Y ‾ n w ≠ 0 \overline{Y}_n w\ne0 Y n w = 0 , the normalized smoothed gradient ∇ w C ^ r , σ ( w ) / ∣ ∇ w C ^ r , σ ( w ) ∣ \nabla_w\widehat{C}_{r,\sigma}(w)/|\nabla_w\widehat{C}_{r,\sigma}(w)| ∇ w C r , σ ( w ) /∣ ∇ w C r , σ ( w ) ∣ converges to Y ‾ n w / ∣ Y ‾ n w ∣ \overline{Y}_n w/|\overline{Y}_n w| Y n w /∣ Y n w ∣ , since the constant multiplying Y ‾ n \overline{Y}_n Y n above is positive; iterating the normalized smoothed gradient map is therefore, in the limit, the power method on Y ‾ n \overline{Y}_n Y n , which converges from almost every start to the eigenvector of largest-modulus eigenvalue (when that eigenvalue is simple in modulus) whatever the sign of κ ~ \tilde{\kappa} κ ~ . (Plain gradient ascent with a small step would instead favour the most positive eigenvalue, which is the wrong end when κ ~ < 0 \tilde{\kappa}<0 κ ~ < 0 .)
The matrix computed by one gradient step of the matrix model is, up to a constant, the curvature at the origin of the smoothed single-unit landscape (Figure 5 ).
Figure 5. Smoothing, computed on simulated clean data (d = 48 d = 48 d = 48 , n = 6 n c n = 6n_c n = 6 n c points, full reuse). (a) The reuse correlation C ^ ∞ ( w ) \widehat{C}_{\infty}(w) C ∞ ( w ) of one unit on the plane spanned by the hidden direction u u u and a random v ⊥ u v \perp u v ⊥ u : it is a quartic, flat to third order at the origin, so a small random start sees no gradient toward u u u . (b) After Gaussian smoothing with σ = 1 \sigma= 1 σ = 1 , the quadratic term 6 σ 2 w ⊤ H ^ w 6\sigma^{2}w^{\top}\widehat{H}w 6 σ 2 w ⊤ H w , proportional to the partial-trace statistic Y ‾ n \overline{Y}_{n} Y n , creates curvature at the origin aligned with u u u (Proposition 6.7 ; the constant 3 σ 4 tr H ^ 3\sigma^{4}\operatorname{tr}\widehat{H} 3 σ 4 tr H is omitted). (c) Squared overlap under the normalized smoothed-gradient map from eight random starts. Without smoothing the iteration stays near the equator. With σ = ∞ \sigma= \infty σ = ∞ it is the power method on Y ‾ n \overline{Y}_{n} Y n and stops at the spectral overlap, close to 1 − n c / n 1 - n_c/n 1 − n c / n (Remark 6.6). At moderate σ \sigma σ the quartic term also acts once the iterate is warm, which is the sharpening step of the two-stage learner.
The partial-trace matrix is, up to a constant, the derivative of E w ∼ N ( 0 , Σ ) C ^ r ( w ) \mathbb{E}_{w\sim\mathcal{N}(0,\Sigma)}\widehat{C}_r(w) E w ∼ N ( 0 , Σ ) C r ( w ) with respect to the covariance Σ \Sigma Σ at Σ = σ 2 I \Sigma=\sigma^2I Σ = σ 2 I , the covariance of a Gaussian ensemble of first-layer weights. Smoothing as a route from the information exponent to d k / 2 d^{k/2} d k /2 is due to Damian et al. (2023) for online single-index learning, and Gaussian homotopy reaches the unfolding threshold for tensor PCA [1 ] . Here both smoothing and reuse act on the denoising loss, reuse removes the forward-process noise exactly, and the curvature created by smoothing is the partial-trace statistic.
A two-stage learner at the statistical-query scale
The learner uses three independent sets of clean points: S 1 S_1 S 1 of size n 1 n_1 n 1 with r r r views each, S 2 S_2 S 2 of size n 2 n_2 n 2 with r 2 r_2 r 2 views each, and S 3 S_3 S 3 of size n 3 n_3 n 3 with one view each.
Geometry. w ^ 1 \widehat{w}_1 w 1 is the eigenvector of the largest-modulus eigenvalue of Y ‾ n 1 \overline{Y}_{n_1} Y n 1 computed on S 1 S_1 S 1 : the limit of the normalized smoothed-gradient iteration (Proposition 6.7 ), or the leading direction of one gradient step of the matrix model (Theorem 6.5 ).
Sharpening. v ^ \widehat{v} v is the average over the views of S 2 S_2 S 2 of ( x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) ) H e k ∗ − 1 ( w ^ 1 ⊤ x t / σ ‾ t ) (x_0 - m_t^{Q}(x_t))H e_{k^*-1}(\widehat{w}_1^{\top}x_t/\overline{\sigma}_t) ( x 0 − m t Q ( x t )) H e k ∗ − 1 ( w 1 ⊤ x t / σ t ) , that is, − 1 2 -\frac{1}{2} − 2 1 times the gradient of the denoising loss of the untied unit H e k ∗ − 1 ( w ^ 1 ⊤ x / σ ‾ t ) v H e_{k^*-1}(\widehat{w}_1^{\top}x/\overline{\sigma}_t)v H e k ∗ − 1 ( w 1 ⊤ x / σ t ) v at v = 0 v = 0 v = 0 ; set w ^ = v ^ / ∣ v ^ ∣ \widehat{w} = \widehat{v}/\lvert\widehat{v}\rvert w = v / ∣ v ∣ .
Readout. β ^ \widehat{\beta} β minimizes the empirical denoising loss on S 3 S_3 S 3 of m t Q + β h k ∗ − 1 ( w ^ ⊤ x / σ ‾ t ) w ^ m_t^{Q} + \beta h_{k^*-1}(\widehat{w}^{\top}x/\overline{\sigma}_t)\widehat{w} m t Q + β h k ∗ − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ t ) w .
No step uses the hidden direction or the sign of κ ~ \widetilde{\kappa} κ . Figure 6 shows the spectral behaviour of the first stage on the covariance-matched mixture.
Figure 6. The first stage of the two-stage learner: eigenvalues of the full-reuse partial-trace matrix Y ˉ n \bar{Y}_n Y ˉ n for a simulated covariance-matched mixture with μ = 0.8 \mu=0.8 μ = 0.8 , d = 128 d=128 d = 128 , u = e 1 u=e_1 u = e 1 and k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 . The two panels use n = 0.5 n c n=0.5n_c n = 0.5 n c and n = 4 n c n=4n_c n = 4 n c , where n c = 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 n_c=2d^2/\kappa_4^2 n c = 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 . The dotted line is a null bulk-edge heuristic, and the dashed line in the right panel is the corresponding outlier prediction. The orange line marks the observed leading eigenvalue. Its eigenvector has little squared overlap with u u u below the transition and substantial overlap above it. Theorem 6.5 supplies a finite-sample recovery bound; these edge and outlier locations are heuristic.
Let G ∗ = ( k ∗ h t 2 / ( a t 2 σ ‾ t 2 ) ) e k ∗ ( t ) 2 / E P h k ∗ − 1 ( u ⊤ X t / σ ‾ t ) 2 G_* = \left(k^* h_t^2/(a_t^2\overline{\sigma}_t^2)\right)e_{k^*}(t)^2/\mathbb{E}_P h_{k^*-1}(u^{\top}X_t/\overline{\sigma}_t)^2 G ∗ = ( k ∗ h t 2 / ( a t 2 σ t 2 ) ) e k ∗ ( t ) 2 / E P h k ∗ − 1 ( u ⊤ X t / σ t ) 2 , the denoiser gain of the best tied unit at the true direction; 0 < G ∗ ≤ B 0 < G_* \le B 0 < G ∗ ≤ B and neither depends on d d d .
Theorem 6.8 (A two-stage denoising learner at the statistical-query scale). Let k ∗ ≥ 4 k^* \ge4 k ∗ ≥ 4 be even, assume the L 2 L^2 L 2 hypothesis of Theorem 3.7 , and assume E ∣ Z ∣ 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) < ∞ \mathbb{E}|Z|^{4(k^*-1)} < \infty E ∣ Z ∣ 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) < ∞ (implied by Assumption 1). There are constants C 1 , … , C 4 C_1,\ldots,C_4 C 1 , … , C 4 , not depending on d d d , such that for ε , δ ∈ ( 0 , 1 2 ) \varepsilon,\delta\in(0,\frac{1}{2}) ε , δ ∈ ( 0 , 2 1 ) ,
if
n 1 ≥ C 1 ( 1 + ι t − 1 r ) d k ∗ / 2 log 4 d δ + C 2 d ( k ∗ + 2 ) / 4 log k ∗ / 2 + 1 n 1 d δ , n 2 ≥ C 3 d δ ε , n 3 ≥ C 4 δ ε , n_1 \ge C_1\left(1+\frac{\iota_t-1}{r}\right)d^{k^*/2}\log\frac{4d}{\delta}+C_2d^{(k^*+2)/4}\log^{k^*/2+1}\frac{n_1d}{\delta},\qquad n_2\ge\frac{C_3d}{\delta\varepsilon},\qquad n_3\ge\frac{C_4}{\delta\varepsilon}, n 1 ≥ C 1 ( 1 + r ι t − 1 ) d k ∗ /2 log δ 4 d + C 2 d ( k ∗ + 2 ) /4 log k ∗ /2 + 1 δ n 1 d , n 2 ≥ δ ε C 3 d , n 3 ≥ δ ε C 4 ,
then with probability at least 1 − 3 δ 1-3\delta 1 − 3 δ over S 1 , S 2 , S 3 S_1,S_2,S_3 S 1 , S 2 , S 3 and their views: sin 2 ∠ ( w ^ 1 , u ) ≤ 1 4 \sin^2\angle(\widehat{w}_1,u)\le\frac{1}{4} sin 2 ∠ ( w 1 , u ) ≤ 4 1 , sin 2 ∠ ( w ^ , u ) ≤ ε \sin^2\angle(\widehat{w},u)\le\varepsilon sin 2 ∠ ( w , u ) ≤ ε , and the conditional score risk of the learned denoiser, ( a t / h t ) 2 E [ ∥ m ^ ( X t ) − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 ∣ F ] (a_t/h_t)^2\mathbb{E}[\|\widehat{m}(X_t)-m_t(X_t)\|^2\mid\mathcal{F}] ( a t / h t ) 2 E [ ∥ m ( X t ) − m t ( X t ) ∥ 2 ∣ F ] for an independent test point X t X_t X t , where F \mathcal{F} F is generated by all training clean points and all their views, is at most ( a t / h t ) 2 [ B − ( 1 − ε ) G ∗ ] (a_t/h_t)^2[B-(1-\varepsilon)G_*] ( a t / h t ) 2 [ B − ( 1 − ε ) G ∗ ] . The constants depend on k ∗ k^* k ∗ , t t t and σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 , and on ν \nu ν only through κ ~ \widetilde{\kappa} κ , χ 2 \chi^2 χ 2 , the Hermite moments e j ( t ) e_j(t) e j ( t ) for j ≤ 2 k ∗ − 2 j\le2k^*-2 j ≤ 2 k ∗ − 2 , G ∗ G_* G ∗ and E ∣ Z ∣ 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) \mathbb{E}|Z|^{4(k^*-1)} E ∣ Z ∣ 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) .
Finding the geometry costs d k ∗ / 2 log d d^{k^*/2}\log d d k ∗ /2 log d clean points and needs only constant accuracy. Sharpening to accuracy ε \varepsilon ε costs O ( d / ε ) O(d/\varepsilon) O ( d / ε ) , because one power step from a warm start divides the noise by a power of the overlap rather than of d − 1 / 2 d^{-1/2} d − 1/2 . The scalar readout costs O ( 1 / ε ) O(1/\varepsilon) O ( 1/ ε ) , independent of d d d . The total cost in noisy presentations is r n 1 + r 2 n 2 + n 3 rn_1+r_2n_2+n_3 r n 1 + r 2 n 2 + n 3 , and the arithmetic cost is O ( r n 1 d 2 + d 3 + r 2 n 2 d + n 3 d ) O(rn_1d^2+d^3+r_2n_2d+n_3d) O ( r n 1 d 2 + d 3 + r 2 n 2 d + n 3 d ) .
Corollary 6.9 (A dimension separation for $k^*=4). *Under Assumption 3 with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 and the two-component mixture, to improve the score at time t t t on the Gaussian baseline by a constant fraction of $B: the two-stage learner needs O ( d 2 log d ) O(d^2\log d) O ( d 2 log d ) clean points, with any number r ≥ 1 r\ge1 r ≥ 1 of views per point, with probability at least 1 − 3 δ 1-3\delta 1 − 3 δ ; every deterministic L 2 L^2 L 2 statistical-query algorithm that makes polynomially many queries and satisfies the output-norm assumption
of Proposition 6.3 with Λ \Lambda Λ bounded independently of d d d needs tolerance d − 1 + o ( 1 ) d^{-1+o(1)} d − 1 + o ( 1 ) ; whereas hypercontractive orientation-blind dictionaries need Ω ( d 3 ) \Omega(d^3) Ω ( d 3 ) elements (Theorem 4.21 ), kernel ridge regression with the exponential kernel on the noisy inputs needs Ω ( d 3 ) \Omega(d^3) Ω ( d 3 ) samples at every ridge under the target-moment assumption of Theorem 5.2 (Lemma 5.3 ), and spherical online SGD on one denoiser unit, in the initialization and learning-rate regime of Corollary 6.2, needs d 3 d^3 d 3 samples up to log 2 d \log^2 d log 2 d .
The corollary compares the explicit two-stage learner with the restricted classes in its statement. § 7.2 separately measures a network trained by SGD.
Conjecture 6.10 (Implicit smoothing). Fix an even k ∗ ≥ 4 k^* \ge4 k ∗ ≥ 4 , a width m m m , a batch size b b b , an initial output scale c 0 ≠ 0 c_0 \ne0 c 0 = 0 and an interval [ η 0 , η 1 ] ⊂ ( 0 , ∞ ) [\eta_0,\eta_1] \subset(0,\infty) [ η 0 , η 1 ] ⊂ ( 0 , ∞ ) , none depending on d d d . Train a two-layer network ∑ j ≤ m H e k ∗ − 1 ( w j T x / σ ˉ t ) v j \sum_{j\le m} \mathrm{He}_{k^*-1}(w_j^\mathsf{T}x/\bar{\sigma}_t)v_j ∑ j ≤ m He k ∗ − 1 ( w j T x / σ ˉ t ) v j , with each w j w_j w j initialized independently and uniformly on the sphere and renormalized after every step and v j = c 0 w j v_j=c_0w_j v j = c 0 w j at initialization, by minibatch SGD on the denoising loss with a constant learning rate η ∈ [ η 0 , η 1 ] \eta\in[\eta_0,\eta_1] η ∈ [ η 0 , η 1 ] for at most poly ( d ) \operatorname{poly}(d) poly ( d ) steps, each batch revisiting the n n n stored clean points with fresh noise. Replace the output layer of the final iterate by the tied readout ∑ j β j H e k ∗ − 1 ( w j T x / σ ˉ t ) w j \sum_j \beta_j\mathrm{He}_{k^*-1}(w_j^\mathsf{T}x/\bar{\sigma}_t)w_j ∑ j β j He k ∗ − 1 ( w j T x / σ ˉ t ) w j , with ( β j ) (\beta_j) ( β j ) fitted by least squares on O ( 1 ) O(1) O ( 1 ) independent calibration pairs. Then there is C < ∞ C < \infty C < ∞ such that, if n ≥ C d k ∗ / 2 log C d n \ge Cd^{k^*/2}\log^C d n ≥ C d k ∗ /2 log C d , the resulting denoiser gains at least G ∗ / 2 G_*/2 G ∗ /2 over the Gaussian baseline with probability at least 2 / 3 2/3 2/3 .
The positive lower bound on η 0 \eta_0 η 0 encodes the requirement that SGD fluctuations be large enough to smooth. A proof would identify the implicit smoothing of SGD (Kleinberg et al., 2018) with the curvature of Proposition 6.7 , and would need to control the noise of a nonstationary, data-dependent smoothing, which the explicit learner avoids.
Experiments
The experiments measure risk barriers, dimension invariance, threshold locations and leading constants. For each study, we fixed the prediction, statistic and decision rule in a tracked protocol before collecting data. We report every pre-stated outcome, including the failed predictions in § 7.3 . Appendix E gives the protocols, hardware, seeds and record definitions.
Covariance-visible regime
All runs use Assumption 2 with μ = 1.5 \mu= 1.5 μ = 1.5 , τ = 0.35 \tau= 0.35 τ = 0.35 , r = 8 r = 8 r = 8 corruptions per example, ridge grid { 10 − 6 , … , 10 − 1 } \{10^{-6},\ldots,10^{-1}\} { 1 0 − 6 , … , 1 0 − 1 } and L = 3 L = 3 L = 3 bandwidths, with selection on held-out denoising error only. Ambient, PCA and oracle methods share weights, data and corruption noise within a replicate, and each replicate draws a fresh Haar orientation. Score risks are Monte Carlo averages against exact population scores (Lemma 4.2 ). The main suite has 168 units (barrier, feature budget, certificate, generation) and ran on one Tesla T4 in 4.9 GPU-hours; the revision suite has 60 units (staircase, data off the subspace, generation off the subspace) and ran on a 16-core CPU. The pre-stated checks were: (i) no detected barrier violation, (ii) PCA and oracle denoisers equal to floating-point precision with noiseless data, (iii) PCA risk and W 2 W_2 W 2 invariant in d d d up to Monte Carlo error, (iv) zero off-subspace mass, and (v) the full level-J J J Hermite dictionary at the dimension-free level k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε J ( t ) k(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_J(t) k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε J ( t ) at every d d d . All five hold in the tested configurations.
Barrier and invariance. No cell of the barrier study (288 cells) falls more than three standard errors below the Ky Fan floor. PCA and oracle fitted denoisers differ by at most 3.8 × 10 − 12 3.8 \times10^{-12} 3.8 × 1 0 − 12 , and the PCA risk varies across d ∈ { 8 , … , 256 } d \in\{8,\ldots,256\} d ∈ { 8 , … , 256 } with maximal ∣ z ∣ = 3.12 |z| = 3.12 ∣ z ∣ = 3.12 over all configurations. At t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 the PCA risk stays near 0.003 for every d d d , while the ambient risk rises to the Gaussian control’s value, about 0.52, once d ≥ 64 d \ge64 d ≥ 64 , even with p = 1024 p = 1024 p = 1024 features.
Staircase. In the best-in-span study, none of 324 cells falls below the floor. The full cubic Hermite dictionary reaches the predicted dimension-free level within 8% at every d ∈ { 6 , … , 32 } d \in\{6,\ldots,32\} d ∈ { 6 , … , 32 } (dimensions 63 to 6017), and the quintic dictionary reaches ε 5 \varepsilon_5 ε 5 within 5%. Normalized by N d , 3 N_{d,3} N d , 3 , the curves at t ∈ { 0.6 , 1 } t \in\{0.6,1\} t ∈ { 0.6 , 1 } coincide across d d d (Figure 7 ); tanh random features of equal size stay four to six times above the cubic level at t = 1 t = 1 t = 1 . The approach to the cubic level is convex in M / N d , 3 M/N_{d,3} M / N d , 3 , so the explicit barrier is conservative in shape but exact in location.
Figure 7. Best-in-span score risk of orientation-blind dictionaries against the normalized dimension ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 (M+d+1)/N_{d,3} ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 (covariance-visible regime). Circles: affine functions, full lower levels and a random fraction of the cubic Hermite level; crosses: tanh random features of equal size; dashed: the explicit barrier. The curves for d = 6 d=6 d = 6 –32 32 32 collapse, and the full cubic level reaches the dimension-free level of Theorem 4.9 .
Exact height. Theorem 4.13, in its Ky Fan form and with the time change of Proposition 4.14 off the subspace, was checked against all 1116 cells with k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 . The number of cells more than three standard errors below the bound is 0; the bound exceeds the cubic floor of Theorem 4.5 in 265 cells and reaches up to 99% of the measured risk. For the ambient estimator at d ≥ 64 d \ge64 d ≥ 64 and t ≥ 0.6 t \ge0.6 t ≥ 0.6 (30 cells) it lies between 32% and 98% of the measured risk, so the failure of geometry-blind features to improve on the Gaussian control is largely accounted for by the bound.
Certificate and generation. With simultaneous Bonferroni–t t t confidence limits, the separation of Corollary 4.18 is certified for every d ≥ 49 d \ge49 d ≥ 49 in all 75 cells in which the d = k d = k d = k PCA estimator has enough samples, and by Lemma 4.17 with no upper limit on d d d . At d = 512 d = 512 d = 512 , ambient random features reproduce the Gaussian control’s latent W 2 W_2 W 2 to three digits for all three latent laws, while PCA random features reach W 2 W_2 W 2 between 0.18 and 0.31, close to the exact-score sampler, including for a four-component law outside the theorem’s hypotheses. Off-subspace mass is at most 4.5 × 10 − 13 4.5 \times10^{-13} 4.5 × 1 0 − 13 .
Data off the subspace. With training data U Z + σ 0 G 0 UZ + \sigma_0G_0 U Z + σ 0 G 0 , no Gaussian-control or ambient cell (384 cells) falls below the time-changed floor. PCA and oracle-projection risks differ by a median of 1.3%. The PCA improvement over the Gaussian control is nearly independent of d d d until the subspace error ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 \lVert\sin\Theta\rVert_F^2 ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 reaches about 0.23 (d σ 0 2 / n ≥ 1 2 d\sigma_0^2/n \ge\frac{1}{2} d σ 0 2 / n ≥ 2 1 ), where it collapses while the oracle retains 30–80%; this degradation is measured, not bounded.
Covariance-matched regime
All runs use Assumption 3 with k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0 = 1 σ 0 = 1 , the two-component latent law with μ = 0.8 \mu= 0.8 μ = 0.8 (k 4 ∗ = 4 k_4^* = 4 k 4 ∗ = 4 , κ 4 2 = 0.671 \kappa_4^2 = 0.671 κ 4 2 = 0.671 ) and t = t ∗ = 1 2 log 4 3 t = t^* = \frac{1}{2}\log\frac{4}{3} t = t ∗ = 2 1 log 3 4 unless stated.
Polynomial barrier (X3). Nested quadratic Hermite dictionaries fitted by ridge regression on 4,096 observable pairs, for d ∈ { 8 , 16 , 32 } d \in\{8,16,32\} d ∈ { 8 , 16 , 32 } and four sizes each, eight seeds: all 96 held-out gains over the Gaussian baseline are negative (the largest is − 0.0049 -0.0049 − 0.0049 ), and no condition has a significant positive mean after Holm correction. Corollary 3.5 predicts zero population gain; the negative finite-sample gains are estimation noise.
Kernels (X5). Kernel ridge regression with the exponential kernel on noisy inputs, d ∈ { 8 , 11 , 16 } d \in\{8,11,16\} d ∈ { 8 , 11 , 16 } , n ≤ 2 d 3 n \le2d^3 n ≤ 2 d 3 , three seeds and ridges 10 − 8 10^{-8} 1 0 − 8 –10 2 10^2 1 0 2 : the largest gain over the Gaussian baseline is 10 − 3 10^{-3} 1 0 − 3 of B B B , even when the hidden direction is used to pick the best ridge and to discard off-direction outputs. The self-regularization event holds only slowly: λ min ( K ≥ 3 ) / γ 0 \lambda_{\min}(K_{\geq3})/\gamma_{0} λ m i n ( K ≥ 3 ) / γ 0 rises from 0.02 0.02 0.02 –0.10 0.10 0.10 at d ∈ { 32 , 64 } d \in\{32,64\} d ∈ { 32 , 64 } to 0.41 0.41 0.41 –0.53 0.53 0.53 at d = 512 d=512 d = 512 . The certificate of Lemma 5.3 was positive and below the measured eigenvalue in all nine seeded checks.
The spectral transition. For the single-view statistic of Theorem 6.4 , recovery curves collapse in units of v t d 2 / κ ˉ 4 2 v_{t}d^{2}/\bar{\kappa}^{2}_{4} v t d 2 / κ ˉ 4 2 for d ∈ { 32 , … , 256 } d \in\{32,\ldots,256\} d ∈ { 32 , … , 256 } at t ∗ t^{*} t ∗ , d ≤ 128 d \leq128 d ≤ 128 at t = 0.6 t=0.6 t = 0.6 and d ≤ 64 d \leq64 d ≤ 64 at t = 1 t=1 t = 1 , although raw sample sizes differ by a factor of 64 and the constant is 5.5 and 49 times larger at t = 0.6 t=0.6 t = 0.6 and t = 1 t=1 t = 1 : the squared overlap is 0.32–0.55 at two units, 0.64–0.77 at four and 0.85–0.88 at eight. For the full-reuse statistic, the clean partial trace, Figure 8 (a) compares the squared overlap of its leading eigenvector at n = x n c n=x\,n_{c} n = x n c , n c = 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 = 2.98 d 2 n_{c}=2d^{2}/\kappa_{4}^{2}=2.98\,d^{2} n c = 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 = 2.98 d 2 , with the prediction 1 − 1 / x 1-1/x 1 − 1/ x of Remark 6.6. For x ≥ 3 x \geq3 x ≥ 3 the largest deviation of the eight-seed mean from 1 − 1 / x 1-1/x 1 − 1/ x over d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 256 } d \in\{64,128,256\} d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 256 } is 0.019; the standard errors of these means are at most 0.029, and no deviation exceeds 1.8 standard errors. At these dimensions the data agree with the heuristic within Monte Carlo error. The asymptotic prediction uses an unproved eigenvector-universality argument. Below x = 1 x=1 x = 1 the overlap is near zero, and between 1 and 3 the finite-d d d transition is smoothed as expected.
Figure 8. Covariance-matched regime, k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 . (a) Squared overlap of the leading eigenvector of the clean partial trace against n / n c n/n_c n / n c with n c = 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 n_c=2d^2/\kappa_4^2 n c = 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 : means of eight seeds with ± 2 \pm2 ± 2 standard errors; the curve is the heuristic prediction (6.1). (b) Training-set thresholds n 50 / d 2 n_{50}/d^2 n 50 / d 2 of Table 4 with 95% cell-bootstrap intervals; horizontal lines mark the reuse and single-view transitions. (c) Success fractions against n / d 2 n/d^2 n / d 2 (training points) at d = 192 d=192 d = 192 .
Network sample scaling (X4). The X4 study asks how many distinct clean points a gradient-trained network needs. Its learner, frozen in advance, is a width-8 network of units He 3 ( w j T x ) v j \operatorname{He}_{3}(w_{j}^{\mathsf{T}}x)v_{j} He 3 ( w j T x ) v j with normalized first-layer weights, trained by minibatch SGD (batch 512, 16 d 2 16d^{2} 16 d 2 steps, learning rate 0.1 or 0.3 selected on validation) that cycles over n n n clean points with fresh noise. At 32 checkpoints a tied readout, one coefficient per unit, is fitted on 32,768 calibration pairs and the checkpoint is selected by readout-fitted loss on 32,768 validation pairs. A run succeeds if its test gain is at least 0.25 of B B B ; n 50 ( d ) n_{50}(d) n 50 ( d ) is the 50% point of a penalized logistic fit over a 15-point grid n / d 2 ∈ [ 0.5 , 64 ] n/d^{2} \in[0.5,64] n / d 2 ∈ [ 0.5 , 64 ] with eight seeds, and the pre-stated decision was H2 (n 50 ∝ d 2 n_{50} \propto d^{2} n 50 ∝ d 2 ) if the slope of log n 50 \log n_{50} log n 50 on log d \log d log d was at most 2.4 with upper 95% limit below 2.7, and H3 (∝ d 3 \propto d^{3} ∝ d 3 ) if at least 2.6 with lower limit above 2.3. The pre-registered heuristic favoured H3: small-step reuse descends a fixed landscape whose correlation part is tensor PCA, for which local methods need d 3 d^3 d 3 (Ben Arous et al., 2020). The GPU study (1,080 cells, d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 192 } d \in\{64, 128, 192\} d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 192 } ) returned H2: slope 1.84 (the frozen protocol’s seed bootstrap gives a 95% interval 1.50–2.17, the cell bootstrap below 1.48–2.18), with no failure to escape at the top of the grid. Over this factor-of-three range in dimension, the threshold follows a d 2 d^2 d 2 -like trend. The asymptotic exponent remains unresolved.
What is counted. Here n n n is the size of the training set. Each run also uses 32,768 validation and 32,768 calibration pairs, drawn once for each ( d , s e e d ) (d,\mathrm{seed}) ( d , seed ) and shared by every n n n and both learning rates; under the accounting of § 2.3 these are clean points too. They amount to 16.0, 4.0 and 1.78 d 2 d^2 d 2 at d = 64 , 128 , 192 d = 64, 128, 192 d = 64 , 128 , 192 (Table 4 ), so the network’s total budget at its threshold is 18.7, 6.8 and 4.0 d 2 d^2 d 2 : in this range the fixed overhead dominates at small d d d , and the total budget per d 2 d^2 d 2 falls with d d d . All d 2 d^2 d 2 statements of this section therefore concern the training-set threshold at a fixed overhead, and all comparisons are between learners given the same overhead and the same success rule. Asymptotically the overhead is of lower order (Theorem 6.8 needs n 2 = O ( d ) n_2 = O(d) n 2 = O ( d ) and n 3 = O ( 1 ) n_3 = O(1) n 3 = O ( 1 ) ), but these experiments do not reach that regime. Thresholds carry 95% intervals from a cell bootstrap: the eight outcomes of each ( d , n ) (d,n) ( d , n ) cell are resampled, 2,000 times, and the threshold fit is repeated. The cell bootstrap is exact for the explicit learners, whose runs use independent randomness; for the GPU arm it ignores the coupling of runs that share a seed across n n n . Contrasts (Table 5 ) are ratios of independently resampled thresholds.
Table 4 : Fifty-percent training-set thresholds n 50 / d 2 n_{50}/d^{2} n 50 / d 2 with 95% cell-bootstrap intervals, and slopes of log n 50 \log n_{50} log n 50 on log d \log d log d with intervals, all on the frozen X4 protocol: eight seeds, gain threshold 0.25. Unless marked †, every learner also uses 32,768 validation and 32,768 calibration clean points, which the thresholds do not include; the overhead rows give these fixed costs in the same units, to be added for the total clean-point budget. The † row uses 8,192 + 8,192 points. GPU rows are the frozen X4 study; the other rows are the explicit learners of Section 6.5 with full reuse or one view and with or without the sharpening step. Reference transitions: n c / d 2 = 2.98 n_c/d^2 = 2.98 n c / d 2 = 2.98 (full reuse) and 7.06 (one view).
Table 4.
Table 5 : Contrasts between training-set thresholds: ratios of n 50 n_{50} n 50 with 95% intervals from independent cell-bootstrap draws (unpaired). Learners in each ratio share the overhead, except in the last row, which compares the one-step learner with 8,192 + 8,192 and with 32,768 + 32,768 validation and calibration points.
Table 5.
The explicit learners. We ran the learner of Theorem 6.8 on the identical protocol and overhead: stage 1 on the n n n training points, sharpening on the 32,768 validation points, and the same tied readout on the 32,768 calibration points, with the same success rule and threshold fit. Full reuse is computed directly as the clean partial trace M p ( x 0 ) M_p(x_0) M p ( x 0 ) (§ 6 , Presentations under reuse ), at the arithmetic cost of one view and with no noisy presentations; the sharpening step with full reuse uses the corresponding clean statistic. Table 4 and Figure 8 (b,Figure 8 c) report the thresholds. Every learner run with the standard overhead has slope between 1.84 and 2.15, each interval within 1.48–2.39. The constants order as the theory predicts. Learners that use the clean statistic sit within a factor of about two of the reuse transition n c = 2.98 d 2 n_c = 2.98\,d^2 n c = 2.98 d 2 , and the ratio of one-view to full-reuse thresholds is 2.27–2.59 for the two-stage learners and 2.13–2.82 for the spectral-only learners, against the predicted inflation ι ⋆ = 64 / 27 ≈ 2.37 \iota_\star= 64/27 \approx2.37 ι ⋆ = 64/27 ≈ 2.37 of Theorem 6.5 ; five of the six intervals contain it. The CPU replication of the single-view spectral learner (33–36 d 2 d^2 d 2 ) agrees with the frozen GPU arm (30–33 d 2 d^2 d 2 ), with overlapping intervals. Spectral-only learners need an overlap high enough for the readout to clear the gain threshold, about 1 − n c / n ≥ 0.8 1 - n_c/n \ge0.8 1 − n c / n ≥ 0.8 , which multiplies their thresholds by about five. One sharpening step, the learner analysed in Theorem 6.8 , lowers the full-reuse threshold from 12.6–15.5 d 2 d^2 d 2 to 5.0–6.3 d 2 d^2 d 2 , and three steps to 3.7–4.3 d 2 d^2 d 2 , as the theorem’s separation of geometry from accuracy predicts.
Sensitivity to the overhead. Sharpening spends the validation set. With 8,192 validation and 8,192 calibration points (rows marked †), the one-step learner needs 7.7, 10.9 and 15.3 d 2 d^2 d 2 training points, 1.3–2.4 times as many as with the standard overhead, and the ratio grows with d d d (slope 2.61, interval 2.43–2.80). This is the trade-off of the proof of Theorem 6.8 : the sharpening budget scales as d d d divided by a power of the stage-1 overlap, so a sharpening set that shrinks relative to d d d , from 128 d 128d 128 d to 43 d 43d 43 d , must be paid for with a better stage-1 direction and hence more training points. At these dimensions the sample cost of the explicit learner is its total budget n + n 2 + n 3 n+n_2+n_3 n + n 2 + n 3 , not n n n alone, and its d 2 d^2 d 2 slope is a statement at a fixed, ample overhead.
The trained network. Under the common success rule and validation overhead, the SGD-trained network needs 2.2 2.2 2.2 –2.8 d 2 2.8d^2 2.8 d 2 training points. Its thresholds are 0.35 0.35 0.35 –0.57 0.57 0.57 of those of the one-step two-stage learner, with bootstrap intervals excluding one at every d d d , and 0.51 0.51 0.51 –0.77 0.77 0.77 of those of the three-step learner; the latter interval reaches one at d = 128 d=128 d = 128 (Table 5 ). The network also needs roughly an order of magnitude fewer training points than the single-view spectral step.
For the learners tested here, the network thresholds lie at 0.73 0.73 0.73 –0.95 0.95 0.95 of n c n_c n c , but n c n_c n c marks the overlap transition of the clean partial-trace eigenvector, rather than a denoising-gain threshold. The methods also use their fixed validation and calibration sets differently: the network selects among 64 checkpoints and learning rates and fits an eight-coefficient readout; the two-stage learner uses these points to sharpen its direction. The network’s sensitivity to a smaller overhead has not been measured.
At its threshold, the network processes 16 d 2 × 512 = 8,192 d 2 16d^2 \times512 = 8{,}192d^2 16 d 2 × 512 = 8 , 192 d 2 noisy presentations, or 2,900–3,800 views per clean point. Its clean-sample result is therefore measured in a high-reuse regime. Conjecture 6.10 asks whether SGD forms the smoothed curvature of Proposition 6.7 .
The earlier X4 screens. Before the two-stage protocol, an uncalibrated version that used the network’s own output layer passed the gain threshold in 2/3 seeds at d = 64 d=64 d = 64 but in 0/3 at d = 96 d=96 d = 96 and 128. A diagnostic that refitted a tied readout on independent pairs raised the d = 128 d=128 d = 128 gains to 0.71 in 3/3 seeds: the first layers had aligned, and the output layer was the bottleneck. This motivated the two-stage protocol, frozen before the rate study.
Additional tests
Diffusion time in fixed-step SGD (X1). We trained a single Hermite-3 unit by spherical online SGD with step 0.1 / d 0.1/d 0.1/ d , using sixteen paired seeds per ( d , t ) (d,t) ( d , t ) over seven times. The pre-stated prediction was that the escape time scales as S t − 2 S_{t}^{-2} S t − 2 : fastest time in [ 0.10 , 0.20 ] [0.10,0.20] [ 0.10 , 0.20 ] , and a t = 0.6 t=0.6 t = 0.6 to t ∗ t^{*} t ∗ ratio in [ 3.5 , 8 ] [3.5,8] [ 3.5 , 8 ] . The fastest time was in the interval at d = 32 d=32 d = 32 and d = 64 d=64 d = 64 , but the ratio was 7.77 at d = 32 d=32 d = 32 and 32.37 at d = 64 d=64 d = 64 (bootstrap interval 10.2–75.9), which falsifies the ratio prediction for this optimizer. The fixed step falls outside the small-step regime of Corollary 6.2. Theorem 3.8 concerns a static signal-to-noise ratio, while Theorem 6.5 (5) gives the time result for the analysed spectral learner.
Residual exponent for fixed-step SGD (X2). In the covariance-visible model, we ran paired spherical SGD with the full target and with the fitted-Gaussian residual. The full arm escaped after about d log d d\log d d log d pairs, as predicted. The residual arm was predicted to need d 3 d^{3} d 3 ; its fitted exponent over d ∈ { 16 , … , 128 } d\in\{16,\ldots,128\} d ∈ { 16 , … , 128 } was 1.57 (interval 1.37–2.26), below the cutoff 2.5. Corollary 3.6 concerns the degree of the first nonzero population correlation, not a finite-step escape exponent, and the residual arm was calibrated from a clean point that reveals the span exactly, so the experiment tests the gradient signal of the residual parametrization rather than a best-algorithm sample complexity.
Gradient descent on the unsmoothed reuse landscape. Deterministic gradient descent on the noise-averaged single-unit landscape, with the output coefficient profiled out, from eight random starts on each of three data sets per ( d , n ) (d,n) ( d , n ) , did not reach 50% escape by n = 64 d 2 n=64d^{2} n = 64 d 2 at any d ∈ { 32 , 64 , 128 } d\in\{32,64,128\} d ∈ { 32 , 64 , 128 } (11/24, 5/24 and 10/24 starts escaped at the top of the grid), while the single-view spectral statistic on the same clean points reached squared overlap 0.88–0.89. This is consistent with Proposition 6.7 , which shows that the unsmoothed landscape is flat to third order at the origin, and with the d 3 d^{3} d 3 threshold of local methods for tensor PCA (Ben Arous et al., 2020).
Discussion
The gradient of the denoising loss exposes moment differences between the data and a baseline (Theorem 3.2 ). A polynomial field of degree below k ∗ − 1 k^{*}-1 k ∗ − 1 cannot use the first unmatched moment (Corollary 3.5). Under the hypotheses of Theorems 4.21 and 5.2 and Corollary 6.2, frozen dictionaries, kernel ridge regression and small-step online training of one unit pay d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^{*}-1} d k ∗ − 1 in their respective resources. In the covariance-visible regime the frozen threshold is exactly at d 3 / 6 d^{3}/6 d 3 /6 ; for one hidden direction, its first-step height is the Gaussian control (Theorems 4.9 and 4.13 ).
The two-stage learner forms the curvature of a smoothed denoising landscape and averages over noisy views of each clean point. It needs O ( d k ∗ / 2 log d ) O(d^{k^{*}/2}\log d) O ( d k ∗ /2 log d ) clean points (Theorem 6.8 ). Proposition 6.3 gives a statistical-query tolerance bound of d − k ∗ / 4 d^{-k^{*}/4} d − k ∗ /4 , but does not prove a matching sample lower bound for gradient learners. When covariance reveals the subspace, a fitted Gaussian baseline and principal components give a projected estimator whose risk law is independent of ambient dimension (Corollary 3.6, Theorem 4.15 ).
Averaging fresh noisy views of one clean point removes the forward-process variance in the analysed learner. The learner uses more presentations of each point without requiring more clean points (Lemma 3.3 , Theorem 6.5 ). For one view per point, the leading spectral constant is minimized at t ∗ t^* t ∗ ; full reuse removes this time-dependent inflation. Once the learner has found the direction, fitting a scalar readout on independent pairs turns alignment into a score gain at dimension-free sample cost (Theorem 6.8 ). In the X4 study, output-layer calibration affected the measured gain even when the first layer was aligned.
The two-stage theorem covers one hidden direction and even k ∗ k^* k ∗ . Its learner uses strong smoothing, equivalently a matrix parameter, and independent data splits. The clean-sample bound includes a logarithm and, for k ∗ > 4 k^*>4 k ∗ > 4 , a non-sharp constant. The proof does not cover standard network training.
The covariance-matched frozen-feature theorem assumes an L 4 / L 2 L^4/L^2 L 4 / L 2 constant that has not been established for random-feature spans. The kernel theorem assumes a high-degree Taylor coefficient. The exact-height result covers the first staircase step for one hidden direction. PCA invariance uses noiseless training points; off-subspace degradation is measured here but has no bound in the current analysis. We do not derive a lower bound on generated-sample error. Spectral experiments end at d = 256 d=256 d = 256 , and the trained-network study ends at d = 192 d=192 d = 192 .
Table 1: The resource hierarchy for improving the score at a fixed diffusion time by a constant fraction of the Gaussian baseline’s excess risk, with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 hidden direction. M M M : dictionary size; n n n : distinct clean points; r r r : noisy views per clean point. Costs are up to constants depending on the latent law and the time, but not on d d d . Every theorem row counts all clean points the learner uses; the two-stage learner’s total is O ( d k ∗ / 2 log d ) + O ( d ) + O ( 1 ) O(d^{k^*/2}\log d)+O(d)+O(1) O ( d k ∗ /2 log d ) + O ( d ) + O ( 1 ) . The empirical row counts training points only; that learner also uses a fixed set of 65,536 validation and calibration points. Lower bounds hold for the stated class and under the stated hypotheses. “Proved” rows are theorems of this paper unless marked as imported.
Table 1. The resource hierarchy for improving the score at a fixed diffusion time by a constant fraction of the Gaussian baseline’s excess risk, with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 hidden direction. M M M : dictionary size; n n n : distinct clean points; r r r : noisy views per clean point. Costs are up to constants depending on the latent law and the time, but not on d d d . Every theorem row counts all clean points the learner uses; the two-stage learner’s total is O ( d k ∗ / 2 log d ) + O ( d ) + O ( 1 ) O(d^{k^*/2}\log d)+O(d)+O(1) O ( d k ∗ /2 log d ) + O ( d ) + O ( 1 ) . The empirical row counts training points only; that learner also uses a fixed set of 65,536 validation and calibration points. Lower bounds hold for the stated class and under the stated hypotheses. “Proved” rows are theorems of this paper unless marked as imported.
Guide to the appendices
The appendices are organized by proof technique. This guide lists the results, their dependencies and the notation used in the proofs. Roadmaps at the start of each appendix and long proof indicate the order of the arguments.
How the results depend on each other
Two lemmas carry most of the weight. Lemma 4.4 (an orientation-averaged Ky Fan bound) drives every frozen-feature lower bound in both regimes, and Lemma 3.3 (the conditional Stein identity) drives every positive training result. The one-sided change of measure (Lemma 4.12 ) is the bridge that turns the covariance-visible argument into the covariance-matched one.
Where each result is stated and proved
Table 1 (PDF p. 40).
Table 6.
Notation
Symbols are listed in order of first use. Scores are always s t s_t s t (and s ^ \hat{s} s ^ for estimates); the coordinate scale of the covariance-matched regime is σ ˉ t \bar{\sigma}_t σ ˉ t . A few symbols (p p p , B B B , ρ \rho ρ ) have a second meaning in one part of the paper, as stated in the table.
Table 7.
Table 15.
Proofs for Section 3
Roadmap: how Appendix A is organized Every result here is an exact identity, proved with three tools only: Gaussian integration by parts (Stein’s lemma), Mehler’s formula E h j ( λ y + 1 − λ 2 ξ ) = λ j h j ( y ) \mathbb{E}\,h_j(\lambda y+\sqrt{1-\lambda^2}\,\xi)=\lambda^j h_j(y) E h j ( λ y + 1 − λ 2 ξ ) = λ j h j ( y ) , and the spectral decomposition of the Ornstein–Uhlenbeck generator in the Hermite basis. The order is: the unconditional identity (A.1), its polynomial inverse (A.2), the conditional version used by every training result (A.3), the moment-matching consequences (A.4), and the action of diffusion time (A.5–A.6).
Proof of Theorem 3.1 (Stein–Tweedie identity)
Condition on X 0 = x 0 X_0=x_0 X 0 = x 0 . Gaussian integration by parts for g ↦ φ ( a x 0 + h g ) g\mapsto\varphi(ax_0+\sqrt{h}g) g ↦ φ ( a x 0 + h g ) gives E [ ⟨ G , φ ( X t ) ⟩ ∣ X 0 ] = h E [ div φ ( X t ) ∣ X 0 ] \mathbb{E}[\langle G,\varphi(X_t)\rangle\mid X_0]=\sqrt{h}\mathbb{E}[\operatorname{div}\varphi(X_t)\mid X_0] E [⟨ G , φ ( X t )⟩ ∣ X 0 ] = h E [ div φ ( X t ) ∣ X 0 ] ; the growth conditions and the moments of X 0 X_0 X 0 make all terms integrable. Since X 0 = ( X t − h G ) / a X_0=(X_t-\sqrt{h}G)/a X 0 = ( X t − h G ) / a , E ⟨ X 0 , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = a − 1 ( E ⟨ X t , φ ( X t ) ⟩ − h E div φ ( X t ) ) \mathbb{E}\langle X_0,\varphi(X_t)\rangle=a^{-1}(\mathbb{E}\langle X_t,\varphi(X_t)\rangle-h\mathbb{E}\operatorname{div}\varphi(X_t)) E ⟨ X 0 , φ ( X t )⟩ = a − 1 ( E ⟨ X t , φ ( X t )⟩ − h E div φ ( X t )) . Tweedie’s formula for Q Q Q gives E ⟨ m t ∗ ( X t ) , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = a − 1 ( E ⟨ X t , φ ⟩ + h E ⟨ ∇ log q t , φ ⟩ ) \mathbb{E}\langle m_t^*(X_t),\varphi(X_t)\rangle=a^{-1}(\mathbb{E}\langle X_t,\varphi\rangle+h\mathbb{E}\langle\nabla\log q_t,\varphi\rangle) E ⟨ m t ∗ ( X t ) , φ ( X t )⟩ = a − 1 ( E ⟨ X t , φ ⟩ + h E ⟨ ∇ log q t , φ ⟩) . Subtracting yields (3.1).
Proof of Theorem 3.2 (polynomial fields ⇔ \Leftrightarrow ⇔ moments)
An orthogonal change of coordinates and a translation map gradient fields to gradient fields and preserve degrees, so we may take m ˉ = 0 \bar{m}=0 m ˉ = 0 and C = diag ( c 1 , … , c d ) C=\operatorname{diag}(c_1,\ldots,c_d) C = diag ( c 1 , … , c d ) . (1) Q ~ t φ = div φ − ⟨ C − 1 x , φ ⟩ \widetilde{Q}_t\varphi=\operatorname{div}\varphi-\langle C^{-1}x,\varphi\rangle Q t φ = div φ − ⟨ C − 1 x , φ ⟩ has degree at most D D D , and E Q t Q ~ t φ = 0 \mathbb{E}_{Q_t}\widetilde{Q}_t\varphi=0 E Q t Q t φ = 0 by Stein’s identity for Q t Q_t Q t . (2) Q ~ t V u = ∑ i ( ∂ i 2 u − c i − 1 x i ∂ i u ) = L u \widetilde{Q}_tVu=\sum_i(\partial_i^2u-c_i^{-1}x_i\partial_i u)=Lu Q t V u = ∑ i ( ∂ i 2 u − c i − 1 x i ∂ i u ) = Lu , the generator of the Ornstein–Uhlenbeck process with invariant law Q t Q_t Q t . The products H α ( x ) = ∏ i h α i ( x i / c i ) H_\alpha(x)=\prod_i h_{\alpha_i}(x_i/\sqrt{c_i}) H α ( x ) = ∏ i h α i ( x i / c i ) are orthonormal in L 2 ( Q t ) L^2(Q_t) L 2 ( Q t ) and L H α = − ( ∑ i α i / c i ) H α LH_\alpha=-(\sum_i\alpha_i/c_i)H_\alpha L H α = − ( ∑ i α i / c i ) H α , so L L L maps P D 0 \mathcal{P}_D^0 P D 0 to itself diagonally with nonzero eigenvalues Λ α = ∑ i α i / c i \Lambda_\alpha=\sum_i\alpha_i/c_i Λ α = ∑ i α i / c i . Its inverse is q = ∑ α ≠ 0 q α H α ↦ u q = − ∑ α ≠ 0 q α H α / Λ α q=\sum_{\alpha\ne0}q_\alpha H_\alpha\mapsto u_q=-\sum_{\alpha\ne0}q_\alpha H_\alpha/\Lambda_\alpha q = ∑ α = 0 q α H α ↦ u q = − ∑ α = 0 q α H α / Λ α . Theorem 3.1 with φ = ∇ u q \varphi=\nabla u_q φ = ∇ u q gives (3.2) for q ∈ P D 0 q\in\mathcal{P}_D^0 q ∈ P D 0 , and constants contribute nothing to either side.
∥ ∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) 2 = E Q t [ u ( − L u ) ] = ∑ α ≠ 0 q α 2 Λ α , 1 λ max ( C ) ≤ Λ α ≤ D λ min ( C ) for 1 ≤ ∣ α ∣ ≤ D . (9) \|\nabla u\|_{L^2(Q_t)}^2=\mathbb{E}_{Q_t}[u(-Lu)]=\sum_{\alpha\ne0}\frac{q_\alpha^2}{\Lambda_\alpha},\qquad\frac{1}{\lambda_{\max}(C)}\le\Lambda_\alpha\le\frac{D}{\lambda_{\min}(C)}\quad\text{for }1\le|\alpha|\le D. \tag*{(9)} ∥∇ u ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) 2 = E Q t [ u ( − Lu )] = α = 0 ∑ Λ α q α 2 , λ m a x ( C ) 1 ≤ Λ α ≤ λ m i n ( C ) D for 1 ≤ ∣ α ∣ ≤ D . (9)
Proof of Lemma 3.3 (conditional Stein identity)
Common step: Stein’s lemma at a fixed clean point. Fix x 0 x_0 x 0 , let G ∼ N ( 0 , I ) G\sim N(0,I) G ∼ N ( 0 , I ) , X t = a x 0 + h G X_t=ax_0+\sqrt{h}G X t = a x 0 + h G , and write P f ( x 0 ) = E f ( a x 0 + h G ) P f(x_0)=\mathbb{E}f(ax_0+\sqrt{h}G) P f ( x 0 ) = E f ( a x 0 + h G ) . Since m t Q ( x ) = c x m_t^Q(x)=cx m t Q ( x ) = c x with c = a σ 0 2 / σ ˉ 2 c=a\sigma_0^2/\bar{\sigma}^2 c = a σ 0 2 / σ ˉ 2 and 1 − c a = h / σ ˉ 2 1-ca=h/\bar{\sigma}^2 1 − c a = h / σ ˉ 2 , Gaussian integration by parts, E ⟨ G , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = h E div φ ( X t ) \mathbb{E}\langle G,\varphi(X_t)\rangle=\sqrt{h}\mathbb{E}\operatorname{div}\varphi(X_t) E ⟨ G , φ ( X t )⟩ = h E div φ ( X t ) , gives for every polynomial field φ \varphi φ
E ⟨ x 0 − c X t , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = h σ ˉ 2 ⟨ x 0 , P φ ( x 0 ) ⟩ − c h P ( div φ ) ( x 0 ) . \mathbb{E}\langle x_0-cX_t,\varphi(X_t)\rangle=\frac{h}{\bar{\sigma}^2}\langle x_0,P\varphi(x_0)\rangle-chP(\operatorname{div}\varphi)(x_0). E ⟨ x 0 − c X t , φ ( X t )⟩ = σ ˉ 2 h ⟨ x 0 , P φ ( x 0 )⟩ − c h P ( div φ ) ( x 0 ) .
Part 1: gradient fields. Take φ = ∇ u \varphi=\nabla u φ = ∇ u . Since P ∇ u = a − 1 ∇ P u P\nabla u=a^{-1}\nabla Pu P ∇ u = a − 1 ∇ P u and P Δ u = a − 2 Δ P u P\Delta u=a^{-2}\Delta Pu P Δ u = a − 2 Δ P u , the right side is ( h / ( a σ ˉ 2 ) ) [ ⟨ x 0 , ∇ P u ⟩ − σ 0 2 Δ P u ] ( x 0 ) (h/(a\bar{\sigma}^2))[\langle x_0,\nabla Pu\rangle-\sigma_0^2\Delta Pu](x_0) ( h / ( a σ ˉ 2 )) [⟨ x 0 , ∇ P u ⟩ − σ 0 2 Δ P u ] ( x 0 ) . Coordinatewise ( a x 0 + h G ) / σ ˉ = λ ( x 0 / σ 0 ) + 1 − λ 2 G (ax_0+\sqrt{h}G)/\bar{\sigma}=\lambda(x_0/\sigma_0)+\sqrt{1-\lambda^2}G ( a x 0 + h G ) / σ ˉ = λ ( x 0 / σ 0 ) + 1 − λ 2 G , because λ 2 + h / σ ˉ 2 = 1 \lambda^2+h/\bar{\sigma}^2=1 λ 2 + h / σ ˉ 2 = 1 , so Mehler’s formula gives P u = λ j u ~ Pu=\lambda^j\widetilde{u} P u = λ j u . Finally ⟨ x , ∇ f ⟩ − σ 0 2 Δ f = j f \langle x,\nabla f\rangle-\sigma_0^2\Delta f=jf ⟨ x , ∇ f ⟩ − σ 0 2 Δ f = j f for every f f f in the degree-j j j chaos of N ( 0 , σ 0 2 I ) N(0,\sigma_0^2I) N ( 0 , σ 0 2 I ) , which contains u ~ \widetilde{u} u : with y = x / σ 0 y=x/\sigma_0 y = x / σ 0 this is the Hermite eigen-equation ⟨ y , ∇ y ⟩ − Δ y = j \langle y,\nabla_y\rangle-\Delta_y=j ⟨ y , ∇ y ⟩ − Δ y = j .
Part 2: output-layer fields. Take φ = He j − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) e \varphi=\operatorname{He}_{j-1}(w^\top x/\bar{\sigma})e φ = He j − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) e for a fixed vector e e e and put z = w ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 z=w^\top x_0/\sigma_0 z = w ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 . By Mehler’s formula P φ ( x 0 ) = λ j − 1 He j − 1 ( z ) e P\varphi(x_0)=\lambda^{j-1}\operatorname{He}_{j-1}(z)e P φ ( x 0 ) = λ j − 1 He j − 1 ( z ) e and P ( div φ ) = ( j − 1 ) λ j − 2 He j − 2 ( z ) w ⊤ e / σ ˉ P(\operatorname{div}\varphi)=(j-1)\lambda^{j-2}\operatorname{He}_{j-2}(z)w^\top e/\bar{\sigma} P ( div φ ) = ( j − 1 ) λ j − 2 He j − 2 ( z ) w ⊤ e / σ ˉ , with the convention that this term is zero for j = 1 j=1 j = 1 , where φ \varphi φ is constant. Since c h / σ ˉ = ( h / σ ˉ 2 ) σ 0 λ ch/\bar{\sigma}=(h/\bar{\sigma}^2)\sigma_0\lambda c h / σ ˉ = ( h / σ ˉ 2 ) σ 0 λ , the right side equals ( h σ 0 λ j − 1 / σ ˉ 2 ) [ ( e ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 ) He j − 1 ( z ) − ( j − 1 ) ( w ⊤ e ) He j − 2 ( z ) ] (h\sigma_0\lambda^{j-1}/\bar{\sigma}^2)[(e^\top x_0/\sigma_0)\operatorname{He}_{j-1}(z)-(j-1)(w^\top e)\operatorname{He}_{j-2}(z)] ( h σ 0 λ j − 1 / σ ˉ 2 ) [( e ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 ) He j − 1 ( z ) − ( j − 1 ) ( w ⊤ e ) He j − 2 ( z )] , which is ( h σ 0 λ j − 1 / σ ˉ 2 ) He j ( x 0 / σ 0 ) [ w ⊗ ( j − 1 ) , e ] (h\sigma_0\lambda^{j-1}/\bar{\sigma}^2)\operatorname{He}_j(x_0/\sigma_0)[w^{\otimes(j-1)},e] ( h σ 0 λ j − 1 / σ ˉ 2 ) He j ( x 0 / σ 0 ) [ w ⊗ ( j − 1 ) , e ] by the recursion for Hermite tensors at a unit vector.
Proofs of Theorem 3.4 and its corollaries (baseline hides matched moments and its consequences)
Since G G G is independent of X 0 X_0 X 0 , E ( a X 0 + h G ) ⊗ j = ∑ i ≤ j ( j i ) a i Sym ( E X 0 ⊗ i ⊗ E ( h G ) ⊗ ( j − i ) ) \mathbb{E}(aX_0+\sqrt{h}G)^{\otimes j}=\sum_{i\le j}\binom{j}{i}a^i\operatorname{Sym}(\mathbb{E}X_0^{\otimes i}\otimes\mathbb{E}(\sqrt{h}G)^{\otimes(j-i)}) E ( a X 0 + h G ) ⊗ j = ∑ i ≤ j ( i j ) a i Sym ( E X 0 ⊗ i ⊗ E ( h G ) ⊗ ( j − i ) ) , with the same coefficients for Q Q Q . Hence the moments of P t P_t P t and Q t Q_t Q t agree below order k k k , and their difference at order k k k is the i = k i=k i = k term. Part 1 follows from Theorem 3.1 and Theorem 3.2(1), since T Q t φ T_{Q_t}\varphi T Q t φ is a polynomial of degree at most k − 1 k-1 k − 1 on which P t P_t P t and Q t Q_t Q t agree. For part 2 choose a degree-k k k polynomial q q q with E P t q ≠ E Q t q \mathbb{E}_{P_t}q\ne\mathbb{E}_{Q_t}q E P t q = E Q t q and take φ = ∇ u q \varphi=\nabla u_q φ = ∇ u q .
For Corollary 3.5, ⟨ m t − m t Q , φ ⟩ L 2 ( P t ) = E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t ) ⟩ = 0 \langle m_t-m_t^Q,\varphi\rangle_{L^2(P_t)}=\mathbb{E}\langle X_0-m_t^Q(X_t),\varphi(X_t)\rangle=0 ⟨ m t − m t Q , φ ⟩ L 2 ( P t ) = E ⟨ X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) , φ ( X t )⟩ = 0 by the tower property and Theorem 3.4, so every polynomial field of degree at most k ∗ − 2 k^*-2 k ∗ − 2 is orthogonal to the residual, and the score residual is ( a / h ) ( m t − m t Q ) (a/h)(m_t-m_t^Q) ( a / h ) ( m t − m t Q ) .
For Corollary 3.6: against the isotropic Gaussian with the data’s trace, the second moments differ by a multiple of U U ⊤ UU^\top U U ⊤ minus a multiple of I I I , so linear fields correlate with the residual through U U U . The fitted Gaussian matches the first two moments, so by Theorem 3.4 fields of degree at most one have zero correlation. Central symmetry makes the third moments match (both vanish), so fields of degree two have zero correlation. The fourth moment tensor of the data minus that of the fitted Gaussian is the fourth cumulant tensor, ∑ j κ 4 ( Z j ) u j ⊗ 4 \sum_j\kappa_4(Z_j)u_j^{\otimes4} ∑ j κ 4 ( Z j ) u j ⊗ 4 for independent coordinates, which is nonzero; Theorem 3.4 (2) gives a field of degree three with nonzero correlation.
Proof of Theorem 3.7 (diffusion as a noise operator)
Y t / σ ˉ t = λ t ( Z / σ 0 ) + 1 − λ t 2 ξ Y_t/\bar{\sigma}_t = \lambda_t(Z/\sigma_0) + \sqrt{1-\lambda_t^2}\,\xi Y t / σ ˉ t = λ t ( Z / σ 0 ) + 1 − λ t 2 ξ with ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) \xi\sim N(0,1) ξ ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) independent, since λ t 2 + h / σ ˉ t 2 = 1 \lambda_t^2+h/\bar{\sigma}_t^2=1 λ t 2 + h / σ ˉ t 2 = 1 . Mehler’s formula E h j ( λ y + 1 − λ 2 ξ ) = λ j h j ( y ) E h_j(\lambda y+\sqrt{1-\lambda^2}\xi)=\lambda^j h_j(y) E h j ( λ y + 1 − λ 2 ξ ) = λ j h j ( y ) gives the first claim; the moments of Z Z Z are finite, so all expectations exist. Under the L 2 L^2 L 2 assumption the Ornstein–Uhlenbeck semigroup maps r 0 r_0 r 0 to r t = ∑ j λ t j e j ( 0 ) h j r_t=\sum_j \lambda_t^j e_j(0)h_j r t = ∑ j λ t j e j ( 0 ) h j , a contraction, and Parseval gives χ t 2 \chi_t^2 χ t 2 . The orthogonal coordinates of X t X_t X t are exactly N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 ) N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2) N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 ) and independent of Y t Y_t Y t , which gives the ambient ratio, and E Q t h i ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) h j ( v ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) = δ i j ⟨ u , v ⟩ j E_{Q_t}h_i(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)h_j(v^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)=\delta_{ij}\langle u,v\rangle^j E Q t h i ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) h j ( v ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) = δ ij ⟨ u , v ⟩ j gives the correlation formula; e j = 0 e_j=0 e j = 0 for 1 ≤ j < k ∗ 1\leq j<k^* 1 ≤ j < k ∗ .
For the mixture with τ ~ = τ / σ 0 \tilde{\tau}=\tau/\sigma_0 τ ~ = τ / σ 0 , ∫ φ τ ~ ( x − μ ~ ) 2 / φ ( x ) d x < ∞ \int\varphi_{\tilde{\tau}}(x-\tilde{\mu})^2/\varphi(x)\,dx<\infty ∫ φ τ ~ ( x − μ ~ ) 2 / φ ( x ) d x < ∞ iff τ ~ 2 < 2 \tilde{\tau}^2<2 τ ~ 2 < 2 .
Proof of Theorem 3.8 (optimal geometry time)
Under Q Q Q the residual X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) X_0-m_t^Q(X_t) X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) is independent of X t X_t X t with covariance ( σ 0 2 h / σ ˉ t 2 ) I (\sigma_0^2h/\bar{\sigma}_t^2)I ( σ 0 2 h / σ ˉ t 2 ) I , so the null standard deviation is σ 0 h ∥ φ ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) / σ ˉ t \sigma_0\sqrt{h}\,\|\varphi\|_{L^2(Q_t)}/\bar{\sigma}_t σ 0 h ∥ φ ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) / σ ˉ t . By Theorem 3.1 the mean is ( h / a ) ∣ E P t T Q t φ ∣ (h/a)|E_{P_t}T_{Q_t}\varphi| ( h / a ) ∣ E P t T Q t φ ∣ . Rotate so that u = e 1 u=e_1 u = e 1 and expand φ = ∑ i ∑ β φ i β H β e i \varphi=\sum_i\sum_\beta\varphi_{i\beta}H_\beta e_i φ = ∑ i ∑ β φ i β H β e i in the Hermite basis of Q t = N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I ) Q_t=N(0,\bar{\sigma}_t^2I) Q t = N ( 0 , σ ˉ t 2 I ) . Since T Q t ( H β e i ) = − σ ˉ t β i + 1 H β + e i T_{Q_t}(H_\beta e_i)=-\bar{\sigma}_t\sqrt{\beta_i+1}H_{\beta+e_i} T Q t ( H β e i ) = − σ ˉ t β i + 1 H β + e i and E P t H γ = e γ 1 ( t ) E_{P_t}H_\gamma=e_{\gamma_1}(t) E P t H γ = e γ 1 ( t ) if γ \gamma γ is supported on the first coordinate and 0 0 0 otherwise, E P t T Q t φ = − σ ˉ t ∑ j φ 1 , j e 1 j + 1 e j + 1 ( t ) E_{P_t}T_{Q_t}\varphi=-\bar{\sigma}_t\sum_j\varphi_{1,je_1}\sqrt{j+1}\,e_{j+1}(t) E P t T Q t φ = − σ ˉ t ∑ j φ 1 , j e 1 j + 1 e j + 1 ( t ) . By Cauchy–Schwarz the supremum over ∥ φ ∥ = 1 \|\varphi\|=1 ∥ φ ∥ = 1 of degree at most k ∗ − 1 k^*-1 k ∗ − 1 is σ ˉ t − 1 ( ∑ i ≤ k ∗ e i ( t ) 2 ) 1 / 2 = σ ˉ t − 1 k ∗ ∣ e k ∗ ( t ) ∣ \bar{\sigma}_t^{-1}\left(\sum_{i\leq k^*}e_i(t)^2\right)^{1/2}=\bar{\sigma}_t^{-1}\sqrt{k^*}|e_{k^*}(t)| σ ˉ t − 1 ( ∑ i ≤ k ∗ e i ( t ) 2 ) 1/2 = σ ˉ t − 1 k ∗ ∣ e k ∗ ( t ) ∣ . When the moments below order k ∗ k^* k ∗ are Gaussian, the cumulants of orders 3 , … , k ∗ − 1 3,\ldots,k^*-1 3 , … , k ∗ − 1 vanish and e k ∗ ( 0 ) = κ / ( σ 0 k ∗ k ∗ ! ) e_{k^*}(0)=\kappa/(\sigma_0^{k^*}\sqrt{k^*!}) e k ∗ ( 0 ) = κ / ( σ 0 k ∗ k ∗ ! ) ; by Theorem 3.7, e k ∗ ( t ) = λ t k ∗ e k ∗ ( 0 ) e_{k^*}(t)=\lambda_t^{k^*}e_{k^*}(0) e k ∗ ( t ) = λ t k ∗ e k ∗ ( 0 ) . Collecting factors gives the formula. With x = a 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) x=a^2\in(0,1) x = a 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) , log S t = c o n s t + 1 2 log ( 1 − x ) + k ∗ − 1 2 log x − k ∗ 2 log ( 1 + ( σ 0 2 − 1 ) x ) \log S_t=\mathrm{const}+\frac{1}{2}\log(1-x)+\frac{k^*-1}{2}\log x-\frac{k^*}{2}\log(1+(\sigma_0^2-1)x) log S t = const + 2 1 log ( 1 − x ) + 2 k ∗ − 1 log x − 2 k ∗ log ( 1 + ( σ 0 2 − 1 ) x ) , whose derivative is a positive multiple of ( k ∗ − 1 ) − ( k ∗ + σ 0 2 − 1 ) x (k^*-1)-(k^*+\sigma_0^2-1)x ( k ∗ − 1 ) − ( k ∗ + σ 0 2 − 1 ) x , decreasing and changing sign once in ( 0 , 1 ) (0,1) ( 0 , 1 ) .
Proofs for the covariance-visible regime and the one-sided change of measure
This appendix proves the results of Sections 4.1–4.4 under Assumption 2, together with Lemma 4.12 , which is also used in Appendix C. Throughout, t > 0 t>0 t > 0 is fixed and we write a = a t a=a_t a = a t , h = h t h=h_t h = h t , s 2 = a t 2 τ 2 + h s^2=a_t^2\tau^2+h s 2 = a t 2 τ 2 + h , and γ = γ t = N ( 0 , h I d ) \gamma=\gamma_t=N(0,hI_d) γ = γ t = N ( 0 , h I d ) ; in this appendix s s s is the standard deviation of a mixture component of u ⊤ X t u^\top X_t u ⊤ X t , and s t s_t s t is the score.
Table Roadmap.
Robustness and the adaptive side (B .12 \mathrm{B.12} B.12 –B .16 \mathrm{B.16} B.16 ): time change for data off the subspace, monotonicity in d d d , and the exact dimension invariance of the PCA estimator and its sampler.
Proof of Lemma 4.1 (denoiser reduction)
Complete U U U to an orthogonal matrix [ U , V ] [U,V] [ U , V ] . Then U T X t = a Z + h U T G U^{\mathsf{T}}X_t=aZ+\sqrt{h}U^{\mathsf{T}}G U T X t = a Z + h U T G and V T X t = h V T G V^{\mathsf{T}}X_t=\sqrt{h}V^{\mathsf{T}}G V T X t = h V T G , where U T G U^{\mathsf{T}}G U T G and V T G V^{\mathsf{T}}G V T G are independent standard Gaussian vectors that are independent of Z Z Z . Hence V T X t V^{\mathsf{T}}X_t V T X t is independent of ( Z , U T X t ) (Z,U^{\mathsf{T}}X_t) ( Z , U T X t ) , and
E [ X 0 ∣ X t ] = U E [ Z ∣ U T X t , V T X t ] = U E [ Z ∣ U T X t ] = U g t ( U T X t ) . \mathbb{E}[X_0\mid X_t]=U\mathbb{E}[Z\mid U^{\mathsf{T}}X_t,V^{\mathsf{T}}X_t]=U\mathbb{E}[Z\mid U^{\mathsf{T}}X_t]=Ug_t(U^{\mathsf{T}}X_t). E [ X 0 ∣ X t ] = U E [ Z ∣ U T X t , V T X t ] = U E [ Z ∣ U T X t ] = U g t ( U T X t ) .
The density of X t X_t X t is p t ( x ) = E ϕ h , d ( x − a X 0 ) p_t(x)=\mathbb{E}\,\phi_{h,d}(x-aX_0) p t ( x ) = E ϕ h , d ( x − a X 0 ) , where ϕ h , d \phi_{h,d} ϕ h , d is the N ( 0 , h I d ) N(0,hI_d) N ( 0 , h I d ) density. Since X 0 X_0 X 0 has finite second moments, differentiation under the expectation is justified by dominated convergence and gives ∇ p t ( x ) = E [ ϕ h , d ( x − a X 0 ) ( a X 0 − x ) / h ] \nabla p_t(x)=\mathbb{E}[\phi_{h,d}(x-aX_0)(aX_0-x)/h] ∇ p t ( x ) = E [ ϕ h , d ( x − a X 0 ) ( a X 0 − x ) / h ] . Dividing by p t ( x ) > 0 p_t(x)>0 p t ( x ) > 0 yields Tweedie’s identity s t ( x ) = ( a m t ( x ) − x ) / h s_t(x)=(am_t(x)-x)/h s t ( x ) = ( a m t ( x ) − x ) / h (Robbins, 1956; Efron, 2011). Because m t ( x ) ∈ span ( U ) m_t(x)\in\operatorname{span}(U) m t ( x ) ∈ span ( U ) , ( I − U U T ) s t ( x ) = − ( I − U U T ) x / h (I-UU^{\mathsf{T}})s_t(x)=-(I-UU^{\mathsf{T}})x/h ( I − U U T ) s t ( x ) = − ( I − U U T ) x / h . Finally s ^ − s t = a ( m ^ − m t ) / h \widehat{s}-s_t=a(\widehat{m}-m_t)/h s − s t = a ( m − m t ) / h pointwise, which gives item 3; if m ^ \widehat{m} m also takes values in span ( U ) \operatorname{span}(U) span ( U ) , the difference is tangential.
Proof of Lemma 4.2 (posterior mean of a mixture coordinate)
Condition on the sign ϵ \epsilon ϵ . Then ( Z , Y ) (Z,Y) ( Z , Y ) , with Y = a Z + h ξ Y=aZ+\sqrt{h}\xi Y = a Z + h ξ , is Gaussian with E [ Z ∣ ϵ ] = ϵ μ \mathbb{E}[Z\mid\epsilon]=\epsilon\mu E [ Z ∣ ϵ ] = ϵ μ , E [ Y ∣ ϵ ] = a ϵ μ \mathbb{E}[Y\mid\epsilon]=a\epsilon\mu E [ Y ∣ ϵ ] = a ϵ μ , Var ( Y ∣ ϵ ) = s 2 \operatorname{Var}(Y\mid\epsilon)=s^2 Var ( Y ∣ ϵ ) = s 2 and Cov ( Z , Y ∣ ϵ ) = a τ 2 \operatorname{Cov}(Z,Y\mid\epsilon)=a\tau^2 Cov ( Z , Y ∣ ϵ ) = a τ 2 . Therefore
E [ Z ∣ Y , ϵ ] = ϵ μ + a τ 2 s 2 ( Y − a ϵ μ ) = ϵ μ h s 2 + a τ 2 s 2 Y . \mathbb{E}[Z\mid Y,\epsilon]=\epsilon\mu+\frac{a\tau^2}{s^2}(Y-a\epsilon\mu)=\epsilon\mu\frac{h}{s^2}+\frac{a\tau^2}{s^2}Y. E [ Z ∣ Y , ϵ ] = ϵ μ + s 2 a τ 2 ( Y − a ϵ μ ) = ϵ μ s 2 h + s 2 a τ 2 Y .
Bayes’ rule gives P ( ϵ = 1 ∣ Y = y ) ∝ exp ( − ( y − a μ ) 2 / ( 2 s 2 ) ) \mathbb{P}(\epsilon=1\mid Y=y)\propto\exp(-(y-a\mu)^2/(2s^2)) P ( ϵ = 1 ∣ Y = y ) ∝ exp ( − ( y − a μ ) 2 / ( 2 s 2 )) and the analogous expression for ϵ = − 1 \epsilon=-1 ϵ = − 1 , so E [ ϵ ∣ Y = y ] = tanh ( a μ y / s 2 ) \mathbb{E}[\epsilon\mid Y=y]=\tanh(a\mu y/s^2) E [ ϵ ∣ Y = y ] = tanh ( a μ y / s 2 ) . Averaging over ϵ \epsilon ϵ proves the formula, which is odd in y y y . With independent coordinates, the posterior mean of Z Z Z given a Z + h ξ aZ+\sqrt{h}\xi a Z + h ξ factorizes coordinatewise.
Proof of Lemma 4.3 (density floor c t c_t c t )
In the coordinates ( U T x , V T x ) (U^{\mathsf{T}}x,V^{\mathsf{T}}x) ( U T x , V T x ) of the proof of Lemma 4.1, X t X_t X t has density ∏ j = 1 k q t ( y j ) ⋅ ϕ h , d − k ( V T x ) \prod_{j=1}^kq_t(y_j)\cdot\phi_{h,d-k}(V^{\mathsf{T}}x) ∏ j = 1 k q t ( y j ) ⋅ ϕ h , d − k ( V T x ) with y = U T x y=U^{\mathsf{T}}x y = U T x , while γ \gamma γ has density ∏ j = 1 k ϕ h ( y j ) ⋅ ϕ h , d − k ( V T x ) \prod_{j=1}^k\phi_h(y_j)\cdot\phi_{h,d-k}(V^{\mathsf{T}}x) ∏ j = 1 k ϕ h ( y j ) ⋅ ϕ h , d − k ( V T x ) . Both coordinate maps are orthogonal, so the ratio is ∏ j ρ t ( u j T x ) \prod_j\rho_t(u_j^{\mathsf{T}}x) ∏ j ρ t ( u j T x ) . For one coordinate,
ρ t ( y ) = E ϕ h ( y − a Z 1 ) ϕ h ( y ) = E exp ( 2 a y Z 1 − a 2 Z 1 2 2 h ) = E [ cosh ( a y Z 1 h ) exp ( − a 2 Z 1 2 2 h ) ] . \rho_t(y)=\frac{\mathbb{E}\,\phi_h(y-aZ_1)}{\phi_h(y)}=\mathbb{E}\exp\left(\frac{2ayZ_1-a^2Z_1^2}{2h}\right)=\mathbb{E}\left[\cosh\left(\frac{ayZ_1}{h}\right)\exp\left(-\frac{a^2Z_1^2}{2h}\right)\right]. ρ t ( y ) = ϕ h ( y ) E ϕ h ( y − a Z 1 ) = E exp ( 2 h 2 a y Z 1 − a 2 Z 1 2 ) = E [ cosh ( h a y Z 1 ) exp ( − 2 h a 2 Z 1 2 ) ] .
where the last step uses the symmetry Z 1 = d − Z 1 Z_1\mathrel{\overset{d}{=}}-Z_1 Z 1 = d − Z 1 . Since cosh ≥ 1 \cosh\geq1 cosh ≥ 1 , with equality at y = 0 y=0 y = 0 , we get ρ t ≥ ρ t ( 0 ) = c t \rho_t\geq\rho_t(0)=c_t ρ t ≥ ρ t ( 0 ) = c t . For Z 1 ∼ N ( ± μ , τ 2 ) Z_1\sim N(\pm\mu,\tau^2) Z 1 ∼ N ( ± μ , τ 2 ) and β = a 2 / ( 2 h ) \beta=a^2/(2h) β = a 2 / ( 2 h ) , the Gaussian integral E e − β Z 1 2 = ( 1 + 2 β τ 2 ) − 1 / 2 exp ( − β μ 2 / ( 1 + 2 β τ 2 ) ) \mathbb{E}e^{-\beta Z_1^2}=(1+2\beta\tau^2)^{-1/2}\exp(-\beta\mu^2/(1+2\beta\tau^2)) E e − β Z 1 2 = ( 1 + 2 β τ 2 ) − 1/2 exp ( − β μ 2 / ( 1 + 2 β τ 2 )) gives the closed form, because 1 + 2 β τ 2 = s 2 / h 1+2\beta\tau^2=s^2/h 1 + 2 β τ 2 = s 2 / h .
Proof of Lemma 4.4 (orientation-averaged Ky Fan bound)
Roadmap
The captured energy E u ∥ Π S f u ∥ 2 \mathbb{E}_{u}\|\Pi_S f_u\|^2 E u ∥ Π S f u ∥ 2 is a trace against the covariance operator T T T of the family { f u } \{f_u\} { f u } (Step 4). T T T has the same spectrum as an integral operator on the sphere whose kernel depends only on u ⊤ v u^\top v u ⊤ v (Steps 1–2), so its eigenfunctions are spherical harmonics and its eigenvalues are explicit Funk–Hecke integrals (Step 3). Counting how many eigenvalues an M M M -dimensional span can capture in each harmonic block gives the explicit bound and the weights (Step 5).
Write ζ = x / h ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) \zeta=x/\sqrt{h}\sim N(0,I_d) ζ = x / h ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) under γ \gamma γ , and let σ \sigma σ be the uniform probability measure on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 .
Step 1: Gram kernel. For unit vectors u , v u,v u , v , the pair ( u ⊤ ζ , v ⊤ ζ ) (u^\top\zeta,v^\top\zeta) ( u ⊤ ζ , v ⊤ ζ ) is standard bivariate Gaussian with correlation u ⊤ v u^\top v u ⊤ v . Hence E [ h i ( u ⊤ ζ ) h j ( v ⊤ ζ ) ] = δ i j ( u ⊤ v ) j \mathbb{E}[h_i(u^\top\zeta)h_j(v^\top\zeta)]=\delta_{ij}(u^\top v)^j E [ h i ( u ⊤ ζ ) h j ( v ⊤ ζ )] = δ ij ( u ⊤ v ) j ((O’Donnell, 2014, Fact 11.7 and Proposition 11.31)), and
⟨ f u , f v ⟩ L 2 ( γ ) = κ ( u ⊤ v ) , κ ( ς ) = ∑ j c j 2 ς j . \langle f_u,f_v\rangle_{L^2(\gamma)}=\kappa(u^\top v),\qquad\kappa(\varsigma)=\sum_j c_j^2\varsigma^j. ⟨ f u , f v ⟩ L 2 ( γ ) = κ ( u ⊤ v ) , κ ( ς ) = j ∑ c j 2 ς j .
Since ∑ j c j 2 = ∥ g ∥ 2 < ∞ \sum_j c_j^2=\|g\|^2<\infty ∑ j c j 2 = ∥ g ∥ 2 < ∞ , the series converges uniformly on [ − 1 , 1 ] [-1,1] [ − 1 , 1 ] , and κ \kappa κ is continuous. Because ∥ f u − f v ∥ 2 = 2 ( κ ( 1 ) − κ ( u ⊤ v ) ) \|f_u-f_v\|^2=2(\kappa(1)-\kappa(u^\top v)) ∥ f u − f v ∥ 2 = 2 ( κ ( 1 ) − κ ( u ⊤ v )) , the map u ↦ f u u\mapsto f_u u ↦ f u is continuous into L 2 ( γ ) L^2(\gamma) L 2 ( γ ) .
Step 2: two operators with the same spectrum. Define A : L 2 ( σ ) → L 2 ( γ ) A:L^2(\sigma)\to L^2(\gamma) A : L 2 ( σ ) → L 2 ( γ ) by A ψ = ∫ ψ ( u ) f u d σ ( u ) A\psi=\int\psi(u)f_u\,d\sigma(u) A ψ = ∫ ψ ( u ) f u d σ ( u ) , a Bochner integral. Its adjoint is ( A ∗ F ) ( u ) = ⟨ F , f u ⟩ (A^*F)(u)=\langle F,f_u\rangle ( A ∗ F ) ( u ) = ⟨ F , f u ⟩ . Then T = A A ∗ = ∫ f u ⊗ f u d σ ( u ) T=AA^*=\int f_u\otimes f_u\,d\sigma(u) T = A A ∗ = ∫ f u ⊗ f u d σ ( u ) , and K = A ∗ A K=A^*A K = A ∗ A is the integral operator on L 2 ( σ ) L^2(\sigma) L 2 ( σ ) with continuous positive semidefinite kernel κ ( u ⊤ v ) \kappa(u^\top v) κ ( u ⊤ v ) . Both are trace class with tr T = ∫ ∥ f u ∥ 2 d σ = ∑ j c j 2 \operatorname{tr}T=\int\|f_u\|^2\,d\sigma=\sum_j c_j^2 tr T = ∫ ∥ f u ∥ 2 d σ = ∑ j c j 2 , and their nonzero eigenvalues coincide with multiplicities, by the singular value decomposition of A A A .
Step 3: Funk–Hecke. By the Funk–Hecke formula ([2 Chapter 2] ), every degree-ℓ \ell ℓ spherical harmonic is an eigenfunction of K K K . Its eigenvalue is
Λ ℓ = ∣ S d − 2 ∣ ∣ S d − 1 ∣ ∫ − 1 1 κ ( ς ) P ℓ , d ( ς ) ( 1 − ς 2 ) ( d − 3 ) / 2 d ς . \Lambda_\ell=\frac{|\mathbb{S}^{d-2}|}{|\mathbb{S}^{d-1}|}\int_{-1}^{1}\kappa(\varsigma)P_{\ell,d}(\varsigma)(1-\varsigma^2)^{(d-3)/2}\,d\varsigma. Λ ℓ = ∣ S d − 1 ∣ ∣ S d − 2 ∣ ∫ − 1 1 κ ( ς ) P ℓ , d ( ς ) ( 1 − ς 2 ) ( d − 3 ) /2 d ς .
where P ℓ , d P_{\ell,d} P ℓ , d is the Legendre polynomial of degree ℓ \ell ℓ in dimension d d d , normalized by P ℓ , d ( 1 ) = 1 P_{\ell,d}(1)=1 P ℓ , d ( 1 ) = 1 . Spherical harmonics span L 2 ( σ ) L^2(\sigma) L 2 ( σ ) , so the eigenvalues of K K K are the Λ ℓ \Lambda_\ell Λ ℓ , with multiplicities N d , ℓ N_{d,\ell} N d , ℓ . By uniform convergence, Λ ℓ = ∑ j c j 2 η j , ℓ \Lambda_\ell=\sum_j c_j^2\eta_{j,\ell} Λ ℓ = ∑ j c j 2 η j , ℓ , where η j , ℓ \eta_{j,\ell} η j , ℓ is the same integral with κ ( ς ) = ς j \kappa(\varsigma)=\varsigma^j κ ( ς ) = ς j . Rodrigues’ formula ([2 Chapter 2] ) reads
P ℓ , d ( ς ) ( 1 − ς 2 ) ( d − 3 ) / 2 = ( − 1 ) ℓ R ℓ , d d ℓ d ς ℓ ( 1 − ς 2 ) ℓ + ( d − 3 ) / 2 , R ℓ , d = Γ ( ( d − 1 ) / 2 ) 2 ℓ Γ ( ℓ + ( d − 1 ) / 2 ) . P_{\ell,d}(\varsigma)(1-\varsigma^2)^{(d-3)/2}=(-1)^\ell R_{\ell,d}\frac{d^\ell}{d\varsigma^\ell}(1-\varsigma^2)^{\ell+(d-3)/2},\qquad R_{\ell,d}=\frac{\Gamma((d-1)/2)}{2^\ell\Gamma(\ell+(d-1)/2)}. P ℓ , d ( ς ) ( 1 − ς 2 ) ( d − 3 ) /2 = ( − 1 ) ℓ R ℓ , d d ς ℓ d ℓ ( 1 − ς 2 ) ℓ + ( d − 3 ) /2 , R ℓ , d = 2 ℓ Γ ( ℓ + ( d − 1 ) /2 ) Γ (( d − 1 ) /2 ) .
For d ≥ 3 d\ge3 d ≥ 3 , integration by parts ℓ \ell ℓ times has no boundary terms and gives
η j , ℓ = ∣ S d − 2 ∣ ∣ S d − 1 ∣ R ℓ , d j ! ( j − ℓ ) ! ∫ − 1 1 ς j − ℓ ( 1 − ς 2 ) ℓ + ( d − 3 ) / 2 d ς \eta_{j,\ell}=\frac{|\mathbb{S}^{d-2}|}{|\mathbb{S}^{d-1}|}R_{\ell,d}\frac{j!}{(j-\ell)!}\int_{-1}^{1}\varsigma^{j-\ell}(1-\varsigma^2)^{\ell+(d-3)/2}\,d\varsigma η j , ℓ = ∣ S d − 1 ∣ ∣ S d − 2 ∣ R ℓ , d ( j − ℓ )! j ! ∫ − 1 1 ς j − ℓ ( 1 − ς 2 ) ℓ + ( d − 3 ) /2 d ς
for ℓ ≤ j \ell\le j ℓ ≤ j , and η j , ℓ = 0 \eta_{j,\ell}=0 η j , ℓ = 0 for ℓ > j \ell>j ℓ > j . The integral vanishes when j − ℓ j-\ell j − ℓ is odd. For j − ℓ = 2 r j-\ell=2r j − ℓ = 2 r , it equals the beta integral Γ ( r + 1 2 ) Γ ( ℓ + d − 1 2 ) / Γ ( r + ℓ + d 2 ) \Gamma(r+\frac{1}{2})\Gamma(\ell+\frac{d-1}{2})/\Gamma(r+\ell+\frac{d}{2}) Γ ( r + 2 1 ) Γ ( ℓ + 2 d − 1 ) /Γ ( r + ℓ + 2 d ) . Combining it with ∣ S d − 2 ∣ / ∣ S d − 1 ∣ = Γ ( d / 2 ) / ( π Γ ( ( d − 1 ) / 2 ) ) |\mathbb{S}^{d-2}|/|\mathbb{S}^{d-1}|=\Gamma(d/2)/(\sqrt{\pi}\Gamma((d-1)/2)) ∣ S d − 2 ∣/∣ S d − 1 ∣ = Γ ( d /2 ) / ( π Γ (( d − 1 ) /2 )) , Γ ( r + 1 2 ) = π ( 2 r ) ! / ( 4 r r ! ) \Gamma(r+\frac{1}{2})=\sqrt{\pi}(2r)!/(4^r r!) Γ ( r + 2 1 ) = π ( 2 r )! / ( 4 r r !) and Γ ( r + ℓ + d 2 ) / Γ ( d 2 ) = 2 − ( r + ℓ ) ∏ q = 0 r + ℓ − 1 ( d + 2 q ) \Gamma(r+\ell+\frac{d}{2})/\Gamma(\frac{d}{2})=2^{-(r+\ell)}\prod_{q=0}^{r+\ell-1}(d+2q) Γ ( r + ℓ + 2 d ) /Γ ( 2 d ) = 2 − ( r + ℓ ) ∏ q = 0 r + ℓ − 1 ( d + 2 q ) gives (4.2), since r + ℓ = ( j + ℓ ) / 2 r+\ell=(j+\ell)/2 r + ℓ = ( j + ℓ ) /2 . We record four consequences: (a) η j , ℓ ≥ 0 \eta_{j,\ell} \ge0 η j , ℓ ≥ 0 ;
(b) η j , ℓ = 0 \eta_{j,\ell}=0 η j , ℓ = 0 unless ℓ ≤ j \ell\le j ℓ ≤ j and ℓ ≡ j ( m o d 2 ) \ell\equiv j \pmod{2} ℓ ≡ j ( mod 2 ) . Since g g g is odd, only odd j j j occur, so Λ ℓ = 0 \Lambda_\ell=0 Λ ℓ = 0 for even ℓ \ell ℓ ;
(c) ∑ ℓ N d , ℓ η j , ℓ = 1 \sum_\ell N_{d,\ell}\eta_{j,\ell}=1 ∑ ℓ N d , ℓ η j , ℓ = 1 . This is the trace of the operator with kernel ( u ⊤ v ) j (u^\top v)^j ( u ⊤ v ) j , which equals ∫ ( u ⊤ u ) j d σ = 1 \int(u^\top u)^j d\sigma=1 ∫ ( u ⊤ u ) j d σ = 1 by Mercer’s theorem;
(d) N d , 1 η j , 1 = ∏ q = 1 m 2 q + 1 d + 2 q N_{d,1}\eta_{j,1}=\prod_{q=1}^{m}\frac{2q+1}{d+2q} N d , 1 η j , 1 = ∏ q = 1 m d + 2 q 2 q + 1 for j = 2 m + 1 j=2m+1 j = 2 m + 1 . Indeed η j , 1 = E [ ς j + 1 ] \eta_{j,1}=\mathbb{E}[\varsigma^{j+1}] η j , 1 = E [ ς j + 1 ] for ς \varsigma ς the first coordinate of a uniform point. For ζ ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) \zeta\sim N(0,I_d) ζ ∼ N ( 0 , I d ) , independence of ∥ ζ ∥ \lVert\zeta\rVert ∥ ζ ∥ and ζ / ∥ ζ ∥ \zeta/\lVert\zeta\rVert ζ / ∥ ζ ∥ gives E ς 2 m + 2 = E ζ 1 2 m + 2 / E ∥ ζ ∥ 2 m + 2 = ∏ q = 0 m ( 2 q + 1 ) / ( d + 2 q ) \mathbb{E}\varsigma^{2m+2}=\mathbb{E}\zeta_1^{2m+2}/\mathbb{E}\lVert\zeta\rVert^{2m+2}=\prod_{q=0}^{m}(2q+1)/(d+2q) E ς 2 m + 2 = E ζ 1 2 m + 2 / E ∥ ζ ∥ 2 m + 2 = ∏ q = 0 m ( 2 q + 1 ) / ( d + 2 q ) . Multiplying by N d , 1 = d N_{d,1}=d N d , 1 = d cancels the q = 0 q=0 q = 0 factor.
Step 4: Ky Fan. Condition on S S S , which is independent of u u u . Let e 1 , … , e M ′ e_1,\ldots,e_{M'} e 1 , … , e M ′ , M ′ ≤ M M'\le M M ′ ≤ M , be an orthonormal basis of S S S . Then E u ∥ Π S f u ∥ 2 = ∑ i E u ⟨ e i , f u ⟩ 2 = ∑ i ⟨ e i , T e i ⟩ = tr ( Π S T ) \mathbb{E}_u\lVert\Pi_Sf_u\rVert^2=\sum_i\mathbb{E}_u\langle e_i,f_u\rangle^2=\sum_i\langle e_i,Te_i\rangle=\operatorname{tr}(\Pi_ST) E u ∥ Π S f u ∥ 2 = ∑ i E u ⟨ e i , f u ⟩ 2 = ∑ i ⟨ e i , T e i ⟩ = tr ( Π S T ) , and Ky Fan’s maximum principle (Fan, 1949) bounds it by ∑ i ≤ M ν i ( T ) \sum_{i\le M}\nu_i(T) ∑ i ≤ M ν i ( T ) . Since E u ∥ f u ∥ 2 = tr T \mathbb{E}_u\lVert f_u\rVert^2=\operatorname{tr}T E u ∥ f u ∥ 2 = tr T and f u − Π S f u ⊥ Π S f u f_u-\Pi_Sf_u\perp\Pi_Sf_u f u − Π S f u ⊥ Π S f u , the first inequality follows after taking the expectation over S S S .
Step 5: explicit form. The M M M largest eigenvalues take at most min { N d , ℓ , M } \min\{N_{d,\ell},M\} min { N d , ℓ , M } values from block ℓ \ell ℓ , so tr T − ∑ i ≤ M ν i ≥ ∑ ℓ Λ ℓ ( N d , ℓ − M ) + \operatorname{tr}T-\sum_{i\le M}\nu_i\ge\sum_\ell\Lambda_\ell(N_{d,\ell}-M)_+ tr T − ∑ i ≤ M ν i ≥ ∑ ℓ Λ ℓ ( N d , ℓ − M ) + . Pascal’s rule gives N d , ℓ = ( ℓ + d − 2 ℓ − 2 ) + ( ℓ + d − 3 ℓ − 2 ) N_{d,\ell}=\binom{\ell+d-2}{\ell-2}+\binom{\ell+d-3}{\ell-2} N d , ℓ = ( ℓ − 2 ℓ + d − 2 ) + ( ℓ − 2 ℓ + d − 3 ) , which is nondecreasing in ℓ \ell ℓ . Hence ( N d , ℓ − M ) + ≥ N d , ℓ ( 1 − M / N d , J ) + (N_{d,\ell}-M)_+\ge N_{d,\ell}(1-M/N_{d,J})_+ ( N d , ℓ − M ) + ≥ N d , ℓ ( 1 − M / N d , J ) + for ℓ ≥ J \ell\ge J ℓ ≥ J , and
tr T − ∑ i ≤ M ν i ≥ ( 1 − M N d , J ) + ∑ ℓ ≥ J N d , ℓ Λ ℓ = ( 1 − M N d , J ) + ∑ j c j 2 ∑ ℓ ≥ J N d , ℓ η j , ℓ . \operatorname{tr}T-\sum_{i\le M}\nu_i\ge\left(1-\frac{M}{N_{d,J}}\right)_+\sum_{\ell\ge J}N_{d,\ell}\Lambda_\ell=\left(1-\frac{M}{N_{d,J}}\right)_+\sum_j c_j^2\sum_{\ell\ge J}N_{d,\ell}\eta_{j,\ell}. tr T − i ≤ M ∑ ν i ≥ ( 1 − N d , J M ) + ℓ ≥ J ∑ N d , ℓ Λ ℓ = ( 1 − N d , J M ) + j ∑ c j 2 ℓ ≥ J ∑ N d , ℓ η j , ℓ .
By (b) the inner sum vanishes for j < J j<J j < J ; for j ≥ J j\ge J j ≥ J it is w j , J ( d ) w_{j,J}(d) w j , J ( d ) , which lies in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] by (a) and (c). This proves the displayed inequality.
For the weights, let j ≥ J j\ge J j ≥ J . The inner sum contains the term ℓ = j \ell=j ℓ = j , so w j , J ( d ) ≥ N d , j η j , j w_{j,J}(d)\ge N_{d,j}\eta_{j,j} w j , J ( d ) ≥ N d , j η j , j . With r = 0 r=0 r = 0 in (4.2), η j , j = j ! / ∏ q = 0 j − 1 ( d + 2 q ) \eta_{j,j}=j!/\prod_{q=0}^{j-1}(d+2q) η j , j = j ! / ∏ q = 0 j − 1 ( d + 2 q ) , and N d , j = 2 j + d − 2 j + d − 3 ( j + d − 2 j − 1 ) = ( d + 2 j − 2 ) ∏ i = 0 j − 2 ( d − 1 + i ) / j ! N_{d,j}=\frac{2j+d-2}{j+d-3}\binom{j+d-2}{j-1}=(d+2j-2)\prod_{i=0}^{j-2}(d-1+i)/j! N d , j = j + d − 3 2 j + d − 2 ( j − 1 j + d − 2 ) = ( d + 2 j − 2 ) ∏ i = 0 j − 2 ( d − 1 + i ) / j ! . Cancelling the factor d + 2 j − 2 d+2j-2 d + 2 j − 2 gives N d , j η j , j = ∏ i = 0 j − 2 ( d − 1 + i ) / ( d + 2 i ) N_{d,j}\eta_{j,j}=\prod_{i=0}^{j-2}(d-1+i)/(d+2i) N d , j η j , j = ∏ i = 0 j − 2 ( d − 1 + i ) / ( d + 2 i ) . Each factor is 1 − x i 1-x_i 1 − x i with x i = ( i + 1 ) / ( d + 2 i ) ∈ [ 0 , ( i + 1 ) / d ] x_i=(i+1)/(d+2i)\in[0,(i+1)/d] x i = ( i + 1 ) / ( d + 2 i ) ∈ [ 0 , ( i + 1 ) / d ] , and ∏ i ( 1 − x i ) ≥ 1 − ∑ i x i ≥ 1 − j ( j − 1 ) / ( 2 d ) \prod_i(1-x_i)\ge1-\sum_i x_i\ge1-j(j-1)/(2d) ∏ i ( 1 − x i ) ≥ 1 − ∑ i x i ≥ 1 − j ( j − 1 ) / ( 2 d ) .
Finally, for J = 3 J=3 J = 3 and odd j = 2 m + 1 j=2m+1 j = 2 m + 1 , (b) leaves only ℓ = 1 \ell=1 ℓ = 1 below level three, so w j , 3 ( d ) = 1 − N d , 1 η j , 1 = 1 − ∏ q = 1 m 2 q + 1 d + 2 q w_{j,3}(d)=1-N_{d,1}\eta_{j,1}=1-\prod_{q=1}^{m}\frac{2q+1}{d+2q} w j , 3 ( d ) = 1 − N d , 1 η j , 1 = 1 − ∏ q = 1 m d + 2 q 2 q + 1 by (c) and (d). The product is at most its first factor 3 / ( d + 2 ) 3/(d+2) 3/ ( d + 2 ) , because each later factor is at most one. Summing, ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 w j , 3 ( d ) ≥ ( 1 − 3 d + 2 ) ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 \sum_{j\ge3}c_j^2w_{j,3}(d)\ge\left(1-\frac{3}{d+2}\right)\sum_{j\ge3}c_j^2 ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 w j , 3 ( d ) ≥ ( 1 − d + 2 3 ) ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 .
Proof of Theorem 4.5 (cubic barrier, orientation average)
Roadmap
(i) Reduce the score risk to k k k scalar regressions of g t ( u j ⊤ x ) g_t(u^\top_jx) g t ( u j ⊤ x ) (Lemma 4.1); (ii) replace P t U P_t^U P t U by γ \gamma γ at the cost of c t k c_t^k c t k (Lemma 4.3); (iii) average over the Haar orientation and apply Lemma 4.4 to the enlarged span S + A S+\mathcal{A} S + A .
Step 1: scalar reduction. Fix t t t . Let S ′ = S + A S'=S+\mathcal{A} S ′ = S + A , a random subspace of dimension at most M + d + 1 M+d+1 M + d + 1 that is independent of U U U , since A \mathcal{A} A is deterministic. Let X ∼ P t U X\sim P_t^U X ∼ P t U be independent of the training data. By Lemma 4.1, Pythagoras in the orthonormal directions u 1 , … , u k u_1,\ldots,u_k u 1 , … , u k , and Lemma 4.2,
R t ( s ^ ; U ) = ( a ℏ ) 2 E ∥ m ^ ( X ) − m t ( X ) ∥ 2 ≥ ( a ℏ ) 2 ∑ j = 1 k E ( u j T m ^ ( X ) − g t ( u j T X ) ) 2 , \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U)=\left(\frac{a}{\hbar}\right)^2\mathbb{E}\left\|\hat{m}(X)-m_t(X)\right\|^2\geq\left(\frac{a}{\hbar}\right)^2\sum_{j=1}^{k}\mathbb{E}\left(\mathbf{u}_j^{\mathsf{T}}\hat{m}(X)-g_t(\mathbf{u}_j^{\mathsf{T}}X)\right)^2, R t ( s ^ ; U ) = ( ℏ a ) 2 E ∥ m ^ ( X ) − m t ( X ) ∥ 2 ≥ ( ℏ a ) 2 j = 1 ∑ k E ( u j T m ^ ( X ) − g t ( u j T X ) ) 2 ,
where g t g_t g t now denotes the scalar map of Lemma 4.2.
Step 2: change of reference measure. Condition on the training data and ω \omega ω . Almost surely, x ↦ u j T m ^ ( x ) x\mapsto\mathbf{u}_j^{\mathsf{T}}\hat{m}(x) x ↦ u j T m ^ ( x ) lies in S ′ \mathcal{S}' S ′ . If the conditional expectation is infinite there is nothing to prove. Otherwise Lemma 4.3 gives
E [ ( u j T m ^ ( X ) − g t ( u j T X ) ) 2 ∣ ⋅ ] ≥ c t k inf f ∈ S ′ ∥ f − g t ( u j T ⋅ ) ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 = c t k ∥ f u j − Π V f u j ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 , (10) \mathbb{E}\left[\left(\mathbf{u}_j^{\mathsf{T}}\hat{m}(X)-g_t(\mathbf{u}_j^{\mathsf{T}}X)\right)^2\mid\cdot\right]\geq c_t^k\inf_{f\in\mathcal{S}'}\left\|f-g_t(\mathbf{u}_j^{\mathsf{T}}\cdot)\right\|_{L^2(\gamma)}^2=c_t^k\left\|f_{\mathbf{u}_j}-\Pi_Vf_{\mathbf{u}_j}\right\|_{L^2(\gamma)}^2, \tag*{(10)} E [ ( u j T m ^ ( X ) − g t ( u j T X ) ) 2 ∣ ⋅ ] ≥ c t k f ∈ S ′ inf f − g t ( u j T ⋅ ) L 2 ( γ ) 2 = c t k f u j − Π V f u j L 2 ( γ ) 2 , (10)
with f u = g t ( u T ⋅ ) ∈ L 2 ( γ ) f_{\mathbf{u}}=g_t(\mathbf{u}^{\mathsf{T}}\cdot)\in L^2(\gamma) f u = g t ( u T ⋅ ) ∈ L 2 ( γ ) , since g t g_t g t grows at most linearly, and V = S ′ ∩ L 2 ( γ ) V=\mathcal{S}'\cap L^2(\gamma) V = S ′ ∩ L 2 ( γ ) .
Step 3: average over orientations. Now let U U U be Haar and take the expectation over U U U as well. Each column u j \mathbf{u}_j u j is uniform on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 and independent of ω \omega ω , hence of V V V . Lemma 4.4, applied with dimension at most M + d + 1 M+d+1 M + d + 1 , level J J J and the normalized Hermite coefficients of g t g_t g t in L 2 ( N ( 0 , h ) ) L^2(\mathcal{N}(0,h)) L 2 ( N ( 0 , h )) , bounds each term from below by ( 1 − M + d + 1 N d , J ) + ∑ j ≥ J c j 2 w j , J ( d ) \left(1-\frac{M+d+1}{N_{d,J}}\right)_+\sum_{j\geq J}c_j^2w_{j,J}(d) ( 1 − N d , J M + d + 1 ) + ∑ j ≥ J c j 2 w j , J ( d ) , by
( 1 − 3 d + 2 ) ( 1 − M + d + 1 N d , 3 ) + κ t \left(1-\frac{3}{d+2}\right)\left(1-\frac{M+d+1}{N_{d,3}}\right)_+\kappa_t ( 1 − d + 2 3 ) ( 1 − N d , 3 M + d + 1 ) + κ t
when J = 3 J=3 J = 3 , or by tr T t − ∑ i ≤ M + d + 1 ν i ( T t ) \operatorname{tr}T_t-\sum_{i\leq M+d+1}\nu_i(T_t) tr T t − ∑ i ≤ M + d + 1 ν i ( T t ) in the Ky Fan form. Summing over the k k k columns proves (4.3) and the two other bounds. □ \square □
Remark B.1 (Truncated series). Let T t , J T_{t,J} T t , J be the operator built from c 0 , … , c J c_0,\ldots,c_J c 0 , … , c J . Then T t = T t , J + R T_t=T_{t,J}+R T t = T t , J + R with R ⪰ 0 R\succeq0 R ⪰ 0 , because the Hermite degrees are orthogonal. Hence ∑ i ≤ M ν i ( T t ) ≤ ∑ i ≤ M ν i ( T t , J ) + tr R \sum_{i\leq M}\nu_i(T_t)\leq\sum_{i\leq M}\nu_i(T_{t,J})+\operatorname{tr}R ∑ i ≤ M ν i ( T t ) ≤ ∑ i ≤ M ν i ( T t , J ) + tr R , and the Ky Fan floor computed from a truncated series is still a valid lower bound. Our numerical evaluations use J = 31 J=31 J = 31 .
Proofs of Corollary 4.6 and Proposition 4.7 (geometry-blind random features; every orientation for isotropic features)
Corollary 4.6. For each β \beta β , the coordinates of φ β \varphi_\beta φ β depend on W W W , b b b , t t t , β \beta β and ς t \varsigma_t ς t . The sample covariance of X 0 ( i ) = U Z ( i ) X_0^{(i)}=UZ^{(i)} X 0 ( i ) = U Z ( i ) is U C ^ b Z U T U\widehat{C}_b^Z U^{\mathsf{T}} U C b Z U T , so tr Σ ^ b = tr C ^ b Z \operatorname{tr}\widehat{\Sigma}_b=\operatorname{tr}\widehat{C}_b^Z tr Σ b = tr C b Z is a function of the latent data alone. With ω = ( W , b , Z ( 1 ) , … , Z ( n ) ) \omega=(W,b,Z^{(1)},\ldots,Z^{(n)}) ω = ( W , b , Z ( 1 ) , … , Z ( n ) ) , whose law does not depend on U U U , the span of all L L L feature maps has dimension at most L ( p + 1 ) L(p+1) L ( p + 1 ) . Every coordinate of m ^ = m G + U ^ B ^ T φ β \hat{m}=m_G+\widehat{U}\widehat{B}^{\mathsf{T}}\varphi_\beta m ^ = m G + U B T φ β is an affine function plus a combination of the coordinates of the selected φ β \varphi_\beta φ β . Apply Theorem 4.5.
Proposition 4.7. Let Q Q Q be orthogonal. Replace U U U by Q U QU Q U , every corruption and validation noise G G G by Q G QG QG , and W W W by Q W QW Q W , keeping Z Z Z , b b b and all grids fixed. The new training data are Q Q Q times the old ones. Principal subspaces rotate, Π ^ b ↦ Q Π ^ b Q T \widehat{\Pi}_b\mapsto Q\widehat{\Pi}_bQ^{\mathsf{T}} Π b ↦ Q Π b Q T , and tr Σ ^ b \operatorname{tr}\widehat{\Sigma}_b tr Σ b is unchanged. Each feature satisfies φ β ′ ( Q x ) = φ β ( x ) \varphi'_\beta(Qx)=\varphi_\beta(x) φ β ′ ( Q x ) = φ β ( x ) , since ( Q W ) T Q x = W T x (QW)^{\mathsf{T}}Qx=W^{\mathsf{T}}x ( Q W ) T Q x = W T x . The Gaussian denoiser satisfies m G ′ ( Q x ) = Q m G ( x ) m'_G(Qx)=Qm_G(x) m G ′ ( Q x ) = Q m G ( x ) . The ridge targets, expressed through the projector as in the proof of Theorem 4.15, are rotated by Q Q Q . Hence every validation error is unchanged, the same ( λ , β ) (\lambda,\beta) ( λ , β ) is selected, and m ^ ′ ( Q x ) = Q m ^ ( x ) \hat{m}'(Qx)=Q\hat{m}(x) m ^ ′ ( Q x ) = Q m ^ ( x ) . The new test point is Q X QX QX , and m t ′ ( Q x ) = Q m t ( x ) m'_t(Qx)=Qm_t(x) m t ′ ( Q x ) = Q m t ( x ) , so the risk is unchanged. Since ( Q G , Q W ) (QG,QW) ( QG , Q W ) has the same law as ( G , W ) (G,W) ( G , W ) and is independent of Z Z Z and b b b , the risk has the same law at Q U QU Q U as at U U U . The orthogonal group acts transitively on the Stiefel manifold, so R t ( s ^ ; U ) \mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s};U) R t ( s ^ ; U ) is constant in U U U . It therefore equals its Haar average R t ( s ^ ) ‾ \overline{\mathcal{R}_t(\hat{s})} R t ( s ^ ) , which is bounded below by Corollary 4.6. □ \square □
Proof of Theorem 4.8 (typical orientations)
Roadmap
Define the orientation-wise floor Φ t ( u ) \Phi_t(u) Φ t ( u ) (the expected distance of the nonlinear part of f u f_u f u to the span). It lower-bounds the risk at every orientation (Step 1), is Lipschitz on the sphere (Step 2), has the cubic-barrier mean (Step 3), and therefore concentrates by the logarithmic Sobolev inequality on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 (Step 4).
Fix t t t and write a , h , κ , J a,h,\kappa,J a , h , κ , J for a t , h t , κ t , J t a_t,h_t,\kappa_t,J_t a t , h t , κ t , J t . Let V ( ω ) = ( S ( ω ) + A ) ∩ L 2 ( γ ) V(\omega)=(\mathcal{S}(\omega)+\mathcal{A})\cap L^2(\gamma) V ( ω ) = ( S ( ω ) + A ) ∩ L 2 ( γ ) , a subspace of dimension at most M + d + 1 M+d+1 M + d + 1 that contains A \mathcal{A} A . For u ∈ S d − 1 u\in\mathbb{S}^{d-1} u ∈ S d − 1 let f u n l = f u − c 1 h 1 ( u ⊤ ⋅ / h ) f_u^{\mathrm{nl}}=f_u-c_1h_1(u^\top\cdot/\sqrt{h}) f u nl = f u − c 1 h 1 ( u ⊤ ⋅ / h ) , the part of f u f_u f u orthogonal to the linear functions, so that ∥ f u n l ∥ 2 = κ \lVert f_u^{\mathrm{nl}}\rVert^2=\kappa ∥ f u nl ∥ 2 = κ . Define
Φ t ( u ) = E ω dist L 2 ( γ ) 2 ( f u n l , V ( ω ) ) . \Phi_t(u)=\mathbb{E}_{\omega}\operatorname{dist}_{L^2(\gamma)}^2\left(f_u^{\mathrm{nl}},V(\omega)\right). Φ t ( u ) = E ω dist L 2 ( γ ) 2 ( f u nl , V ( ω ) ) .
where E ω \mathbb{E}_{\omega} E ω is taken under the law of ω \omega ω , which does not depend on U U U . Since 0 ∈ V 0\in V 0 ∈ V , 0 ≤ Φ t ≤ κ 0\leq\Phi_t\leq\kappa 0 ≤ Φ t ≤ κ .
Step 1: pointwise reduction. Fix U U U . The display before (B.1) and (B.1) itself hold for every fixed U U U , conditionally on the training data and ω \omega ω . The linear part c 1 h 1 ( u ⊤ x / h ) c_1h_1(u^\top x/\sqrt{h}) c 1 h 1 ( u ⊤ x / h ) lies in A ⊂ V \mathcal{A}\subset V A ⊂ V , so dist ( f u , V ) = dist ( f u n l , V ) \operatorname{dist}(f_u,V)=\operatorname{dist}(f_u^{\mathrm{nl}},V) dist ( f u , V ) = dist ( f u nl , V ) . Taking expectations, R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≥ ( a / h ) 2 c t 2 ∑ i Φ t ( u i ) \mathcal{R}_t(\widehat{s};U)\geq(a/h)^2c_t^2\sum_i\Phi_t(u_i) R t ( s ; U ) ≥ ( a / h ) 2 c t 2 ∑ i Φ t ( u i ) .
Step 2: Lipschitz bound. By Step 1 of the proof of Lemma 4.4,
∥ f u n l − f v n l ∥ 2 = 2 ∑ j ≥ 3 c j 2 ( 1 − ( u ⊤ v ) j ) . \lVert f_u^{\mathrm{nl}}-f_v^{\mathrm{nl}}\rVert^2
=2\sum_{j\geq3}c_j^2\left(1-(u^\top v)^j\right). ∥ f u nl − f v nl ∥ 2 = 2 j ≥ 3 ∑ c j 2 ( 1 − ( u ⊤ v ) j ) .
For ς ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] \varsigma\in[-1,1] ς ∈ [ − 1 , 1 ] and odd j j j , 1 − ς j = ( 1 − ς ) ∑ i < j ς i ≤ j ( 1 − ς ) 1-\varsigma^j=(1-\varsigma)\sum_{i<j}\varsigma^i\leq j(1-\varsigma) 1 − ς j = ( 1 − ς ) ∑ i < j ς i ≤ j ( 1 − ς ) . Hence
∥ f u n l − f v n l ∥ 2 ≤ 2 J ( 1 − u ⊤ v ) = J ∥ u − v ∥ 2 . \lVert f_u^{\mathrm{nl}}-f_v^{\mathrm{nl}}\rVert^2\leq2J(1-u^\top v)=J\lVert u-v\rVert^2. ∥ f u nl − f v nl ∥ 2 ≤ 2 J ( 1 − u ⊤ v ) = J ∥ u − v ∥ 2 .
The map f ↦ dist ( f , V ) f\mapsto\operatorname{dist}(f,V) f ↦ dist ( f , V ) is 1-Lipschitz and bounded by κ \sqrt{\kappa} κ on { f u n l } \{f_u^{\mathrm{nl}}\} { f u nl } , so
∣ dist 2 ( f u n l , V ) − dist 2 ( f v n l , V ) ∣ ≤ 2 κ J ∥ u − v ∥ ; \left|\operatorname{dist}^2(f_u^{\mathrm{nl}},V)-\operatorname{dist}^2(f_v^{\mathrm{nl}},V)\right|\leq2\sqrt{\kappa J}\lVert u-v\rVert; dist 2 ( f u nl , V ) − dist 2 ( f v nl , V ) ≤ 2 κ J ∥ u − v ∥ ;
averaging over ω \omega ω preserves the bound. The identity J = E [ g t ′ ( h ξ ) 2 ] − c 1 2 J=\mathbb{E}[g_t'(\sqrt{h}\xi)^2]-c_1^2 J = E [ g t ′ ( h ξ ) 2 ] − c 1 2 follows from Gaussian integration by parts, h E [ g t ′ ( h ξ ) h j − 1 ( ξ ) ] = j c j \sqrt{h}\mathbb{E}[g_t'(\sqrt{h}\xi)h_{j-1}(\xi)]=\sqrt{j}\,c_j h E [ g t ′ ( h ξ ) h j − 1 ( ξ )] = j c j , and Parseval’s identity.
Step 3: mean. Let u u u be uniform on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 and independent of ω \omega ω . The function g t − c 1 h 1 ( ⋅ / h ) g_t-c_1h_1(\cdot/\sqrt{h}) g t − c 1 h 1 ( ⋅ / h ) is odd with Hermite coefficients c j c_j c j , j ≥ 3 j\geq3 j ≥ 3 . Lemma 4.4 with J = 3 J=3 J = 3 , applied to it and to V ( ω ) V(\omega) V ( ω ) , gives
∫ Φ t d σ ≥ ( 1 − 3 d + 2 ) ( 1 − M + d + 1 N d , 3 ) + κ . \int\Phi_t\,d\sigma\geq\left(1-\frac{3}{d+2}\right)\left(1-\frac{M+d+1}{N_{d,3}}\right)+\kappa. ∫ Φ t d σ ≥ ( 1 − d + 2 3 ) ( 1 − N d , 3 M + d + 1 ) + κ .
Step 4: concentration. For d ≥ 3 d\geq3 d ≥ 3 , the round sphere S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 has Ricci curvature d − 2 d-2 d − 2 . By the Bakry–Émery criterion its uniform measure σ \sigma σ satisfies a logarithmic Sobolev inequality with constant 1 / ( d − 2 ) 1/(d-2) 1/ ( d − 2 ) , and Herbst’s argument gives
σ ( F ≤ ∫ F d σ − s ) ≤ exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 2 L 2 } \sigma(F\leq\int F\,d\sigma-s)\leq\exp\left\{-\frac{(d-2)s^2}{2L^2}\right\} σ ( F ≤ ∫ F d σ − s ) ≤ exp { − 2 L 2 ( d − 2 ) s 2 }
for every function F F F that is L L L -Lipschitz for the geodesic distance ((Ledoux, 2001, Chapter 5)); see also [4 ] . A function that is L L L -Lipschitz for the Euclidean distance is L L L -Lipschitz for the geodesic distance. Apply this to F = Φ t F=\Phi_t F = Φ t with L = 2 κ J L=2\sqrt{\kappa J} L = 2 κ J . Each column of a Haar-distributed U U U is uniform on S d − 1 \mathbb{S}^{d-1} S d − 1 , so by a union bound, outside a set of Haar measure at most
k exp { − ( d − 2 ) s 2 8 κ J } , k\exp\left\{-\frac{(d-2)s^2}{8\kappa J}\right\}, k exp { − 8 κ J ( d − 2 ) s 2 } ,
every column satisfies Φ t ( u i ) ≥ ∫ Φ t d σ − s \Phi_t(u_i)\geq\int\Phi_t\,d\sigma-s Φ t ( u i ) ≥ ∫ Φ t d σ − s . For such U U U , Steps 1 and 3 give R t ( s ^ ; U ) ≥ k ( a / h ) 2 c t 2 ( ∫ Φ t d σ − s ) ≥ F d ( M ; t ) − k ( a / h ) 2 c t 2 s \mathcal{R}_t(\widehat{s};U)\geq k(a/h)^2c_t^2(\int\Phi_t\,d\sigma-s)\geq F_d(M;t)-k(a/h)^2c_t^2s R t ( s ; U ) ≥ k ( a / h ) 2 c t 2 ( ∫ Φ t d σ − s ) ≥ F d ( M ; t ) − k ( a / h ) 2 c t 2 s .
Proof of Theorem 4.9 (matching polynomial dictionaries)
Step 1: the matching estimator. Let π \pi π be a univariate polynomial of degree at most J J J , applied coordinatewise, and m ^ ( x ) = U π ( U ⊤ x ) \widehat{m}(x)=U\pi(U^\top x) m ( x ) = U π ( U ⊤ x ) . Its i i i -th coordinate ∑ j U i j π ( u j ⊤ x ) \sum_jU_{ij}\pi(u_j^\top x) ∑ j U ij π ( u j ⊤ x ) is a polynomial of degree at most J J J in x x x , so m ^ \widehat{m} m is supported by P d , J \mathcal{P}_{d,J} P d , J . By Lemma 4.1, m t ( x ) = U g t ( U ⊤ x ) m_t(x)=Ug_t(U^\top x) m t ( x ) = U g t ( U ⊤ x ) , and Y = U ⊤ X t Y=U^\top X_t Y = U ⊤ X t has independent coordinates with density q t q_t q t . Item 3 of Lemma 4.1 and orthonormality of the columns of U U U give $\mathcal{R}_t(\widehat{s};U)=(a_t/h_t)^2\sum_{j=1}^k\mathbb{E}(\pi(Y_j)g t ( Y j ) 2 = k ( a t / h t ) 2 E ( π ( Y 1 ) − g t ( Y 1 ) ) 2 g_t(Y_j)^2 = k(a_t/h_t)^2 \mathbb{E}(\pi(Y_1)-g_t(Y_1))^2 g t ( Y j ) 2 = k ( a t / h t ) 2 E ( π ( Y 1 ) − g t ( Y 1 ) ) 2 . The polynomials of degree at most J J J form a finite-dimensional subspace of L 2 ( q t ) L^2(q_t) L 2 ( q t ) , because q t q_t q t has all moments; the minimum ε J ( t ) \varepsilon_J(t) ε J ( t ) is attained by the orthogonal projection, which proves the risk identity. The spaces are nested, so ε J \varepsilon_J ε J is nonincreasing.
Step 2: ε J → 0 \varepsilon_J \to0 ε J → 0 . Fix σ 2 > s 2 = a t 2 τ 2 + h t \sigma^2 > s^2 = a_t^2\tau^2+h_t σ 2 > s 2 = a t 2 τ 2 + h t . The function y ↦ − ( y ∓ a t μ ) 2 / ( 2 s 2 ) + y 2 / ( 2 σ 2 ) y \mapsto-(y \mp a_t\mu)^2/(2s^2)+y^2/(2\sigma^2) y ↦ − ( y ∓ a t μ ) 2 / ( 2 s 2 ) + y 2 / ( 2 σ 2 ) is a concave quadratic, so q t ≤ C ϕ σ 2 q_t \le C\phi_{\sigma^2} q t ≤ C ϕ σ 2 for a constant C C C . Since g t g_t g t grows at most linearly, g t ∈ L 2 ( N ( 0 , σ 2 ) ) g_t \in L^2(N(0,\sigma^2)) g t ∈ L 2 ( N ( 0 , σ 2 )) , where the Hermite polynomials are complete. If π J \pi_J π J denotes the truncation of its Hermite expansion at degree J J J , then ε J ≤ ∥ g t − π J ∥ L 2 ( q t ) 2 ≤ C ∥ g t − π J ∥ L 2 ( N ( 0 , σ 2 ) ) 2 → 0 \varepsilon_J \le\|g_t-\pi_J\|_{L^2(q_t)}^2 \le C\|g_t-\pi_J\|_{L^2(N(0,\sigma^2))}^2 \to0 ε J ≤ ∥ g t − π J ∥ L 2 ( q t ) 2 ≤ C ∥ g t − π J ∥ L 2 ( N ( 0 , σ 2 )) 2 → 0 .
Step 3: the case J = 1 J=1 J = 1 and dimension counts. For J = 1 J=1 J = 1 , the best affine predictor of g t ( Y ) = E [ Z 1 ∣ Y ] g_t(Y)=\mathbb{E}[Z_1\mid Y] g t ( Y ) = E [ Z 1 ∣ Y ] under q t q_t q t is the best affine predictor of Z 1 Z_1 Z 1 , the linear least-squares estimator Cov ( Z 1 , Y ) Var ( Y ) − 1 Y \operatorname{Cov}(Z_1,Y)\operatorname{Var}(Y)^{-1}Y Cov ( Z 1 , Y ) Var ( Y ) − 1 Y . It coincides with the posterior mean under the moment-matched Gaussian prior, whose score risk is the population Gaussian control. Finally, D d , J = ( d + J J ) D_{d,J}=\binom{d+J}{J} D d , J = ( J d + J ) counts monomials of degree at most J J J . Pascal’s rule gives D d , J = ( d + J − 1 J ) + D d , J − 1 D_{d,J}=\binom{d+J-1}{J}+D_{d,J-1} D d , J = ( J d + J − 1 ) + D d , J − 1 , and N d , J = ( d + J − 1 J ) − ( d + J − 3 J − 2 ) N_{d,J}=\binom{d+J-1}{J}-\binom{d+J-3}{J-2} N d , J = ( J d + J − 1 ) − ( J − 2 d + J − 3 ) , so D d , J − N d , J = D d , J − 1 + ( d + J − 3 J − 2 ) = O ( d J − 1 ) D_{d,J}-N_{d,J}=D_{d,J-1}+\binom{d+J-3}{J-2}=O(d^{J-1}) D d , J − N d , J = D d , J − 1 + ( J − 2 d + J − 3 ) = O ( d J − 1 ) .
Proofs of Corollaries 4.10 and 4.11 (polynomial staircase; cubic feature price)
Corollary 4.10. Part 1 is Theorem 4.5 at level J J J , with ( 1 − ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , J ) + ≥ δ (1-(M+d+1)/N_{d,J})_+\ge\delta ( 1 − ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , J ) + ≥ δ and the product lower bound (4.1) on w j , J ( d ) w_{j,J}(d) w j , J ( d ) . Each product tends to one as d → ∞ d\to\infty d → ∞ and lies in [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , and ∑ j c j 2 < ∞ \sum_j c_j^2<\infty ∑ j c j 2 < ∞ , so dominated convergence gives the limit; it is positive because κ J , t > 0 \kappa_{J,t}>0 κ J , t > 0 . Part 2 is Theorem 4.9, after enlarging P d , J \mathcal{P}_{d,J} P d , J by M − D d , J M-D_{d,J} M − D d , J fixed functions. Both ( d + J − 1 J ) \binom{d+J-1}{J} ( J d + J − 1 ) and ( d + J J ) \binom{d+J}{J} ( J d + J ) equal ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) d J / J ! (1+O(1/d))d^J/J! ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) d J / J ! , and ( d + J − 3 J − 2 ) = O ( d J − 2 ) \binom{d+J-3}{J-2}=O(d^{J-2}) ( J − 2 d + J − 3 ) = O ( d J − 2 ) . For the last claim, Theorem 4.5 at level J J J and R ‾ t ≤ ε \overline{R}_t\le\varepsilon R t ≤ ε give M + d + 1 ≥ N d , J ( 1 − ε / { k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k κ J ( d ) } ) M+d+1\ge N_{d,J}(1-\varepsilon/\{k(a_t/h_t)^2c_t^k\kappa_J(d)\}) M + d + 1 ≥ N d , J ( 1 − ε / { k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k κ J ( d )}) , with κ J ( d ) = ∑ j ≥ J c j 2 w j , J ( d ) → κ J , t \kappa_J(d)=\sum_{j\ge J}c_j^2w_{j,J}(d)\to\kappa_{J,t} κ J ( d ) = ∑ j ≥ J c j 2 w j , J ( d ) → κ J , t ; for ε < k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k κ J , t \varepsilon<k(a_t/h_t)^2c_t^k\kappa_{J,t} ε < k ( a t / h t ) 2 c t k κ J , t the bracket is eventually bounded below by a positive constant.
Corollary 4.11. By Theorem 4.5, B d ( t ) y + ≤ ε B_d(t)y_+\le\varepsilon B d ( t ) y + ≤ ε with y = 1 − ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 y=1-(M+d+1)/N_{d,3} y = 1 − ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 . Since y ≤ y + y\le y_+ y ≤ y + , we get y ≤ ε / B d ( t ) y\le\varepsilon/B_d(t) y ≤ ε / B d ( t ) , which rearranges to part 1. Part 2 is the same argument with Proposition 4.7. For part 3, the set where R t ≤ ε R_t\le\varepsilon R t ≤ ε has Haar measure larger than the exceptional set of Theorem 4.8, so it contains an orientation U U U outside it; there ε ≥ F d ( M ; t ) − k ( a t / h t ) 2 c s k = B d ( t ) y + − k ( a t / h t ) 2 c s k \varepsilon\ge F_d(M;t)-k(a_t/h_t)^2c_s^k=B_d(t)y_+-k(a_t/h_t)^2c_s^k ε ≥ F d ( M ; t ) − k ( a t / h t ) 2 c s k = B d ( t ) y + − k ( a t / h t ) 2 c s k , and we conclude as in part 1. If the bracket is at least δ \delta δ , then M ≥ δ N d , 3 − d − 1 M\ge\delta N_{d,3}-d-1 M ≥ δ N d , 3 − d − 1 , and N d , 3 ∼ d 3 / 6 N_{d,3}\sim d^3/6 N d , 3 ∼ d 3 /6 gives Ω ( d 3 ) \Omega(d^3) Ω ( d 3 ) . For a fixed ε < F ∞ ( t ) \varepsilon<F_\infty(t) ε < F ∞ ( t ) and small s s s , the margin holds for all large d d d because B d ( t ) → F ∞ ( t ) B_d(t)\to F_\infty(t) B d ( t ) → F ∞ ( t ) . The O ( d 3 ) O(d^3) O ( d 3 ) statement is Theorem 4.9 with J = 3 J=3 J = 3 .
Proof of Lemma 4.12 (one-sided change of measure)
Since V \mathcal{V} V is a linear space, minimizing first over multiples of each f f f gives inf f ∈ V ∥ r − f ∥ P 2 = ∥ r ∥ P 2 − sup ⟨ r , f ⟩ P 2 / ∥ f ∥ P 2 \inf_{f\in\mathcal{V}}\|r-f\|_P^2=\|r\|_P^2-\sup\langle r,f\rangle_P^2/\|f\|_P^2 inf f ∈ V ∥ r − f ∥ P 2 = ∥ r ∥ P 2 − sup ⟨ r , f ⟩ P 2 /∥ f ∥ P 2 , the supremum over f ∈ V f\in\mathcal{V} f ∈ V with ∥ f ∥ P > 0 \|f\|_P>0 ∥ f ∥ P > 0 ; such f f f have ∥ f ∥ Q > 0 \|f\|_Q>0 ∥ f ∥ Q > 0 . Since ⟨ r , f ⟩ P = ⟨ ρ r , f ⟩ Q \langle r,f\rangle_P=\langle\rho r,f\rangle_Q ⟨ r , f ⟩ P = ⟨ ρ r , f ⟩ Q and ∥ f ∥ P 2 ≥ c ∥ f ∥ Q 2 \|f\|_P^2\ge c\|f\|_Q^2 ∥ f ∥ P 2 ≥ c ∥ f ∥ Q 2 , the supremum is at most c − 1 sup f ⟨ ρ r , f ⟩ Q 2 / ∥ f ∥ Q 2 = c − 1 ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ Q 2 c^{-1}\sup_f\langle\rho r,f\rangle_Q^2/\|f\|_Q^2=c^{-1}\|\Pi_{\mathcal{V}}^Q(\rho r)\|_Q^2 c − 1 sup f ⟨ ρ r , f ⟩ Q 2 /∥ f ∥ Q 2 = c − 1 ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ Q 2 .
Proof of Theorem 4.13 (exact height of the first step)
Roadmap
The proof of Theorem 4.5 pays c t c_t c t on the whole squared error. Here the main term ∥ r ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 = ε 1 ( t ) \|r\|_{L^2(P)}^2=\varepsilon_1(t) ∥ r ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 = ε 1 ( t ) is kept exact, and the change of measure is applied only to the cross term through Lemma 4.12 (Step 2). What remains is the captured energy of the weighted residual ψ = ρ g ^ \psi=\rho\hat{g} ψ = ρ g ^ , which has no degree-one Hermite component and is bounded by Lemma 4.4 at level three (Step 3). Step 1 checks that ψ \psi ψ has finite energy.
Write a , h , c , ρ , g ^ , ψ , Ψ a,h,c,\rho,\hat{g},\psi,\Psi a , h , c , ρ , g ^ , ψ , Ψ for a t , h t , c t , ρ t , g ^ t , ψ t , Ψ t a_t,h_t,c_t,\rho_t,\hat{g}_t,\psi_t,\Psi_t a t , h t , c t , ρ t , g ^ t , ψ t , Ψ t , s 2 = a 2 / 2 + h s^2=a^2/2+h s 2 = a 2 /2 + h , P = P t u P=P_t^u P = P t u and γ = N ( 0 , h I d ) \gamma=N(0,hI_d) γ = N ( 0 , h I d ) .
Step 1: finiteness of Ψ t \Psi_t Ψ t . By Lemma 4.2, g ^ \hat{g} g ^ is a bounded function plus a linear one. The density q t q_t q t is at most ( 2 π s 2 ) − 1 / 2 exp { − ( ∣ y ∣ − a μ ) 2 / ( 2 s 2 ) } (2\pi s^2)^{-1/2}\exp\{-(|y|-a\mu)^2/(2s^2)\} ( 2 π s 2 ) − 1/2 exp { − ( ∣ y ∣ − a μ ) 2 / ( 2 s 2 )} , so ρ 2 ϕ h = q t 2 / ϕ h \rho^2\phi_h=q_t^2/\phi_h ρ 2 ϕ h = q t 2 / ϕ h is at most a constant times exp { − ( ∣ y ∣ − a μ ) 2 / s 2 + y 2 / ( 2 h ) } \exp\{-(|y|-a\mu)^2/s^2+y^2/(2h)\} exp { − ( ∣ y ∣ − a μ ) 2 / s 2 + y 2 / ( 2 h )} . The coefficient of y 2 y^2 y 2 in the exponent, 1 / ( 2 h ) − 1 / s 2 1/(2h)-1/s^2 1/ ( 2 h ) − 1/ s 2 , is negative exactly when s 2 < 2 h s^2<2h s 2 < 2 h , that is, when a 2 / 2 < h a^2/2<h a 2 /2 < h . Hence Ψ = ∫ q ^ t 2 q t 2 / ϕ h d y < ∞ \Psi=\int\hat{q}_t^2q_t^2/\phi_h\,dy<\infty Ψ = ∫ q ^ t 2 q t 2 / ϕ h d y < ∞ .
Step 2: one-sided reduction. By Lemma 4.3 with k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , d P / d γ ( x ) = ρ ( u ⊤ x ) ≥ c dP/d\gamma(x)=\rho(u^\top x)\ge c d P / d γ ( x ) = ρ ( u ⊤ x ) ≥ c , so ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ c ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 \|f\|_{L^2(P)}^2\ge c\|f\|_{L^2(\gamma)}^2 ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 ≥ c ∥ f ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 for every f f f , and L 2 ( P ) ⊆ L 2 ( γ ) L^2(P)\subseteq L^2(\gamma) L 2 ( P ) ⊆ L 2 ( γ ) . Condition on the training data and on ω \omega ω , and let S ′ = S + A S'=S+A S ′ = S + A . If E ∥ m ^ ( X ) − m t ( X ) ∥ 2 = ∞ \mathbb{E}\|\hat{m}(X)-m_t(X)\|^2=\infty E ∥ m ^ ( X ) − m t ( X ) ∥ 2 = ∞ there is nothing to prove. Otherwise every coordinate of m ^ \hat{m} m ^ lies in V u = S ′ ∩ L 2 ( P ) V_u=S'\cap L^2(P) V u = S ′ ∩ L 2 ( P ) , because m t ∈ L 2 ( P ) m_t\in L^2(P) m t ∈ L 2 ( P ) . By Lemma 4.1, m t ( x ) = u g t ( u ⊤ x ) m_t(x)=u\,g_t(u^\top x) m t ( x ) = u g t ( u ⊤ x ) . The field u α t u ⊤ x u\,\alpha_tu^\top x u α t u ⊤ x lies in V u d V_u^d V u d , since affine functions are in L 2 ( P ) L^2(P) L 2 ( P ) , so
E ∥ m ^ ( X ) − m t ( X ) ∥ 2 ≥ inf f ∈ V u d ∥ m t − f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 = inf f ∈ V u d ∥ r − f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 , r ( x ) = u g ^ ( u ⊤ x ) . \mathbb{E}\|\hat{m}(X)-m_t(X)\|^2\ge\inf_{f\in V_u^d}\|m_t-f\|_{L^2(P)}^2=\inf_{f\in V_u^d}\|r-f\|_{L^2(P)}^2,\qquad r(x)=u\,\hat{g}(u^\top x). E ∥ m ^ ( X ) − m t ( X ) ∥ 2 ≥ f ∈ V u d inf ∥ m t − f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 = f ∈ V u d inf ∥ r − f ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 , r ( x ) = u g ^ ( u ⊤ x ) .
Here ∥ r ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 = E Y ∼ q t g ^ ( Y ) 2 = ε 1 ( t ) \|r\|_{L^2(P)}^2=\mathbb{E}_{Y\sim q_t}\hat{g}(Y)^2=\varepsilon_1(t) ∥ r ∥ L 2 ( P ) 2 = E Y ∼ q t g ^ ( Y ) 2 = ε 1 ( t ) , and ρ r = u ψ ( u ⊤ x ) \rho r=u\,\psi(u^\top x) ρ r = u ψ ( u ⊤ x ) has ∥ ρ r ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 = Ψ \|\rho r\|_{L^2(\gamma)}^2=\Psi ∥ ρ r ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 = Ψ . Lemma 4.12 with Q = γ Q=\gamma Q = γ and V = V u d V=V_u^d V = V u d gives the lower bound ε 1 ( t ) − c − 1 ∥ Π V u d γ ( ρ r ) ∥ 2 \varepsilon_1(t)-c^{-1}\|\Pi_{V_u^d}^{\gamma}(\rho r)\|^2 ε 1 ( t ) − c − 1 ∥ Π V u d γ ( ρ r ) ∥ 2 . The space V u V_u V u may depend on u u u , but it is contained in W = S ′ ∩ L 2 ( γ ) W=S'\cap L^2(\gamma) W = S ′ ∩ L 2 ( γ ) , which does not. Projecting onto a larger space does not decrease the norm. Projection onto W d W^d W d acts coordinatewise and ∣ u ∣ = 1 |u|=1 ∣ u ∣ = 1 , so
∥ Π V u d γ ( ρ r ) ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Π W f u ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2 \|\Pi_{V_u^d}^{\gamma}(\rho r)\|^2\le\|\Pi_W f_u\|_{L^2(\gamma)}^2 ∥ Π V u d γ ( ρ r ) ∥ 2 ≤ ∥ Π W f u ∥ L 2 ( γ ) 2
with f u = ψ ( u ⊤ ⋅ ) f_u=\psi(u^\top\cdot) f u = ψ ( u ⊤ ⋅ ) .
Step 3: averaging over the orientation. The function ψ \psi ψ is odd, because ρ \rho ρ is even and g ^ \hat{g} g ^ is odd. Its normalized Hermite coefficients b j = E [ ψ ( h ξ ) h j ( ξ ) ] b_j=\mathbb{E}[\psi(\sqrt{h}\xi)h_j(\xi)] b j = E [ ψ ( h ξ ) h j ( ξ )] vanish for even j j j , and
b 1 = 1 h E Y ∼ N ( 0 , h ) [ ρ ( Y ) g ^ ( Y ) Y ] = 1 h E Y ∼ q t [ g ^ ( Y ) Y ] = 0 b_1=\frac{1}{\sqrt{h}}\mathbb{E}_{Y\sim N(0,h)}[\rho(Y)\hat{g}(Y)Y]=\frac{1}{\sqrt{h}}\mathbb{E}_{Y\sim q_t}[\hat{g}(Y)Y]=0 b 1 = h 1 E Y ∼ N ( 0 , h ) [ ρ ( Y ) g ^ ( Y ) Y ] = h 1 E Y ∼ q t [ g ^ ( Y ) Y ] = 0
by the definition of α t \alpha_t α t . Hence ∑ j ≥ 3 b j 2 = Ψ \sum_{j\ge3}b_j^2=\Psi ∑ j ≥ 3 b j 2 = Ψ . The space W W W has dimension at most D D D and is independent of u u u . Lemma 4.4 applied to ψ \psi ψ , with E ∥ f u ∥ 2 = tr T t ψ = Ψ \mathbb{E}\|f_u\|^2=\operatorname{tr}T_t^\psi=\Psi E ∥ f u ∥ 2 = tr T t ψ = Ψ , gives
E u ∥ Π W f u ∥ 2 ≤ ∑ i ≤ D ν i ( T t ψ ) ≤ Ψ [ 1 − ( 1 − D N d , 3 ) ( 1 − 3 d + 2 ) ] ≤ Ψ ( 3 d + 2 + D N d , 3 ) . \mathbb{E}_u\|\Pi_W f_u\|^2\le\sum_{i\le D}\nu_i(T_t^\psi)\le\Psi\left[1-\left(1-\frac{D}{N_{d,3}}\right)\left(1-\frac{3}{d+2}\right)\right]\le\Psi\left(\frac{3}{d+2}+\frac{D}{N_{d,3}}\right). E u ∥ Π W f u ∥ 2 ≤ i ≤ D ∑ ν i ( T t ψ ) ≤ Ψ [ 1 − ( 1 − N d , 3 D ) ( 1 − d + 2 3 ) ] ≤ Ψ ( d + 2 3 + N d , 3 D ) .
where the last step uses 1 − ( 1 − x ) + ( 1 − y ) ≤ x + y 1-(1-x)+(1-y)\le x+y 1 − ( 1 − x ) + ( 1 − y ) ≤ x + y for x ≥ 0 x\ge0 x ≥ 0 and y ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] y\in[0,1] y ∈ [ 0 , 1 ] . Take expectations over u u u , the training data and ω \omega ω , and multiply by ( a / h ) 2 (a/h)^2 ( a / h ) 2 (Lemma 4.1). If M = o ( d 3 ) M=o(d^3) M = o ( d 3 ) , the bracket tends to zero while Ψ \Psi Ψ , c c c and ε 1 ( t ) \varepsilon_1(t) ε 1 ( t ) do not depend on d d d . □ \square □
Remark B.2 (Truncated series for the Ky Fan form). Let ψ J \psi_J ψ J be the Hermite series of ψ \psi ψ truncated at degree J J J and η = Ψ − ∑ j ≤ J b j 2 \eta= \Psi- \sum_{j \leq J} b_j^2 η = Ψ − ∑ j ≤ J b j 2 . By the triangle inequality in L 2 ( γ ) L^2(\gamma) L 2 ( γ ) and Minkowski’s inequality over u u u , E u ∥ Π W f u ∥ 2 ≤ ( { ∑ i ≤ D ν i ( T t ψ J ) } 1 / 2 + η 1 / 2 ) 2 \mathbb{E}_u\|\Pi_W f_u\|^2 \leq\left(\left\{\sum_{i\leq D}\nu_i(T_t^{\psi_J})\right\}^{1/2}+\eta^{1/2}\right)^2 E u ∥ Π W f u ∥ 2 ≤ ( { ∑ i ≤ D ν i ( T t ψ J ) } 1/2 + η 1/2 ) 2 . Table 2 uses J = 61 J=61 J = 61 .
Proof of Proposition 4.14 (data off the subspace)
Write a , h a,h a , h for a t , h t a_t,h_t a t , h t and a ′ , h ′ a',h' a ′ , h ′ for a t ′ , h t ′ a_{t'},h_{t'} a t ′ , h t ′ , so that a ′ = a / λ a'=a/\lambda a ′ = a / λ and h ′ = 1 − a 2 / λ 2 = ( h + a 2 σ 0 2 ) / λ 2 h'=1-a^2/\lambda^2=(h+a^2\sigma_0^2)/\lambda^2 h ′ = 1 − a 2 / λ 2 = ( h + a 2 σ 0 2 ) / λ 2 . Then a X σ 0 + h G = a U Z + h + a 2 σ 0 2 G ′ ′ aX\sigma_0+\sqrt{h}G=aUZ+\sqrt{h+a^2\sigma_0^2}\,G'' a X σ 0 + h G = a U Z + h + a 2 σ 0 2 G ′′ with G ′ ′ G'' G ′′ standard Gaussian and independent of Z Z Z , and λ X t ′ = λ a ′ U Z + λ h ′ G ′ \lambda X_{t'}=\lambda a'UZ+\lambda\sqrt{h'}G' λ X t ′ = λ a ′ U Z + λ h ′ G ′ has the same law. The densities satisfy p t σ ( x ) = λ − d p t ′ ( x / λ ) p_t^\sigma(x)=\lambda^{-d}p_{t'}(x/\lambda) p t σ ( x ) = λ − d p t ′ ( x / λ ) , which gives the score identity. Let s ^ \hat{s} s ^ have coordinates in S + A \mathcal{S}+\mathcal{A} S + A ; by (1) this is equivalent to m ^ \hat{m} m ^ being supported by S \mathcal{S} S . Define s ^ ′ ( y ) = λ s ^ ( λ y ) \hat{s}'(y)=\lambda\hat{s}(\lambda y) s ^ ′ ( y ) = λ s ^ ( λ y ) . Its coordinates lie in S λ + A \mathcal{S}_\lambda+\mathcal{A} S λ + A , where S λ = { f ( λ ⋅ ) : f ∈ S } \mathcal{S}_\lambda=\{f(\lambda\cdot):f\in\mathcal{S}\} S λ = { f ( λ ⋅ ) : f ∈ S } is an orientation-independent dictionary of the same dimension, and s ^ ′ = ( a ′ m ^ ′ − y ) / h ′ \hat{s}'=(a'\hat{m}'-y)/h' s ^ ′ = ( a ′ m ^ ′ − y ) / h ′ for m ^ ′ = ( h ′ s ^ ′ + y ) / a ′ \hat{m}'=(h'\hat{s}'+y)/a' m ^ ′ = ( h ′ s ^ ′ + y ) / a ′ , which is supported by S λ \mathcal{S}_\lambda S λ . For every U U U , with X ∼ P t σ X\sim P_t^\sigma X ∼ P t σ written as λ X ′ \lambda X' λ X ′ ,
E ∥ s ^ ( X ) − s t ( X ) ∥ 2 = E ∥ s ^ ( λ X ′ ) − λ − 1 s t ′ ( X ′ ) ∥ 2 = λ − 2 E ∥ s ^ ′ ( X ′ ) − s t ′ ( X ′ ) ∥ 2 . \mathbb{E}\|\hat{s}(X)-s_t(X)\|^2=\mathbb{E}\|\hat{s}(\lambda X')-\lambda^{-1}s_{t'}(X')\|^2=\lambda^{-2}\mathbb{E}\|\hat{s}'(X')-s_{t'}(X')\|^2. E ∥ s ^ ( X ) − s t ( X ) ∥ 2 = E ∥ s ^ ( λ X ′ ) − λ − 1 s t ′ ( X ′ ) ∥ 2 = λ − 2 E ∥ s ^ ′ ( X ′ ) − s t ′ ( X ′ ) ∥ 2 .
The right side is λ − 2 \lambda^{-2} λ − 2 times the noiseless risk of s ^ ′ \hat{s}' s ^ ′ at time t ′ t' t ′ , to which Theorems 4.5 and 4.8 apply. The dictionary may depend on the noisy training data through rotation-invariant statistics, such as tr Σ ^ \operatorname{tr}\widehat{\Sigma} tr Σ , whose law given U U U does not depend on U U U . The proof of Proposition 4.7 applies verbatim when the data noise G 0 G_0 G 0 is rotated together with G G G and W W W .
Proof of Lemma 4.17 (monotonicity in d d d )
Write F d ( M ; t ) = F ∞ ( t ) α d β d + F_d(M;t)=F_\infty(t)\alpha_d\beta_d^+ F d ( M ; t ) = F ∞ ( t ) α d β d + with α d = 1 − 3 / ( d + 2 ) \alpha_d=1-3/(d+2) α d = 1 − 3/ ( d + 2 ) and β d = 1 − ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 \beta_d=1-(M+d+1)/N_{d,3} β d = 1 − ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 . The factor α d \alpha_d α d increases in d d d . For β d \beta_d β d , note N d + 1 , 3 − N d , 3 = d ( d + 3 ) / 2 N_{d+1,3}-N_{d,3}=d(d+3)/2 N d + 1 , 3 − N d , 3 = d ( d + 3 ) /2 . The ratio ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 (M+d+1)/N_{d,3} ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 does not increase from d d d to d + 1 d+1 d + 1 if and only if N d , 3 ≤ ( M + d + 1 ) ( N d + 1 , 3 − N d , 3 ) N_{d,3}\leq(M+d+1)(N_{d+1,3}-N_{d,3}) N d , 3 ≤ ( M + d + 1 ) ( N d + 1 , 3 − N d , 3 ) , that is, ( d − 1 ) ( d + 4 ) ≤ 3 ( M + d + 1 ) ( d + 3 ) (d-1)(d+4)\leq3(M+d+1)(d+3) ( d − 1 ) ( d + 4 ) ≤ 3 ( M + d + 1 ) ( d + 3 ) . This holds for every M ≥ 0 M\geq0 M ≥ 0 because 3 ( d + 1 ) ( d + 3 ) − ( d − 1 ) ( d + 4 ) = 2 d 2 + 9 d + 13 > 0 3(d+1)(d+3)-(d-1)(d+4)=2d^2+9d+13>0 3 ( d + 1 ) ( d + 3 ) − ( d − 1 ) ( d + 4 ) = 2 d 2 + 9 d + 13 > 0 . Hence β d \beta_d β d , and so β d + \beta_d^+ β d + and F d F_d F d , are nondecreasing in d d d . As d → ∞ d\to\infty d → ∞ , α d → 1 \alpha_d\to1 α d → 1 and β d → 1 \beta_d\to1 β d → 1 . If r < F ∞ r<F_\infty r < F ∞ , some d d d has F d > r F_d>r F d > r , and monotonicity gives the interval; if r ≥ F ∞ r\geq F_\infty r ≥ F ∞ , then F d ≤ F ∞ ≤ r F_d\leq F_\infty\leq r F d ≤ F ∞ ≤ r for all d d d .
Proof of Theorem 4.15 (PCA dimension invariance)
Roadmap
Noiseless data make PCA exact (Step 1). Every quantity the estimator computes, including tuning, depends on the estimated basis only through the projector (Step 2). In the latent coordinates the whole procedure is a fixed function of Gaussian quantities whose joint law is free of d d d and U U U (Step 3), and the risk inherits this (Step 4).
Step 1: exact recovery. The centered training matrix is Z ‾ U ⊤ \overline{Z}U^\top Z U ⊤ , where Z ‾ ∈ R n × k \overline{Z}\in\mathbb{R}^{n\times k} Z ∈ R n × k holds the centered latent rows. The latent law has a density on R k \mathbb{R}^k R k , and n ≥ k + 1 n\geq k+1 n ≥ k + 1 . Hence n − 1 ≥ k n-1\geq k n − 1 ≥ k of the centered points are in general position almost surely, and Z ‾ \overline{Z} Z has rank k k k . The right singular vectors with nonzero singular values span span ( U ) \operatorname{span}(U) span ( U ) , so Π ^ = U U ⊤ \widehat{\Pi}=UU^\top Π = U U ⊤ .
Step 2: projector dependence. Two orthonormal bases of the same subspace differ by an orthogonal O ∈ R k × k O\in\mathbb{R}^{k\times k} O ∈ R k × k . Replacing U ^ \widehat{U} U by U ^ O \widehat{U}O U O maps μ ^ ↦ O ⊤ μ ^ \widehat{\mu}\mapsto O^\top\widehat{\mu} μ ↦ O ⊤ μ and Σ ^ ↦ O ⊤ Σ ^ O \widehat{\Sigma}\mapsto O^\top\widehat{\Sigma}O Σ ↦ O ⊤ Σ O . Since ( a 2 O ⊤ Σ ^ O + h I ) − 1 = O ⊤ ( a 2 Σ ^ + h I ) − 1 O (a^2 O^\top\widehat{\Sigma} O + hI)^{-1} = O^\top(a^2\widehat{\Sigma} + hI)^{-1}O ( a 2 O ⊤ Σ O + h I ) − 1 = O ⊤ ( a 2 Σ + h I ) − 1 O , m G m_G m G is unchanged, and so is tr Σ ^ \operatorname{tr}\widehat{\Sigma} tr Σ . The PCA features use Π = Π ^ \Pi= \widehat{\Pi} Π = Π by definition. Let Φ ∈ R N × ( p + 1 ) \Phi\in\mathbb{R}^{N\times(p+1)} Φ ∈ R N × ( p + 1 ) be the training design and R ∈ R N × d R \in\mathbb{R}^{N\times d} R ∈ R N × d have rows ( x 0 ( i ) − m G ( x ( i ) ) ) ⊤ (x_0^{(i)} - m_G(x^{(i)}))^\top ( x 0 ( i ) − m G ( x ( i ) ) ) ⊤ . The ridge solution is B = ( Φ ⊤ Φ + N λ I ) − 1 Φ ⊤ R U ^ B = (\Phi^\top\Phi+ N\lambda I)^{-1}\Phi^\top R\widehat{U} B = ( Φ ⊤ Φ + N λ I ) − 1 Φ ⊤ R U , so
U ^ B ⊤ φ ( x ) = Π ^ R ⊤ Φ ( Φ ⊤ Φ + N λ I ) − 1 φ ( x ) . \widehat{U}B^\top\varphi(x) = \widehat{\Pi}R^\top\Phi(\Phi^\top\Phi+ N\lambda I)^{-1}\varphi(x). U B ⊤ φ ( x ) = Π R ⊤ Φ ( Φ ⊤ Φ + N λ I ) − 1 φ ( x ) .
The validation error is ∥ ( Φ v ( Φ ⊤ Φ + N λ I ) − 1 Φ ⊤ R − R v ) Π ^ ∥ F 2 / N v \left\|(\Phi_v(\Phi^\top\Phi+ N\lambda I)^{-1}\Phi^\top R - R_v)\widehat{\Pi}\right\|_F^2/N_v ( Φ v ( Φ ⊤ Φ + N λ I ) − 1 Φ ⊤ R − R v ) Π F 2 / N v , because ∥ A U ^ ∥ F = ∥ A Π ^ ∥ F \|A\widehat{U}\|_F = \|A\widehat{\Pi}\|_F ∥ A U ∥ F = ∥ A Π ∥ F . Every quantity, the selection included, is therefore a function of Π ^ \widehat{\Pi} Π . When Π ^ = U U ⊤ \widehat{\Pi} = UU^\top Π = U U ⊤ and W , b W,b W , b and the noise are shared, the PCA and oracle estimators are the same function. This proves item 1.
Step 3: latent representation. Take U ^ = U \widehat{U} = U U = U , which is allowed by item 1. Write y = U ⊤ x y = U^\top x y = U ⊤ x . The features are φ ( x ) = ( 1 , p − 1 / 2 tanh ( ( U ⊤ W ) ⊤ y / ( k β ς t ) + b ) ) \varphi(x) = (1,p^{-1/2}\tanh((U^\top W)^\top y/(\sqrt{k}\beta\varsigma_t) + b)) φ ( x ) = ( 1 , p − 1/2 tanh (( U ⊤ W ) ⊤ y / ( k β ς t ) + b )) . The training inputs have latent coordinates a Z ( i ) + h U ⊤ G ( i ) aZ^{(i)} + \sqrt{h}U^\top G^{(i)} a Z ( i ) + h U ⊤ G ( i ) . The ridge targets are Z ( i ) − g ^ G ( a Z ( i ) + h U ⊤ G ( i ) ) Z^{(i)} - \widehat{g}_G(aZ^{(i)} + \sqrt{h}U^\top G^{(i)}) Z ( i ) − g G ( a Z ( i ) + h U ⊤ G ( i ) ) , where g ^ G \widehat{g}_G g G is the affine Gaussian posterior mean built from the latent sample mean and covariance; validation is analogous. Hence the fitted G ^ t \widehat{G}_t G t , the selection and the validation errors are one measurable function of
( Z ( i ) , U ⊤ G ( i ) , U ⊤ W , b ) \left(Z^{(i)}, U^\top G^{(i)}, U^\top W, b\right) ( Z ( i ) , U ⊤ G ( i ) , U ⊤ W , b )
and of their validation counterparts, applied with the corresponding k k k -dimensional procedure. For any orthonormal U U U , the vectors U ⊤ G ( i ) U^\top G^{(i)} U ⊤ G ( i ) are independent N ( 0 , I k ) N(0,I_k) N ( 0 , I k ) . The matrix U ⊤ W U^\top W U ⊤ W has independent N ( 0 , 1 ) N(0,1) N ( 0 , 1 ) entries. All are independent of each other, of the latent data and of b b b . The joint law of this tuple therefore depends on neither d d d nor U U U , and coincides with the case d = k d=k d = k , U = I k U=I_k U = I k . Log-time interpolation forms fixed convex combinations of the fitted G ^ \widehat{G} G , which proves item 2.
Step 4: risk. By Lemma 4.1 , both m ^ P C A \widehat{m}_{\mathrm{PCA}} m PCA and m t m_t m t lie in span ( U ) \operatorname{span}(U) span ( U ) , so R t = ( a / h ) 2 E ∥ G ^ t ( Y ) − g t ( Y ) ∥ 2 \mathcal{R}_t = (a/h)^2\mathbb{E}\left\|\widehat{G}_t(Y)-g_t(Y)\right\|^2 R t = ( a / h ) 2 E G t ( Y ) − g t ( Y ) 2 with Y = U ⊤ X t = a Z + h U ⊤ G Y = U^\top X_t = aZ + \sqrt{h}U^\top G Y = U ⊤ X t = a Z + h U ⊤ G . The law of Y Y Y does not depend on d d d , and Y Y Y is independent of G ^ t \widehat{G}_t G t . □
Proof of Theorem 4.16 (generation invariance)
At the last step, x ^ = e t 0 ( x + h t 0 ( a t 0 m ^ ( x , t 0 ) − x ) / h t 0 ) = e t 0 a t 0 m ^ ( x , t 0 ) = m ^ ( x , t 0 ) \widehat{x}=e^{t_0}(x+h_{t_0}(a_{t_0}\widehat{m}(x,t_0)-x)/h_{t_0})=e^{t_0}a_{t_0}\widehat{m}(x,t_0)=\widehat{m}(x,t_0) x = e t 0 ( x + h t 0 ( a t 0 m ( x , t 0 ) − x ) / h t 0 ) = e t 0 a t 0 m ( x , t 0 ) = m ( x , t 0 ) , because a t 0 e t 0 = 1 a_{t_0}e^{t_0}=1 a t 0 e t 0 = 1 . This proves the first claim. For the PCA estimator, write y i = U ⊤ x i y_i=U^\top x_i y i = U ⊤ x i along the sampler grid. Projecting one Euler–Maruyama step onto U U U gives
y i − 1 = y i + ( y i + 2 h t i ( a t i G ^ t i ( y i ) − y i ) ) Δ i + 2 Δ i U ⊤ ξ i . y_{i-1}=y_i+\left(y_i+\frac{2}{h_{t_i}}(a_{t_i}\widehat{G}_{t_i}(y_i)-y_i)\right)\Delta_i+\sqrt{2\Delta_i}\,U^\top\xi_i. y i − 1 = y i + ( y i + h t i 2 ( a t i G t i ( y i ) − y i ) ) Δ i + 2 Δ i U ⊤ ξ i .
because U ⊤ m ^ ( x , t ) = G ^ t ( U ⊤ x ) U^\top\widehat{m}(x,t)=\widehat{G}_t(U^\top x) U ⊤ m ( x , t ) = G t ( U ⊤ x ) depends on x x x only through y y y . The recursion is closed in R k \mathbb{R}^k R k . It starts from y N = U ⊤ x T ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) y_N=U^\top x_T\sim N(0,I_k) y N = U ⊤ x T ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) and is driven by independent U ⊤ ξ i ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) U^\top\xi_i\sim N(0,I_k) U ⊤ ξ i ∼ N ( 0 , I k ) , which are independent of the fitted model. Hence U ⊤ x ^ = G ^ t 0 ( y 0 ) U^\top\widehat{x}=\widehat{G}_{t_0}(y_0) U ⊤ x = G t 0 ( y 0 ) is a fixed measurable function of a tuple whose law does not depend on d d d , by Theorem 4.15 . Finally, x ^ = U U ⊤ x ^ \widehat{x}=UU^\top\widehat{x} x = U U ⊤ x and X 0 = U Z X_0=UZ X 0 = U Z . Since z ↦ U z z\mapsto Uz z ↦ U z is an isometric embedding, couplings of the latent laws and of the embedded laws correspond one to one, with equal costs. □
Proof of Corollary 4.18 (checkable separation)
Fix U U U . By Proposition 4.7 and Corollary 4.6 , the ambient risk at U U U equals its orientation average and is at least F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) F_d(L(p+1);t) F d ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) , and also at least F d K F ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) F_d^{\mathrm{KF}}(L(p+1);t) F d KF ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ) by Theorem 4.5 . By Theorem 4.15 , the PCA risk equals r k ( t ) r_k(t) r k ( t ) for every d d d and U U U . This proves the first statement. The statement for all d ≥ max ( d 0 , k ) d \ge\max(d_0,k) d ≥ max ( d 0 , k ) and the case r k ( t ) ≥ F ∞ ( t ) r_k(t) \ge F_\infty(t) r k ( t ) ≥ F ∞ ( t ) follow from Lemma 4.17 with M = L ( p + 1 ) M=L(p+1) M = L ( p + 1 ) .
Proofs for the covariance-matched frozen and kernel results
Roadmap: how Appendix C is organized
Both barriers in the covariance-matched regime bound the correlation between the hidden residual and what the learner can represent. For frozen dictionaries (C.1–C.2) the representation is fixed before the orientation, so the one-sided change of measure of Appendix B applies, with hypercontractivity (Lemma 4.20 ) replacing the density floor that does not exist here. For kernels (C.3–C.5) the span depends on the data, so the argument instead bounds the leakage of the residual onto each kernel section (Lemma 5.1 ) and the size of the coefficients, through the ridge or through the smallest eigenvalue of the high-degree kernel matrix (Lemma 5.3 ).
Proof of Lemma 4.20 (norm comparison)
(a) is immediate. (b) For each coordinate ψ \psi ψ of f f f , E P ψ 2 ≥ E Q [ ρ ψ 2 1 { ∣ u ⊤ x ∣ ≤ R σ ˉ } ] ≥ min ∣ y ∣ ≤ R ρ ( E Q ψ 2 − E Q [ ψ 2 1 { ∣ u ⊤ x ∣ > R σ ˉ } ] ) \mathbb{E}_P\psi^2 \ge\mathbb{E}_Q[\rho\psi^2\mathbf{1}_{\{|u^\top x|\le R\bar{\sigma}\}}] \ge\min_{|y|\le R}\rho\left(\mathbb{E}_Q\psi^2-\mathbb{E}_Q[\psi^2\mathbf{1}_{\{|u^\top x|>R\bar{\sigma}\}}]\right) E P ψ 2 ≥ E Q [ ρ ψ 2 1 { ∣ u ⊤ x ∣ ≤ R σ ˉ } ] ≥ min ∣ y ∣ ≤ R ρ ( E Q ψ 2 − E Q [ ψ 2 1 { ∣ u ⊤ x ∣ > R σ ˉ } ] ) , and by Cauchy–Schwarz the last expectation is at most ∥ ψ ∥ L 4 ( Q ) 2 / R ≤ κ 2 / R E Q ψ 2 \|\psi\|_{L^4(Q)}^2/R \le\kappa^2/R\,\mathbb{E}_Q\psi^2 ∥ ψ ∥ L 4 ( Q ) 2 / R ≤ κ 2 / R E Q ψ 2 . Summing over coordinates gives the claim. The polynomial case is Gaussian hypercontractivity.
Proof of Theorem 4.21 (sharp frozen exponent d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 )
By Tweedie’s formula for P t P_t P t and Q t Q_t Q t , the residual is r = m t − m t Q = ( h / a ) ∇ log ( d P t / d Q t ) = ( h / ( a σ ˉ t ) ) ( r t ′ / r t ) ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) u r=m_t-m_t^Q=(h/a)\nabla\log(dP_t/dQ_t)=(h/(a\bar{\sigma}_t))(r_t'/r_t)(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)u r = m t − m t Q = ( h / a ) ∇ log ( d P t / d Q t ) = ( h / ( a σ ˉ t )) ( r t ′ / r t ) ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) u , so ∥ r ∥ P 2 = B \|r\|_P^2=B ∥ r ∥ P 2 = B and ρ r = ψ ^ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) u \rho r=\hat{\psi}(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t)u ρ r = ψ ^ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) u with ρ = d P t / d Q t \rho=dP_t/dQ_t ρ = d P t / d Q t . Gaussian integration by parts gives E [ r t ′ h j ] = j + 1 E [ r t h j + 1 ] = j + 1 e j + 1 \mathbb{E}[r_t'h_j]=\sqrt{j+1}\mathbb{E}[r_th_{j+1}]=\sqrt{j+1}\,e_{j+1} E [ r t ′ h j ] = j + 1 E [ r t h j + 1 ] = j + 1 e j + 1 , which vanishes for 1 ≤ j + 1 < k ∗ 1\le j+1<k^* 1 ≤ j + 1 < k ∗ ; ψ ^ \hat{\psi} ψ ^ is odd because r t r_t r t is even.
Part 1: lower bound. Condition on the realized span V ⊇ A V\supseteq\mathcal{A} V ⊇ A , which is independent of u u u . Lemma 4.12 with P = P t P=P_t P = P t , Q = Q t Q=Q_t Q = Q t and the comparison constant c κ c_\kappa c κ of Lemma 4.20 (b) gives, for every u u u , inf f ∈ V ∥ r − f ∥ P 2 ≥ B − c κ − 1 ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ Q 2 \inf_{f\in V} \|r-f\|_P^2\ge B-c_\kappa^{-1}\|\Pi_V^Q(\rho r)\|_Q^2 inf f ∈ V ∥ r − f ∥ P 2 ≥ B − c κ − 1 ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ Q 2 . The field ρ r = u ψ ^ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) \rho r=u\hat{\psi}(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t) ρ r = u ψ ^ ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) has a single nonzero output direction, so ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ Q 2 = ∥ Π V Q ψ ^ ( u ⊤ ⋅ / σ ˉ t ) ∥ Q 2 \|\Pi_V^Q(\rho r)\|_Q^2=\|\Pi_V^Q\hat{\psi}(u^\top\cdot/\bar{\sigma}_t)\|_Q^2 ∥ Π V Q ( ρ r ) ∥ Q 2 = ∥ Π V Q ψ ^ ( u ⊤ ⋅ / σ ˉ t ) ∥ Q 2 . Averaging over u u u uniform on the sphere and applying Lemma 4.4 (with h h h replaced by σ ˉ t 2 \bar{\sigma}_t^2 σ ˉ t 2 ) at the odd level J J J bounds the captured energy by Ψ ( 1 − W J ( d ) + D / N d , J ) \Psi(1-W_J(d)+D/N_{d,J}) Ψ ( 1 − W J ( d ) + D / N d , J ) : the Hermite coefficients of ψ ^ \hat{\psi} ψ ^ below J J J vanish, the part of degree ≥ J \ge J ≥ J captured by harmonics of degree below J J J is Ψ ( 1 − W J ( d ) ) \Psi(1-W_J(d)) Ψ ( 1 − W J ( d )) , and the remaining eigenvalues are at most Ψ / N d , J \Psi/N_{d,J} Ψ/ N d , J each. The score risk is ( a / h ) 2 (a/h)^2 ( a / h ) 2 times the denoiser risk. W J ( d ) → 1 W_J(d)\to1 W J ( d ) → 1 by dominated convergence, since each w j , J ( d ) → 1 w_{j,J}(d)\to1 w j , J ( d ) → 1 and w j , J ≤ 1 w_{j,J}\le1 w j , J ≤ 1 .
Part 2: matching upper bound. The baseline is affine and f = β u h J ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) f=\beta u h_J(u^\top x/\bar{\sigma}_t) f = β u h J ( u ⊤ x / σ ˉ t ) lies in the polynomial span; the optimal β \beta β reduces the denoiser risk by ⟨ r , u h J ⟩ P 2 / ∥ h J ∥ P 2 = ⟨ ψ ^ , h J ⟩ N ( 0 , 1 ) 2 / E P h J 2 = G \langle r,uh_J\rangle_P^2/\|h_J\|_P^2=\langle\hat{\psi},h_J\rangle_{N(0,1)}^2/\mathbb{E}_P h_J^2=G ⟨ r , u h J ⟩ P 2 /∥ h J ∥ P 2 = ⟨ ψ ^ , h J ⟩ N ( 0 , 1 ) 2 / E P h J 2 = G .
Proof of Lemma 5.1 (kernel leakage)
Under Q Q Q , ξ = X / σ ˉ t ∼ N ( 0 , I ) \xi= X/\bar{\sigma}_t \sim N(0,I) ξ = X / σ ˉ t ∼ N ( 0 , I ) , and E P [ ( u ⊤ r ) K ] = E Q [ ψ ^ ( u ⊤ ξ ) φ ( σ y y ^ ⊤ ξ ) ] \mathbb{E}_P[(u^\top r)K] = \mathbb{E}_Q[\widehat{\psi}(u^\top\xi)\varphi(\sigma_y\widehat{y}^\top\xi)] E P [( u ⊤ r ) K ] = E Q [ ψ ( u ⊤ ξ ) φ ( σ y y ⊤ ξ )] with y ^ = y / ∣ y ∣ \widehat{y}=y/|y| y = y /∣ y ∣ . Expand ψ ^ = ∑ j ≥ J c j h j \widehat{\psi}=\sum_{j\geq J}c_jh_j ψ = ∑ j ≥ J c j h j and φ ( σ y ⋅ ) = ∑ j a j h j \varphi(\sigma_y\cdot)=\sum_j a_jh_j φ ( σ y ⋅ ) = ∑ j a j h j in L 2 ( N ( 0 , 1 ) ) L^2(N(0,1)) L 2 ( N ( 0 , 1 )) . The pair ( u ⊤ ξ , y ^ ⊤ ξ ) (u^\top\xi,\widehat{y}^\top\xi) ( u ⊤ ξ , y ⊤ ξ ) is standard Gaussian with correlation ϱ = u ⊤ y ^ \varrho=u^\top\widehat{y} ϱ = u ⊤ y , so Mehler’s formula gives E [ h i ( u ⊤ ξ ) h j ( y ^ ⊤ ξ ) ] = δ i j ϱ j \mathbb{E}[h_i(u^\top\xi)h_j(\widehat{y}^\top\xi)]=\delta_{ij}\varrho^j E [ h i ( u ⊤ ξ ) h j ( y ⊤ ξ )] = δ ij ϱ j and the series. By Gaussian integration by parts, f = φ ( σ y ⋅ ) f=\varphi(\sigma_y\cdot) f = φ ( σ y ⋅ ) has f ( J ) = σ y J φ ( J ) ( σ y ⋅ ) f^{(J)}=\sigma_y^J\varphi^{(J)}(\sigma_y\cdot) f ( J ) = σ y J φ ( J ) ( σ y ⋅ ) with Hermite coefficients a j j ! / ( j − J ) ! a_j\sqrt{j!/(j-J)!} a j j ! / ( j − J )! at degree j − J j-J j − J , so ∑ j ≥ J a j 2 ≤ ∥ f ( J ) ∥ 2 / J ! \sum_{j\geq J}a_j^2\leq\|f^{(J)}\|^2/J! ∑ j ≥ J a j 2 ≤ ∥ f ( J ) ∥ 2 / J ! . Cauchy–Schwarz and ∣ ϱ ∣ ≤ 1 |\varrho|\leq1 ∣ ϱ ∣ ≤ 1 give ∣ τ u ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ϱ ∣ J Ψ σ y J ∥ φ ( J ) ( σ y Z ) ∥ / J ! |\tau_u(y)|\leq|\varrho|^J\sqrt{\Psi}\,\sigma_y^J\|\varphi^{(J)}(\sigma_yZ)\|/\sqrt{J!} ∣ τ u ( y ) ∣ ≤ ∣ ϱ ∣ J Ψ σ y J ∥ φ ( J ) ( σ y Z ) ∥/ J ! , and ∣ ϱ ∣ σ y = ∣ u ⊤ y ∣ / ( d σ ˉ t ) |\varrho|\sigma_y=|u^\top y|/(d\bar{\sigma}_t) ∣ ϱ ∣ σ y = ∣ u ⊤ y ∣/ ( d σ ˉ t ) .
Proof of Theorem 5.2 (kernels pay d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 )
Step 1: the cross term is the only gain. ∥ r − f ^ ∥ 2 ≥ B − 2 ⟨ r , f ^ ⟩ P \|r-\widehat{f}\|^2\geq B-2\langle r,\widehat{f}\rangle_P ∥ r − f ∥ 2 ≥ B − 2 ⟨ r , f ⟩ P . Affine fields are orthogonal to r r r in L 2 ( P ) L^2(P) L 2 ( P ) : X − u u ⊤ X X-uu^\top X X − u u ⊤ X is independent of u ⊤ X u^\top X u ⊤ X and centered, and E P [ r ‾ ( u ⊤ X ) p ( u ⊤ X ) ] = 0 \mathbb{E}_P[\overline{r}(u^\top X)p(u^\top X)]=0 E P [ r ( u ⊤ X ) p ( u ⊤ X )] = 0 for polynomials of degree below J ≥ 2 J\geq2 J ≥ 2 because c 0 = c 1 = 0 c_0=c_1=0 c 0 = c 1 = 0 . Hence ⟨ r , f ^ ⟩ P = ∑ i ( u ⊤ α i ) τ u ( x i ) = ⟨ α u , τ ⟩ \langle r,\widehat{f}\rangle_P=\sum_i(u^\top\alpha_i)\tau_u(x_i)=\langle\alpha_u,\tau\rangle ⟨ r , f ⟩ P = ∑ i ( u ⊤ α i ) τ u ( x i ) = ⟨ α u , τ ⟩ .
Step 2: size of the coefficients. For kernel ridge regression α u = ( K + n λ I ) − 1 Y u \alpha_u=(K+n\lambda I)^{-1}Y_u α u = ( K + nλ I ) − 1 Y u . In part 1, K ⪰ 0 K\succeq0 K ⪰ 0 gives ∥ α u ∥ ≤ ∥ Y u ∥ / ( n λ ) \|\alpha_u\|\leq\|Y_u\|/(n\lambda) ∥ α u ∥ ≤ ∥ Y u ∥/ ( nλ ) , and Cauchy–Schwarz gives E [ ∥ Y u ∥ ∥ τ ∥ ] ≤ ( n σ y 2 ) 1 / 2 ( n T d 2 ) 1 / 2 \mathbb{E}[\|Y_u\|\|\tau\|]\leq(n\sigma_y^2)^{1/2}(nT_d^2)^{1/2} E [ ∥ Y u ∥∥ τ ∥ ] ≤ ( n σ y 2 ) 1/2 ( n T d 2 ) 1/2 . In part 2, Schoenberg’s theorem and the Schur product theorem make each ( ⟨ x i , x j ⟩ ) ∘ j (\langle x_i,x_j\rangle)^{\circ j} (⟨ x i , x j ⟩ ) ∘ j positive semidefinite, so K ⪰ K ≥ J ⪰ γ I K\succeq K_{\geq J}\succeq\gamma I K ⪰ K ≥ J ⪰ γ I on E γ E_\gamma E γ , and ∥ α u ∥ ≤ ∥ Y u ∥ / γ \|\alpha_u\|\leq\|Y_u\|/\gamma ∥ α u ∥ ≤ ∥ Y u ∥/ γ for every λ ≥ 0 \lambda\geq0 λ ≥ 0 . Finally Δ ≤ B \Delta\leq B Δ ≤ B off E γ E_\gamma E γ . The bound T d 2 = O ( d − 2 J ) T_d^2=O(d^{-2J}) T d 2 = O ( d − 2 J ) follows from Lemma 5.1 and the moment condition.
Proof of Lemma 5.3 (self-regularization)
Step 1: a positive-semidefinite decomposition. Write z i = u ⊤ x i / σ ˉ t z_i=u^\top x_i/\bar{\sigma}_t z i = u ⊤ x i / σ ˉ t , so that ⟨ x i , x j ⟩ / σ ˉ t 2 = z i z j + ⟨ q i , q j ⟩ \langle x_i,x_j\rangle/\bar{\sigma}_t^2=z_iz_j+\langle q_i,q_j\rangle ⟨ x i , x j ⟩ / σ ˉ t 2 = z i z j + ⟨ q i , q j ⟩ . For each integer m m m , the binomial expansion of the matrix with entries ( ( z i z j + ⟨ q i , q j ⟩ ) / d ) m ((z_iz_j+\langle q_i,q_j\rangle)/d)^m (( z i z j + ⟨ q i , q j ⟩) / d ) m is a sum of positive-semidefinite matrices: its term with power p p p in z i z j z_iz_j z i z j is d − m ( m p ) diag ( z i p ) [ ⟨ q i , q j ⟩ m − p ] i j diag ( z i p ) d^{-m}\binom{m}{p}\operatorname{diag}(z_i^p)[\langle q_i,q_j\rangle^{m-p}]_{ij}\operatorname{diag}(z_i^p) d − m ( p m ) diag ( z i p ) [⟨ q i , q j ⟩ m − p ] ij diag ( z i p ) , and the Schur product theorem makes the middle matrix positive semidefinite, even when individual inner products are negative. Nonnegative Taylor coefficients therefore give K ≥ J ⪰ φ L ( G ⊥ ) ∘ L K_{\geq J}\succeq\varphi_L(G^\perp)^{\circ L} K ≥ J ⪰ φ L ( G ⊥ ) ∘ L : keep the pure perpendicular term of degree L L L and drop every other positive-semidefinite term. Gershgorin’s bound gives the deterministic inequality.
Step 2: concentration of the Gram matrix. The q i q_i q i are independent N ( 0 , I d − 1 ) N(0,I_{d-1}) N ( 0 , I d − 1 ) vectors. With n = O ( d J ) n=O(d^J) n = O ( d J ) , chi-square concentration and a union bound give min i G i i ⊥ = 1 − o Pr ( 1 ) \min_iG^\perp_{ii}=1-o_{\Pr}(1) min i G ii ⊥ = 1 − o P r ( 1 ) , and Gaussian inner-product concentration with a union bound over at most n 2 n^2 n 2 pairs gives max i ≠ j ∣ G i j ⊥ ∣ = O Pr ( log d / d ) \max_{i\ne j}|G^\perp_{ij}|=O_{\Pr}(\sqrt{\log d/d}) max i = j ∣ G ij ⊥ ∣ = O P r ( log d / d ) . The off-diagonal term is therefore O Pr ( d J − L / 2 ( log d ) L / 2 ) = o Pr ( 1 ) O_{\Pr}(d^{J-L/2}(\log d)^{L/2})=o_{\Pr}(1) O P r ( d J − L /2 ( log d ) L /2 ) = o P r ( 1 ) since L > 2 J L>2J L > 2 J , and the diagonal term tends to one.
Proofs for Section 6
Roadmap: how Appendix D is organized
Lower side for one unit (D.1–D.2): the population loss of one unit is a polynomial in the overlap with information exponent k ∗ k^* k ∗ , so the online SGD theory of Ben Arous et al. (2021) applies.
Statistical-query limit (D.4): a fooling argument with the pairwise correlations of Theorem 3.7 .
Upper side (D.3–D.7): an unbiasedness identity, a variance computation and a matrix concentration argument for the spectral statistic, first for one view and k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 , then for r r r views and every even k ∗ k^* k ∗ ; the smoothing identity; and the assembly of the two-stage learner.
Each upper-side proof follows the same pattern: mean (an exact identity from Lemma 3.3 or Theorem 3.2 ), variance (a Hermite-isometry computation), tails (truncation and hypercontractivity), then perturbation (matrix Bernstein, Weyl and Davis–Kahan).
Proof of Proposition 6.1 (one unit sees an overlap polynomial)
L ( w ) = E ∥ r ∥ 2 − 2 E ⟨ r , f w ⟩ + E P ∥ f w ∥ 2 L(w)=\mathbb{E}\lVert r\rVert^2-2\mathbb{E}\langle r,f_w\rangle+\mathbb{E}_{P}\lVert f_w\rVert^2 L ( w ) = E ∥ r ∥ 2 − 2 E ⟨ r , f w ⟩ + E P ∥ f w ∥ 2 . For unit w w w , w ⊤ y = m y u + 1 − m 2 g w^\top y=my_u+\sqrt{1-m^2}\,g w ⊤ y = m y u + 1 − m 2 g with g ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) g\sim N(0,1) g ∼ N ( 0 , 1 ) independent of y u = u ⊤ y y_u=u^\top y y u = u ⊤ y , so E P h j ( w ⊤ y ) = m j e j ( t ) \mathbb{E}_{P}h_j(w^\top y)=m^j e_j(t) E P h j ( w ⊤ y ) = m j e j ( t ) by Mehler’s formula. By Theorem 3.1 , E ⟨ r , f w ⟩ = − ( h / a ) E P T Q t f w \mathbb{E}\langle r,f_w\rangle=-(h/a)\mathbb{E}_{P}T_{Q_t}f_w E ⟨ r , f w ⟩ = − ( h / a ) E P T Q t f w , and T Q t ( h J ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) w ) = σ ˉ − 1 [ h J ( w ⊤ y ) − ( w ⊤ y ) h J ( w ⊤ y ) ] = − σ ˉ − 1 J + 1 h J + 1 ( w ⊤ y ) T_{Q_t}(h_J(w^\top x/\bar{\sigma})w)=\bar{\sigma}^{-1}[h_J(w^\top y)-(w^\top y)h_J(w^\top y)]=-\bar{\sigma}^{-1}\sqrt{J+1}\,h_{J+1}(w^\top y) T Q t ( h J ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) w ) = σ ˉ − 1 [ h J ( w ⊤ y ) − ( w ⊤ y ) h J ( w ⊤ y )] = − σ ˉ − 1 J + 1 h J + 1 ( w ⊤ y ) , which gives the first term. Expanding h J 2 = ∑ j ≤ 2 J b j h j h_J^2=\sum_{j\leq2J}b_jh_j h J 2 = ∑ j ≤ 2 J b j h j gives E P ∥ f w ∥ 2 = β 2 ∑ j b j e j m j \mathbb{E}_{P}\lVert f_w\rVert^2=\beta^2\sum_jb_je_jm^j E P ∥ f w ∥ 2 = β 2 ∑ j b j e j m j , with e j = 0 e_j=0 e j = 0 for 1 ≤ j < k ∗ 1\leq j<k^* 1 ≤ j < k ∗ .
Proof of Corollary 6.2 (online SGD pays d k ∗ − 1 d^{k^*-1} d k ∗ − 1 )
The derivatives of ϕ \phi ϕ below order k ∗ k^* k ∗ vanish at 0, ϕ ( k ∗ ) ( 0 ) < 0 \phi^{(k^*)}(0)<0 ϕ ( k ∗ ) ( 0 ) < 0 by the sign of β \beta β , and ϕ ′ ( m ) = m k ∗ − 1 ( − c 1 ∣ β ∣ + O ( β 2 ) ) \phi'(m)=m^{k^*-1}(-c_1|\beta|+O(\beta^2)) ϕ ′ ( m ) = m k ∗ − 1 ( − c 1 ∣ β ∣ + O ( β 2 )) on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] with c 1 = 2 k ∗ k ∗ ( h / ( a σ ˉ t ) ) ∣ e k ∗ ( t ) ∣ > 0 c_1=2k^*\sqrt{k^*}(h/(a\bar{\sigma}t))|e_{k^*}(t)|>0 c 1 = 2 k ∗ k ∗ ( h / ( a σ ˉ t )) ∣ e k ∗ ( t ) ∣ > 0 , negative for small ∣ β ∣ |\beta| ∣ β ∣ . Thus ϕ \phi ϕ has information exponent k ∗ k^* k ∗ in the sense of Ben Arous et al. (2021, Definition 1.2). The sample is the pair ( X 0 , X t ) (X_0,X_t) ( X 0 , X t ) ; the per-sample loss ℓ ( w ) = ∥ r − β h J ( w ⊤ y ) w ∥ 2 \ell(w)=\lVert r-\beta h_J(w^\top y)w\rVert^2 ℓ ( w ) = ∥ r − β h J ( w ⊤ y ) w ∥ 2 has population mean L 0 + ϕ ( ⟨ w , u ⟩ ) L_0+\phi(\langle w,u\rangle) L 0 + ϕ (⟨ w , u ⟩) ; let H d = ℓ − E ℓ H_d=\ell-\mathbb{E}\ell H d = ℓ − E ℓ . Its Euclidean gradient is a sum of terms p ( w ⊤ y , w ⊤ r ) v p(w^\top y,w^\top r)v p ( w ⊤ y , w ⊤ r ) v with p p p a polynomial of bounded degree and v ∈ { y , r , w } v\in\{y,r,w\} v ∈ { y , r , w } , minus its mean. The component along u u u is a polynomial in the one-dimensional marginals w ⊤ y , w ⊤ r , u ⊤ y , u ⊤ r w^\top y,w^\top r,u^\top y,u^\top r w ⊤ y , w ⊤ r , u ⊤ y , u ⊤ r , each a linear combination of Z Z Z and independent Gaussians, so its second moment is bounded uniformly in w w w and d d d . Likewise ∥ y ∥ \lVert y\rVert ∥ y ∥ and ∥ r ∥ \lVert r\rVert ∥ r ∥ have q q q -th moments of order d q / 2 d^{q/2} d q /2 , which gives E ∥ ∇ H d ∥ 4 + ι ≤ C d ( 4 + ι ) / 2 \mathbb{E}\lVert\nabla H_d\rVert^{4+\iota}\leq Cd^{(4+\iota)/2} E ∥ ∇ H d ∥ 4 + ι ≤ C d ( 4 + ι ) /2 . These are the conditions of Ben Arous et al. (2021, Definition 1.1), and their Theorems 1.3 and 1.4 give the two statements.
Proof of Theorem 6.4 (one gradient step, k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 )
Roadmap
Part 1 is Theorem 3.2 applied to the entries of H \mathcal{H} H ; part 2 is a first-order expansion of the loss. Part 3 has four steps: the exact null second moment, a counting argument showing that the data law changes it only at relative order 1 / d 1/d 1/ d , truncation to sub-exponential events, and matrix Bernstein followed by Weyl and Davis–Kahan. Part 4 is one-variable calculus.
Part 1: unbiasedness. Every entry of H \mathcal{H} H is a combination of degree-four products of Hermite polynomials, so L H b c = − ( 4 / σ ˉ 2 ) H b c \mathcal{L}\mathcal{H}_{bc}=-(4/\bar{\sigma}^2)\mathcal{H}_{bc} L H b c = − ( 4/ σ ˉ 2 ) H b c for the generator of Theorem 3.2 , and u q = u_q= u q = − ( σ ˉ 2 / 4 ) H b c ( x / σ ˉ ) -(\bar{\sigma}^{2}/4)\mathcal{H}_{\mathrm{bc}}(x/\bar{\sigma}) − ( σ ˉ 2 /4 ) H bc ( x / σ ˉ ) for q = H b c ( x / σ ˉ ) q=\mathcal{H}_{\mathrm{bc}}(x/\bar{\sigma}) q = H bc ( x / σ ˉ ) , whose gradient is − ( σ ˉ / 4 ) ∇ y H b c -(\bar{\sigma}/4)\nabla_y\mathcal{H}_{\mathrm{bc}} − ( σ ˉ /4 ) ∇ y H bc . Equation (4) and E Q H = 0 \mathbb{E}_{Q}\mathcal{H}=0 E Q H = 0 give E P H = ( a σ ˉ / ( 4 h ) ) E D \mathbb{E}_{P}\mathcal{H}=(a\bar{\sigma}/(4h))\mathbb{E}D E P H = ( a σ ˉ / ( 4 h )) E D . Since the moments of y u y_u y u up to order three are Gaussian and the orthogonal coordinates are standard Gaussian, E P He 4 ( y ) = E He 4 ( y u ) u ⊗ 4 = κ ˉ t u ⊗ 4 \mathbb{E}_{P}\operatorname{He}_4(y)=\mathbb{E}\operatorname{He}_4(y_u)u^{\otimes4}=\bar{\kappa}_t u^{\otimes4} E P He 4 ( y ) = E He 4 ( y u ) u ⊗ 4 = κ ˉ t u ⊗ 4 , whose partial trace is κ ˉ t u u ⊤ \bar{\kappa}_t uu^{\top} κ ˉ t u u ⊤ .
Part 2: one gradient step. The loss is E ∥ r ∥ 2 − 2 ∑ b c B b c E ⟨ r , ∇ y H b c ⟩ + O ( ∥ B ∥ 2 ) \mathbb{E}\lVert r\rVert^2-2\sum_{bc}B_{bc}\mathbb{E}\langle r,\nabla_y\mathcal{H}_{bc}\rangle+O(\lVert B\rVert^2) E ∥ r ∥ 2 − 2 ∑ b c B b c E ⟨ r , ∇ y H b c ⟩ + O (∥ B ∥ 2 ) , and ⟨ r , ∇ y H b c ⟩ = D b c \langle r,\nabla_y\mathcal{H}_{bc}\rangle=D_{bc} ⟨ r , ∇ y H b c ⟩ = D b c .
Part 3, step (a): null second moment. Under the null, by rotation invariance E D 2 = α I \mathbb{E}D^2=\alpha I E D 2 = α I with α = E ∥ D ∥ F 2 / d \alpha=\mathbb{E}\lVert D\rVert_F^2/d α = E ∥ D ∥ F 2 / d . With A = ( ∥ y ∥ 2 − d − 4 ) ( r y ⊤ + y r ⊤ ) A=(\lVert y\rVert^2-d-4)(ry^{\top}+yr^{\top}) A = (∥ y ∥ 2 − d − 4 ) ( r y ⊤ + y r ⊤ ) , B ′ = 2 ( r ⊤ y ) ( y y ⊤ − I ) B'=2(r^{\top}y)(yy^{\top}-I) B ′ = 2 ( r ⊤ y ) ( y y ⊤ − I ) and Y = ∥ y ∥ 2 ∼ χ d 2 Y=\lVert y\rVert^2\sim\chi_d^2 Y = ∥ y ∥ 2 ∼ χ d 2 independent of r ∼ N ( 0 , ρ 2 I ) r\sim N(0,\rho^2I) r ∼ N ( 0 , ρ 2 I ) : E ∥ A ∥ F 2 = 2 ρ 2 ( d + 1 ) ( 2 d 2 + 8 d ) \mathbb{E}\lVert A\rVert_F^2=2\rho^2(d+1)(2d^2+8d) E ∥ A ∥ F 2 = 2 ρ 2 ( d + 1 ) ( 2 d 2 + 8 d ) , E ∥ B ′ ∥ F 2 = 4 ρ 2 [ d ( d + 2 ) ( d + 4 ) − 2 d ( d + 2 ) + d 2 ] \mathbb{E}\lVert B'\rVert_F^2=4\rho^2[d(d+2)(d+4)-2d(d+2)+d^2] E ∥ B ′ ∥ F 2 = 4 ρ 2 [ d ( d + 2 ) ( d + 4 ) − 2 d ( d + 2 ) + d 2 ] and E ⟨ A , B ′ ⟩ = 8 ρ 2 d \mathbb{E}\langle A,B'\rangle=8\rho^2d E ⟨ A , B ′ ⟩ = 8 ρ 2 d , so α = 8 ρ 2 d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) \alpha=8\rho^2d^2(1+O(1/d)) α = 8 ρ 2 d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) and ∥ E X 2 ∥ = ( a σ ˉ / ( 4 h ) ) 2 α = v t d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) \lVert\mathbb{E}X^2\rVert=(a\bar{\sigma}/(4h))^2\alpha=v_td^2(1+O(1/d)) ∥ E X 2 ∥ = ( a σ ˉ / ( 4 h ) ) 2 α = v t d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) .
Part 3, step (b): the data law changes the variance only at order 1 / d 1/d 1/ d . Under the data law only the pair ( y u , r u ) (y_u,r_u) ( y u , r u ) changes, and by invariance under rotations fixing u u u , E P D 2 − E Q D 2 = α d ( I − u u ⊤ ) + β d u u ⊤ \mathbb{E}_{P}D^2-\mathbb{E}_{Q}D^2=\alpha_d(I-uu^{\top})+\beta_duu^{\top} E P D 2 − E Q D 2 = α d ( I − u u ⊤ ) + β d u u ⊤ . Write ∥ y ∥ 2 = Y ⊥ + y u 2 \lVert y\rVert^2=Y_{\perp}+y_u^2 ∥ y ∥ 2 = Y ⊥ + y u 2 , ∥ r ∥ 2 = R ⊥ + r u 2 \lVert r\rVert^2=R_{\perp}+r_u^2 ∥ r ∥ 2 = R ⊥ + r u 2 , r ⊤ y = c ⊥ + r u y u r^{\top}y=c_{\perp}+r_uy_u r ⊤ y = c ⊥ + r u y u , with Y ⊥ ∼ χ d − 1 2 Y_{\perp}\sim\chi_{d-1}^2 Y ⊥ ∼ χ d − 1 2 , R ⊥ R_{\perp} R ⊥ of mean ( d − 1 ) ρ 2 (d-1)\rho^2 ( d − 1 ) ρ 2 and c ⊥ c_{\perp} c ⊥ centered of variance O ( d ) O(d) O ( d ) , all independent of ( y u , r u ) (y_u,r_u) ( y u , r u ) . Joint moments of ( y u , r u ) (y_u,r_u) ( y u , r u ) of total degree at most three are Gaussian, so only monomials of degree at least four contribute to the difference. In E ∥ D ∥ F 2 \mathbb{E}\lVert D\rVert_F^2 E ∥ D ∥ F 2 , whose null value is of order d 3 d^3 d 3 , such a monomial multiplies a perpendicular factor of expectation O ( d 2 ) O(d^2) O ( d 2 ) , so ( d − 1 ) α d + β d = O ( d 2 ) (d-1)\alpha_d+\beta_d=O(d^2) ( d − 1 ) α d + β d = O ( d 2 ) . In β d = E P ∥ D u ∥ 2 − E Q ∥ D u ∥ 2 \beta_d=\mathbb{E}_{P}\lVert Du\rVert^2-\mathbb{E}_{Q}\lVert Du\rVert^2 β d = E P ∥ D u ∥ 2 − E Q ∥ D u ∥ 2 , every term of ∥ D u ∥ 2 \lVert Du\rVert^2 ∥ D u ∥ 2 carries two factors from { ∥ y ∥ 2 − d − 4 , r ⊤ y } \{\lVert y\rVert^2-d-4,r^{\top}y\} {∥ y ∥ 2 − d − 4 , r ⊤ y } , whose perpendicular parts are centered or of size d \sqrt{d} d ; a monomial of degree at least four either replaces one of them by its u u u -part or replaces Y ⊥ Y_{\perp} Y ⊥ or R ⊥ R_{\perp} R ⊥ by y u 2 y_u^2 y u 2 or r u 2 r_u^2 r u 2 , and loses a factor d d d in both cases. Hence β d = O ( d ) \beta_d=O(d) β d = O ( d ) , α d = O ( d ) \alpha_d=O(d) α d = O ( d ) and ∥ E P X 2 ∥ = v t d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1 / d ) ) \lVert\mathbb{E}_{P}X^2\rVert=v_td^2(1+O(1/d)) ∥ E P X 2 ∥ = v t d 2 ( 1 + O ( 1/ d )) .
Part 3, step (c): truncation. Let X ~ i \widetilde{X}_i X i be X i X_i X i truncated to the event that ∣ ∥ y ∥ 2 − d ∣ \lvert\lVert y\rVert^2-d\rvert ∣∥ y ∥ 2 − d ∣ , ∣ ∥ r ∥ 2 − d ρ 2 ∣ \lvert\lVert r\rVert^2-d\rho^2\rvert ∣∥ r ∥ 2 − d ρ 2 ∣ and ∣ r ⊤ y ∣ \lvert r^{\top}y\rvert ∣ r ⊤ y ∣ are at most C d log ( n d / δ ) C\sqrt{d}\log(nd/\delta) C d log ( n d / δ ) and ∣ y u ∣ , ∣ r u ∣ ≤ C log ( n d / δ ) \lvert y_u\rvert,\lvert r_u\rvert\le C\sqrt{\log(nd/\delta)} ∣ y u ∣ , ∣ r u ∣ ≤ C log ( n d / δ ) . By the sub-Gaussian assumption these variables are sub-exponential, so the event fails with probability at most δ / ( 2 n ) \delta/(2n) δ / ( 2 n ) per sample, the truncation bias is O ( d − 2 ) O(d^{-2}) O ( d − 2 ) , and ∥ X ~ ∥ ≤ R = C d 3 / 2 log 3 / 2 ( n d / δ ) \lVert\widetilde{X}\rVert\le R=Cd^{3/2}\log^{3/2}(nd/\delta) ∥ X ∥ ≤ R = C d 3/2 log 3/2 ( n d / δ ) .
Part 3, step (d): concentration and perturbation. Matrix Bernstein (Tropp, 2012) for the centered truncated summands gives, with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ , ∥ 1 n ∑ i X i − E X ∥ ≤ O ( d − 2 ) + 2 ∥ E X 2 ∥ log ( 4 d / δ ) / n + 4 R log ( 4 d / δ ) / ( 3 n ) \left\lVert\frac{1}{n}\sum_iX_i-\mathbb{E}X\right\rVert\le O(d^{-2})+\sqrt{2\lVert\mathbb{E}X^2\rVert\log(4d/\delta)/n}+4R\log(4d/\delta)/(3n) n 1 ∑ i X i − E X ≤ O ( d − 2 ) + 2 ∥ E X 2 ∥ log ( 4 d / δ ) / n + 4 R log ( 4 d / δ ) / ( 3 n ) . When the right side is below ∣ κ ˉ t ∣ / 2 \lvert\bar{\kappa}_t\rvert/2 ∣ κ ˉ t ∣ /2 , Weyl’s inequality identifies the eigenvalue of largest modulus as the perturbed spike, and the Davis–Kahan theorem gives sin ∠ ( u ^ , u ) ≤ 2 ∥ 1 n ∑ i X i − E X ∥ / ∣ κ ˉ t ∣ ≤ ε \sin\angle(\hat{u},u)\le2\left\lVert\frac{1}{n}\sum_iX_i-\mathbb{E}X\right\rVert/\lvert\bar{\kappa}_t\rvert\le\varepsilon sin ∠ ( u ^ , u ) ≤ 2 n 1 ∑ i X i − E X / ∣ κ ˉ t ∣ ≤ ε under the displayed condition.
Part 4: optimal time. With x = a 2 x=a^2 x = a 2 , v t / κ ˉ t 2 ∝ ( 1 + ( σ 0 2 − 1 ) x ) 4 / ( ( 1 − x ) x 3 ) v_t/\bar{\kappa}_t^2\propto(1+(\sigma_0^2-1)x)^4/((1-x)x^3) v t / κ ˉ t 2 ∝ ( 1 + ( σ 0 2 − 1 ) x ) 4 / (( 1 − x ) x 3 ) , whose logarithmic derivative vanishes exactly at x = 3 / ( 3 + σ 0 2 ) x=3/(3+\sigma_0^2) x = 3/ ( 3 + σ 0 2 ) .
Proof of Proposition 6.3 (statistical-query lower bound)
Roadmap
(i) Each query can distinguish few orientations, because the likelihood ratios of nearly orthogonal orientations are nearly orthogonal (Theorem 3.7 ); (ii) answering every query with its null value therefore fools most orientations; (iii) the algorithm’s own output defines one more query, which a successful output must fail to be fooled by, a contradiction; (iv) a random packing supplies many nearly orthogonal orientations.
Step 1: each query catches few orientations. The pair ( X 0 , X t ) (X_0, X_t) ( X 0 , X t ) is obtained from X 0 X_0 X 0 by the same channel under the data and under the null, so the pair likelihood ratio is D u ( x 0 , x t ) = r 0 ( u ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 ) D_u(x_0,x_t)=r_0(u^\top x_0/\sigma_0) D u ( x 0 , x t ) = r 0 ( u ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 ) , and by Theorem 3.7 at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , ⟨ D u − 1 , D v − 1 ⟩ Q ≤ ∑ j ≥ k ∗ e j ( 0 ) 2 ∣ ⟨ u , v ⟩ ∣ j ≤ β k ∗ χ 2 \langle D_u-1,D_v-1\rangle_Q\le\sum_{j\geq k^*}e_j(0)^2|\langle u,v\rangle|^j\le\beta^{k^*}\chi^2 ⟨ D u − 1 , D v − 1 ⟩ Q ≤ ∑ j ≥ k ∗ e j ( 0 ) 2 ∣ ⟨ u , v ⟩ ∣ j ≤ β k ∗ χ 2 for u ≠ v u\ne v u = v , and = χ 2 =\chi^2 = χ 2 for u = v u=v u = v . Fix a query ψ \psi ψ with E Q ψ 2 ≤ 1 \mathbb{E}_Q\psi^2\leq1 E Q ψ 2 ≤ 1 and let S ′ ⊂ S S'\subset S S ′ ⊂ S be the set of u u u with ∣ E P u ψ − E Q ψ ∣ > τ |\mathbb{E}_{P_u}\psi-\mathbb{E}_Q\psi|>\tau ∣ E P u ψ − E Q ψ ∣ > τ , with signs ϵ u \epsilon_u ϵ u . Then τ ∣ S ′ ∣ < ⟨ ∑ S ′ ϵ u ( D u − 1 ) , ψ ⟩ Q ≤ ( ∣ S ′ ∣ χ 2 + ∣ S ′ ∣ 2 β k ∗ χ 2 ) 1 / 2 \tau|S'|<\langle\sum_{S'}\epsilon_u(D_u-1),\psi\rangle_Q\leq(|S'|\chi^2+|S'|^2\beta^{k^*}\chi^2)^{1/2} τ ∣ S ′ ∣ < ⟨ ∑ S ′ ϵ u ( D u − 1 ) , ψ ⟩ Q ≤ ( ∣ S ′ ∣ χ 2 + ∣ S ′ ∣ 2 β k ∗ χ 2 ) 1/2 , so ∣ S ′ ∣ < 2 χ 2 / τ 2 |S'|<2\chi^2/\tau^2 ∣ S ′ ∣ < 2 χ 2 / τ 2 whenever τ 2 > 2 β k ∗ χ 2 \tau^2>2\beta^{k^*}\chi^2 τ 2 > 2 β k ∗ χ 2 .
Step 2: the null transcript. Suppose ( q + 1 ) 2 χ 2 / τ 2 < N (q+1)2\chi^2/\tau^2<N ( q + 1 ) 2 χ 2 / τ 2 < N . Run the algorithm with every answer equal to E Q ψ \mathbb{E}_Q\psi E Q ψ . Fewer than N N N orientations are caught by its q q q queries, so the null transcript is consistent with some P u P_u P u ; by the guarantee its output f 0 f_0 f 0 satisfies ∥ f 0 ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) ≤ Λ B \|f_0\|_{L^2(Q_t)}\leq\Lambda\sqrt{B} ∥ f 0 ∥ L 2 ( Q t ) ≤ Λ B .
Step 3: the output as a query. Define ψ 0 = σ ˉ t ⟨ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) , f 0 ( x t ) ⟩ / ( σ 0 h Λ B ) \psi_0=\bar{\sigma}_t\langle x_0-m_t^Q(x_t),f_0(x_t)\rangle/(\sigma_0\sqrt{h}\Lambda\sqrt{B}) ψ 0 = σ ˉ t ⟨ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) , f 0 ( x t )⟩ / ( σ 0 h Λ B ) . Under the null, X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) X_0-m_t^Q(X_t) X 0 − m t Q ( X t ) is independent of X t X_t X t with covariance ( σ 0 2 h / σ ˉ t 2 ) I (\sigma_0^2h/\bar{\sigma}_t^2)I ( σ 0 2 h / σ ˉ t 2 ) I , so E Q ψ 0 = 0 \mathbb{E}_Q\psi_0=0 E Q ψ 0 = 0 and E Q ψ 0 2 ≤ 1 \mathbb{E}_Q\psi_0^2\leq1 E Q ψ 0 2 ≤ 1 . Since fewer than N N N orientations are caught by the q + 1 q+1 q + 1 queries ψ 1 , … , ψ q , ψ 0 \psi_1,\ldots,\psi_q,\psi_0 ψ 1 , … , ψ q , ψ 0 , some u ∈ S u\in S u ∈ S is fooled by all of them; the null transcript is consistent with P u P_u P u , so the algorithm outputs f 0 f_0 f 0 at u u u and must succeed there. Success gives ⟨ r u , f 0 ⟩ L 2 ( P t ) ≥ δ B / 2 \langle r_u,f_0\rangle_{L^2(P_t)}\geq\delta B/2 ⟨ r u , f 0 ⟩ L 2 ( P t ) ≥ δ B /2 , and by the tower property E P u ψ 0 ≥ τ 0 > τ \mathbb{E}_{P_u}\psi_0\geq\tau_0>\tau E P u ψ 0 ≥ τ 0 > τ , contradicting that u u u is fooled by ψ 0 \psi_0 ψ 0 .
Step 4: packing. Two independent uniform unit vectors satisfy Pr ( ∣ ⟨ u , v ⟩ ∣ > β ) ≤ 2 e − ( d − 1 ) β 2 / 2 \Pr(|\langle u,v\rangle|>\beta)\leq2e^{-(d-1)\beta^2/2} Pr ( ∣ ⟨ u , v ⟩ ∣ > β ) ≤ 2 e − ( d − 1 ) β 2 /2 ; a union bound over N 2 N^2 N 2 pairs shows that N = exp ( d c ) N=\exp(d^c) N = exp ( d c ) independent vectors have coherence at most β = C d − ( 1 − c ) / 2 \beta=Cd^{-(1-c)/2} β = C d − ( 1 − c ) /2 with positive probability for a large enough C C C . □ \square □
Proof of Theorem 6.5 (reused views, every even k k k )
Roadmap
Mean (part 1): Lemma 3.3 turns each view into a clean Hermite statistic, whose expectation is the cumulant spike. Variance (part 3): the law of total variance separates a clean part and a view part, and both reduce to E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 \mathbb{E}\|M_p\|_F^2 E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 , computed by counting the cycles of a pairing graph; a change of measure transfers the bound to the data law. Tails and perturbation (part 4): vector hypercontractivity controls ∥ Y i ∥ \|Y_i\| ∥ Y i ∥ , and matrix Bernstein with Weyl and Davis–Kahan gives the angle. Part 2 is a first-order expansion, and part 5 follows from part 3 and Theorem 3.8 .
Part 1: mean. Each entry ( M p ( x / σ ˉ t ) ) b c (M_p(x/\bar{\sigma}_t))_{bc} ( M p ( x / σ ˉ t ) ) b c lies in the degree-k ∗ k^* k ∗ chaos of Q t Q_t Q t , so Lemma 3.3 (1) gives E [ X ∣ x 0 ] = λ k ∗ M p ( x 0 / σ 0 ) \mathbb{E}[X\mid x_0]=\lambda^{k^*}M_p(x_0/\sigma_0) E [ X ∣ x 0 ] = λ k ∗ M p ( x 0 / σ 0 ) , and averaging over views does not change a conditional mean. Write x 0 / σ 0 = z ~ u + ξ x_0/\sigma_0=\tilde{z}u+\xi x 0 / σ 0 = z ~ u + ξ with z ~ = u ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 \tilde{z}=u^\top x_0/\sigma_0 z ~ = u ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 and ξ \xi ξ standard Gaussian on u ⊥ u^\perp u ⊥ , independent of z ~ \tilde{z} z ~ . In the expansion of the Hermite tensor of a sum of independent orthogonal components, every term containing a Hermite tensor of ξ \xi ξ of positive degree has mean zero, so E H k ∗ ( x 0 / σ 0 ) = E H k ∗ ( z ~ ) u ⊗ k ∗ \mathbb{E}H_{k^*}(x_0/\sigma_0)=\mathbb{E}H_{k^*}(\tilde{z})u^{\otimes k^*} E H k ∗ ( x 0 / σ 0 ) = E H k ∗ ( z ~ ) u ⊗ k ∗ . The moments of z ~ \tilde{z} z ~ below order k ∗ k^* k ∗ are Gaussian, so its cumulants of orders 3 , … , k ∗ − 1 3,\ldots,k^*-1 3 , … , k ∗ − 1 vanish and E H k ∗ ( z ~ ) = κ ~ \mathbb{E}H_{k^*}(\tilde{z})=\tilde{\kappa} E H k ∗ ( z ~ ) = κ ~ . The partial trace of u ⊗ k ∗ u^{\otimes k^*} u ⊗ k ∗ over p p p pairs is u u ⊤ uu^\top u u ⊤ .
Part 2: one gradient step. L ˉ r ( B ) = L ˉ r ( 0 ) − 2 ∑ b c B b c ⟨ r , ∇ x ( M p ( x / σ ˉ t ) ) b c ⟩ + O ( ∥ B ∥ 2 ) \bar{L}_r(B)=\bar{L}_r(0)-2\sum_{bc}B_{bc}\langle r,\nabla_x(M_p(x/\bar{\sigma}_t))_{bc}\rangle+O(\|B\|^2) L ˉ r ( B ) = L ˉ r ( 0 ) − 2 ∑ b c B b c ⟨ r , ∇ x ( M p ( x / σ ˉ t ) ) b c ⟩ + O ( ∥ B ∥ 2 ) , and the average is ( h t k ∗ / ( a t σ ˉ t 2 ) ) ( Y ˉ n ) b c (h_tk^*/(a_t\bar{\sigma}_t^2))(\bar{Y}_n)_{bc} ( h t k ∗ / ( a t σ ˉ t 2 )) ( Y ˉ n ) b c .
Part 3, step (a): law of total variance. Under the null, r r r is independent of X t X_t X t with covariance ( σ 0 2 h / σ ˉ 2 ) I (\sigma_0^2h/\bar{\sigma}^2)I ( σ 0 2 h / σ ˉ 2 ) I . For F , F ′ F,F' F , F ′ in the degree-k ∗ k^* k ∗ chaos of a standard Gaussian y y y , E ⟨ ∇ F , ∇ F ′ ⟩ = k ∗ E F F ′ \mathbb{E}\langle\nabla F,\nabla F'\rangle=k^*\mathbb{E}FF' E ⟨ ∇ F , ∇ F ′ ⟩ = k ∗ E F F ′ , since − L -L − L acts as k ∗ k^* k ∗ on that chaos. With y = X t / σ ˉ y=X_t/\bar{\sigma} y = X t / σ ˉ this gives E X 2 = ( a 2 σ 0 2 / ( h k ∗ ) ) E M p ( y ) 2 \mathbb{E}X^2=(a^2\sigma_0^2/(hk^*))\mathbb{E}M_p(y)^2 E X 2 = ( a 2 σ 0 2 / ( h k ∗ )) E M p ( y ) 2 , while E [ E [ X ∣ X 0 ] 2 ] = λ 2 k ∗ E M p ( y ) 2 \mathbb{E}[\mathbb{E}[X\mid X_0]^2]=\lambda^{2k^*}\mathbb{E}M_p(y)^2 E [ E [ X ∣ X 0 ] 2 ] = λ 2 k ∗ E M p ( y ) 2 because X 0 / σ 0 X_0/\sigma_0 X 0 / σ 0 is standard Gaussian. The r r r views are conditionally independent given X 0 X_0 X 0 , so E Y 2 = λ 2 k ∗ E M p 2 + r − 1 ( α 2 σ 0 2 h k ∗ − λ 2 k ∗ ) E M p 2 \mathbb{E}Y^2=\lambda^{2k^*}\mathbb{E}M_p^2+r^{-1}\left(\frac{\alpha^2\sigma_0^2}{hk^*}-\lambda^{2k^*}\right)\mathbb{E}M_p^2 E Y 2 = λ 2 k ∗ E M p 2 + r − 1 ( h k ∗ α 2 σ 0 2 − λ 2 k ∗ ) E M p 2 . By rotation invariance E M p 2 = ( E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 / d ) I \mathbb{E}M_p^2=(\mathbb{E}\lVert M_p\rVert_F^2/d)I E M p 2 = ( E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 / d ) I .
Part 3, step (b): counting pairings. By the Hermite isometry, E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 = ∑ π ∑ b , c ⟨ A b c , π A b c ⟩ \mathbb{E}\lVert M_p\rVert_F^2=\sum_{\pi}\sum_{b,c}\langle A_{bc},\pi A_{bc}\rangle E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 = ∑ π ∑ b , c ⟨ A b c , π A b c ⟩ with A b c = e b ⊗ e c ⊗ I ⊗ p A_{bc}=e_b\otimes e_c\otimes I^{\otimes p} A b c = e b ⊗ e c ⊗ I ⊗ p , and the inner sum is d # ( π ) d^{\#(\pi)} d # ( π ) , where # ( π ) \#(\pi) # ( π ) counts the connected components of the graph on the k ∗ k^* k ∗ slots with edges { 1 , π ( 1 ) } \{1,\pi(1)\} { 1 , π ( 1 )} , { 2 , π ( 2 ) } \{2,\pi(2)\} { 2 , π ( 2 )} , the p p p trace pairs and their images under π \pi π . Every vertex has degree two (counting loops), so the graph is a union of cycles; only slots 1 and 2 can form one-vertex cycles, and only if π \pi π fixes them. Hence # ( π ) ≤ p + 2 \#(\pi)\le p+2 # ( π ) ≤ p + 2 , with equality exactly when π \pi π fixes slots 1 and 2 and maps the trace pairing onto itself, which 2 p p ! 2^p p! 2 p p ! permutations do, and E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 = c p d p + 2 + O ( d p + 1 ) \mathbb{E}\lVert M_p\rVert_F^2=c_p d^{p+2}+O(d^{p+1}) E ∥ M p ∥ F 2 = c p d p + 2 + O ( d p + 1 ) .
Part 3, step (c): the inflation factor. The inequality ι t ≥ 1 \iota_t\ge1 ι t ≥ 1 holds because σ ˉ 0 2 = ( α 2 σ 0 2 + h ) k ∗ ≥ k ∗ ( α 2 σ 0 2 ) k ∗ − 1 h \bar{\sigma}_0^2=(\alpha^2\sigma_0^2+h)^{k^*}\ge k^*(\alpha^2\sigma_0^2)^{k^*-1}h σ ˉ 0 2 = ( α 2 σ 0 2 + h ) k ∗ ≥ k ∗ ( α 2 σ 0 2 ) k ∗ − 1 h , the first nontrivial binomial term. The identity ι t = κ ~ 2 / ( k ∗ ! S t 2 ) \iota_t=\tilde{\kappa}_2/(k^*!\,S_t^2) ι t = κ ~ 2 / ( k ∗ ! S t 2 ) follows from Theorem 3.8: both sides equal σ ˉ 2 k ∗ / ( k ∗ h a 2 k ∗ − 2 σ 0 2 ) \bar{\sigma}^{2k^*}/(k^*h a^{2k^*-2}\sigma_0^2) σ ˉ 2 k ∗ / ( k ∗ h a 2 k ∗ − 2 σ 0 2 ) .
Part 3, step (d): from the null to the data law. The vector ( X 0 , G 1 , … , G r ) (X_0,G_1,\ldots,G_r) ( X 0 , G 1 , … , G r ) has density ratio ρ = r 0 ( u ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 ) \rho=r_0(u^\top x_0/\sigma_0) ρ = r 0 ( u ⊤ x 0 / σ 0 ) with respect to the null, with E Q ρ 2 = 1 + χ 2 \mathbb{E}_Q\rho^2=1+\chi^2 E Q ρ 2 = 1 + χ 2 . For a unit vector v v v , Y v Yv Y v is a vector of polynomials of degree k ∗ k^* k ∗ in Gaussian variables, so Cauchy–Schwarz and hypercontractivity give E P ∣ Y v ∣ 2 ≤ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1 / 2 ( E Q ∣ Y v ∣ 4 ) 1 / 2 ≤ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1 / 2 3 k ∗ E Q ∣ Y v ∣ 2 \mathbb{E}_P|Yv|^2\le(1+\chi^2)^{1/2}(\mathbb{E}_Q|Yv|^4)^{1/2}\le(1+\chi^2)^{1/2}3^{k^*}\mathbb{E}_Q|Yv|^2 E P ∣ Y v ∣ 2 ≤ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1/2 ( E Q ∣ Y v ∣ 4 ) 1/2 ≤ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1/2 3 k ∗ E Q ∣ Y v ∣ 2 ; the last step uses E ( ∑ i F i 2 ) ≤ ( ∑ i ∥ F i ∥ 2 2 ) \mathbb{E}(\sum_i F_i^2)\le(\sum_i\lVert F_i\rVert_2^2) E ( ∑ i F i 2 ) ≤ ( ∑ i ∥ F i ∥ 2 2 ) and ∥ F i ∥ 4 ≤ 3 k ∗ / 2 ∥ F i ∥ 2 \lVert F_i\rVert_4\le3^{k^*/2}\lVert F_i\rVert_2 ∥ F i ∥ 4 ≤ 3 k ∗ /2 ∥ F i ∥ 2 .
Part 4: tails, concentration and perturbation. Let σ 2 \sigma^2 σ 2 be the bound of part 3 for ∥ E P Y 2 ∥ \lVert\mathbb{E}_P Y^2\rVert ∥ E P Y 2 ∥ and η = λ k ∗ ∣ κ ~ ∣ ε \eta=\lambda^{k^*}|\tilde{\kappa}|\varepsilon η = λ k ∗ ∣ κ ~ ∣ ε . Vector-valued hypercontractivity, ∥ ∣ F ∣ ∥ q ≤ ( q − 1 ) k ∗ / 2 ∥ ∣ F ∣ ∥ 2 \lVert|F|\rVert_q\le(q-1)^{k^*/2}\lVert|F|\rVert_2 ∥ ∣ F ∣ ∥ q ≤ ( q − 1 ) k ∗ /2 ∥ ∣ F ∣ ∥ 2 for q ≥ 2 q\ge2 q ≥ 2 (Minkowski’s inequality applied to ∑ i F i 2 \sum_iF_i^2 ∑ i F i 2 in L q / 2 L^{q/2} L q /2 ), together with Markov’s inequality at q ≍ log ( n d / ( δ ε ) ) q\asymp\log(nd/(\delta\varepsilon)) q ≍ log ( n d / ( δ ε )) , gives Pr Q ( ∥ Y ∥ F > R ) ≤ ( δ ε ) 2 / ( 4 ( 1 + χ 2 ) n 2 d 2 p + 2 ) \Pr_Q(\lVert Y\rVert_F>R)\le(\delta\varepsilon)^2/(4(1+\chi^2)n^2d^{2p+2}) Pr Q (∥ Y ∥ F > R ) ≤ ( δ ε ) 2 / ( 4 ( 1 + χ 2 ) n 2 d 2 p + 2 ) for R = C 1 λ k ∗ ( 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r ) 1 / 2 d ( p + 2 ) / 2 log k ∗ / 2 ( n d / ( δ ε ) ) R=C_1\lambda^{k^*}(1+(\iota_t-1)/r)^{1/2}d^{(p+2)/2}\log^{k^*/2}(nd/(\delta\varepsilon)) R = C 1 λ k ∗ ( 1 + ( ι t − 1 ) / r ) 1/2 d ( p + 2 ) /2 log k ∗ /2 ( n d / ( δ ε )) , using E Q ∥ Y ∥ F 2 = d ∥ E Q Y 2 ∥ \mathbb{E}_Q\lVert Y\rVert_F^2=d\lVert\mathbb{E}_QY^2\rVert E Q ∥ Y ∥ F 2 = d ∥ E Q Y 2 ∥ . Since Pr P ( A ) ≤ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1 / 2 Pr Q ( A ) 1 / 2 \Pr_P(A)\le(1+\chi^2)^{1/2}\Pr_Q(A)^{1/2} Pr P ( A ) ≤ ( 1 + χ 2 ) 1/2 Pr Q ( A ) 1/2 , every ∥ Y i ∥ o p ≤ ∥ Y i ∥ F \lVert Y_i\rVert_{\mathrm{op}}\le\lVert Y_i\rVert_F ∥ Y i ∥ op ≤ ∥ Y i ∥ F is at most R R R with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 , and the truncation bias ∥ E Y 1 { ∥ Y ∥ > R } ∥ ≤ ( E P ∥ Y ∥ F 2 ) 1 / 2 Pr P ( ∥ Y ∥ > R ) 1 / 2 \lVert\mathbb{E}Y1_{\{\lVert Y\rVert>R\}}\rVert\le(\mathbb{E}_P\lVert Y\rVert_F^2)^{1/2}\Pr_P(\lVert Y\rVert>R)^{1/2} ∥ E Y 1 {∥ Y ∥ > R } ∥ ≤ ( E P ∥ Y ∥ F 2 ) 1/2 Pr P (∥ Y ∥ > R ) 1/2 is at most η / 8 \eta/8 η /8 for a suitable C 1 C_1 C 1 . Matrix Bernstein (Tropp, 2012) for the truncated centered summands gives, with probability at least 1 − δ / 2 1-\delta/2 1 − δ /2 , ∥ Y ˉ n − E Y ∥ ≤ η / 8 + 2 σ 2 log ( 4 d / δ ) / n + 2 R log ( 4 d / δ ) / ( 3 n ) \lVert\bar{Y}_n-\mathbb{E}Y\rVert\le\eta/8+\sqrt{2\sigma^2\log(4d/\delta)/n}+2R\log(4d/\delta)/(3n) ∥ Y ˉ n − E Y ∥ ≤ η /8 + 2 σ 2 log ( 4 d / δ ) / n + 2 R log ( 4 d / δ ) / ( 3 n ) . Under the displayed condition on n n n the right side is at most η / 2 \eta/2 η /2 . Weyl’s inequality puts one eigenvalue within η / 2 \eta/2 η /2 of λ k ∗ κ ~ \lambda^{k^*}\tilde{\kappa} λ k ∗ κ ~ and all others below η / 2 \eta/2 η /2 in modulus, so the largest-modulus eigenvector is the perturbed spike, and the Davis–Kahan theorem gives sin ∠ ( w ^ , u ) ≤ ε \sin\angle(\widehat{w},u)\le\varepsilon sin ∠ ( w , u ) ≤ ε . The factor λ k ∗ \lambda^{k^*} λ k ∗ cancels between η \eta η , σ 2 \sigma^2 σ 2 and R R R .
Part 5: optimal time. By part 3, ι t ∝ S t − 2 \iota_t\propto S_t^{-2} ι t ∝ S t − 2 , which Theorem 3.8 maximizes at t ∗ t^* t ∗ .
Proof of Proposition 6.7 (smoothing exposes the partial trace)
For unit w w w , u w = ( σ ˉ / k ∗ ) He k ∗ ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) u_w=(\bar{\sigma}/k^*)\operatorname{He}_{k^*}(w^\top x/\bar{\sigma}) u w = ( σ ˉ / k ∗ ) He k ∗ ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) lies in the degree-k ∗ k^* k ∗ chaos of Q t Q_t Q t , and ∇ u w = He k ∗ − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) w \nabla u_w=\operatorname{He}_{k^*-1}(w^\top x/\bar{\sigma})w ∇ u w = He k ∗ − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) w because He k ′ = k He k − 1 \operatorname{He}'_k=k\operatorname{He}_{k-1} He k ′ = k He k − 1 . Lemma 3.3(1) gives the formula for C ^ ∞ \widehat{C}_\infty C ∞ on the sphere; both sides are homogeneous polynomials of degree k ∗ k^* k ∗ in w w w , hence equal everywhere. Expanding T ~ ( w + σ z ) ⊗ k ∗ \widetilde{T}(w+\sigma z)^{\otimes k^*} T ( w + σ z ) ⊗ k ∗ by multilinearity and symmetry, the terms with $2j$ factors of σ z \sigma z σ z number ( k ∗ 2 j ) \binom{k^*}{2j} ( 2 j k ∗ ) , odd moments of z z z vanish, and E z ⊗ 2 j = ∑ pairings I ⊗ j \mathbb{E}z^{\otimes2j}=\sum_{\text{pairings}}I^{\otimes j} E z ⊗ 2 j = ∑ pairings I ⊗ j has ( 2 j − 1 ) ! ! (2j-1)!! ( 2 j − 1 )!! pairings, each contributing T ~ [ w ⊗ ( k ∗ − 2 j ) , I ⊗ j ] \widetilde{T}[w^{\otimes(k^*-2j)},I^{\otimes j}] T [ w ⊗ ( k ∗ − 2 j ) , I ⊗ j ] by symmetry. For finite r r r , C ^ r ( w ) \widehat{C}_r(w) C r ( w ) is again a homogeneous polynomial of degree k ∗ k^* k ∗ in w w w , linear in the symmetric tensor w ⊗ k ∗ w^{\otimes k^*} w ⊗ k ∗ . The Hessian at 0 of its smoothing comes only from the terms with exactly two factors of w w w , which number ( k ∗ 2 ) \binom{k^*}{2} ( 2 k ∗ ) and contribute ( k ∗ 2 ) ( k ∗ − 3 ) ! ! σ k ∗ − 2 w ⊤ K w \binom{k^*}{2}(k^*-3)!!\sigma^{k^*-2}w^\top Kw ( 2 k ∗ ) ( k ∗ − 3 )!! σ k ∗ − 2 w ⊤ K w with K b c = ( σ ˉ / k ∗ ) ⟨ r , ∇ x ( M p ( x / σ ˉ ) ) b c ⟩ K_{bc}=(\bar{\sigma}/k^*)\langle r,\nabla_x(M_p(x/\bar{\sigma}))_{bc}\rangle K b c = ( σ ˉ / k ∗ ) ⟨ r , ∇ x ( M p ( x / σ ˉ ) ) b c ⟩ . By the definition of X X X , K = ( h / ( a σ ˉ ) ) Y ˉ n K=(h/(a\bar{\sigma}))\bar{Y}_n K = ( h / ( a σ ˉ )) Y ˉ n , and the Hessian of w ⊤ K w w^\top Kw w ⊤ K w is 2 K 2K 2 K . For σ = 0 \sigma=0 σ = 0 and $k^*\ge3 the Hessian at 0 vanishes. At fixed w w w the terms with j < p j < p j < p have degree at least four in w w w and carry at most σ k ∗ − 4 \sigma^{k^*-4} σ k ∗ − 4 , the term j = p + 1 j = p + 1 j = p + 1 is constant, and the j = p j = p j = p term contributes the gradient ( h / ( a σ ˉ ) ) k ∗ ( k ∗ − 1 ) ( k ∗ − 3 ) ! ! σ k ∗ − 2 Y ‾ n w (h/(a\bar{\sigma}))k^*(k^* - 1)(k^* - 3)!!\,\sigma^{k^*-2}\overline{Y}_n w ( h / ( a σ ˉ )) k ∗ ( k ∗ − 1 ) ( k ∗ − 3 )!! σ k ∗ − 2 Y n w ; hence, when Y ‾ n w ≠ 0 \overline{Y}_n w \ne0 Y n w = 0 , the normalized gradient converges to Y ‾ n w / ∣ Y ‾ n w ∣ \overline{Y}_n w/|\overline{Y}_n w| Y n w /∣ Y n w ∣ as σ → ∞ \sigma\to\infty σ → ∞ . The power method converges from almost every start to the eigenvector of largest-modulus eigenvalue when that eigenvalue is simple in modulus.
Proof of Theorem 6.8 (two-stage learner)
Roadmap
Each stage is analysed conditionally on the previous ones, which is why the three clean samples are independent. Stage 1 needs only constant accuracy, so it is Theorem 6.5 (4) with ε = 1 2 \varepsilon= \frac{1}{2} ε = 2 1 . Stage 2 is a vector mean whose expectation points exactly at u u u (Lemma 3.3 (2)) with O ( d ) O(d) O ( d ) variance, so Chebyshev’s inequality suffices. Stage 3 is a scalar least squares problem whose risk decomposes into a bias term, controlled by the overlap, and a variance term free of d d d .
Stage 1. This is Theorem 6.5 (4) with ε = 1 2 \varepsilon= \frac{1}{2} ε = 2 1 .
Stage 2. Condition on S 1 S_1 S 1 ; then w ^ 1 \widehat{w}_1 w 1 is fixed with m 1 = ∣ w ^ 1 ⊤ u ∣ ≥ 3 / 2 m_1 = |\widehat{w}_1^\top u| \ge\sqrt{3}/2 m 1 = ∣ w 1 ⊤ u ∣ ≥ 3 /2 . By Lemma 3.3 (2) and the mean computation in the proof of Theorem 6.5 (1), E v ^ = γ κ ~ ( w ^ 1 ⊤ u ) k ∗ − 1 u \mathbb{E}\widehat{v} = \gamma\widetilde{\kappa}(\widehat{w}_1^\top u)^{k^*-1}u E v = γ κ ( w 1 ⊤ u ) k ∗ − 1 u with γ = h σ 0 λ k ∗ − 1 / σ ˉ 2 \gamma= h\sigma_0\lambda^{k^*-1}/\bar{\sigma}^2 γ = h σ 0 λ k ∗ − 1 / σ ˉ 2 . Each summand is r H e k ∗ − 1 ( w ^ 1 ⊤ x t / σ ˉ ) r\,\mathrm{He}_{k^*-1}(\widehat{w}_1^\top x_t/\bar{\sigma}) r He k ∗ − 1 ( w 1 ⊤ x t / σ ˉ ) , averaged over views, and its second moment is at most ( E ∣ r ∣ 4 ) 1 / 2 ( E H e k ∗ − 1 4 ) 1 / 2 ≤ K 1 d (\mathbb{E}|r|^4)^{1/2}(\mathbb{E}\mathrm{He}_{k^*-1}^4)^{1/2} \le K_1d ( E ∣ r ∣ 4 ) 1/2 ( E He k ∗ − 1 4 ) 1/2 ≤ K 1 d ; here E ∣ r ∣ 4 = O ( d 2 ) \mathbb{E}|r|^4 = O(d^2) E ∣ r ∣ 4 = O ( d 2 ) , and E H e k ∗ − 1 4 \mathbb{E}\mathrm{He}_{k^*-1}^4 E He k ∗ − 1 4 is a moment of degree 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) 4(k^*-1) 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) of a linear combination of Z Z Z and Gaussians, finite by E ∣ Z ∣ 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) < ∞ \mathbb{E}|Z|^{4(k^*-1)} < \infty E ∣ Z ∣ 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) < ∞ . By Chebyshev’s inequality, ∣ v ^ − E v ^ ∣ 2 ≤ K 1 d / ( δ n 2 ) |\widehat{v} - \mathbb{E}\widehat{v}|^2 \le K_1d/(\delta n_2) ∣ v − E v ∣ 2 ≤ K 1 d / ( δ n 2 ) with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ . The distance from v ^ \widehat{v} v to the line R u \mathbb{R}u R u is at most ∣ v ^ − E v ^ ∣ |\widehat{v}-\mathbb{E}\widehat{v}| ∣ v − E v ∣ , so sin ∠ ( v ^ , u ) ≤ ∣ v ^ − E v ^ ∣ / ( ∣ E v ^ ∣ − ∣ v ^ − E v ^ ∣ ) \sin\angle(\widehat{v},u) \le|\widehat{v}-\mathbb{E}\widehat{v}|/(|\mathbb{E}\widehat{v}|-|\widehat{v}-\mathbb{E}\widehat{v}|) sin ∠ ( v , u ) ≤ ∣ v − E v ∣/ ( ∣ E v ∣ − ∣ v − E v ∣ ) . For any ε 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) \varepsilon_2 \in(0,1) ε 2 ∈ ( 0 , 1 ) this is at most ε 2 \sqrt{\varepsilon_2} ε 2 when ∣ v ^ − E v ^ ∣ ≤ ε 2 ∣ E v ^ ∣ / 2 |\widehat{v}-\mathbb{E}\widehat{v}| \le\sqrt{\varepsilon_2}|\mathbb{E}\widehat{v}|/2 ∣ v − E v ∣ ≤ ε 2 ∣ E v ∣/2 , in particular when
n 2 ≥ 4 K 1 d δ ε 2 γ 2 κ ~ 2 ( 3 / 4 ) k ∗ − 1 . (11) n_2 \ge\frac{4K_1d}{\delta\varepsilon_2\gamma^2\widetilde{\kappa}^2(3/4)^{k^*-1}}. \tag*{(11)} n 2 ≥ δ ε 2 γ 2 κ 2 ( 3/4 ) k ∗ − 1 4 K 1 d . (11)
Stage 3. Condition on w ^ \widehat{w} w with m = ∣ w ^ ⊤ u ∣ m = |\widehat{w}^\top u| m = ∣ w ⊤ u ∣ , let ϕ = h k ∗ − 1 ( w ^ ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) w ^ \phi= h_{k^*-1}(\widehat{w}^\top x/\bar{\sigma})\widehat{w} ϕ = h k ∗ − 1 ( w ⊤ x / σ ˉ ) w and D ( m ) = ∥ ϕ ∥ L 2 ( P t ) 2 = E P h k ∗ − 1 ( w ^ ⊤ X t / σ ˉ ) 2 D(m) = \|\phi\|_{L^2(P_t)}^2 = \mathbb{E}_P h_{k^*-1}(\widehat{w}^\top X_t/\bar{\sigma})^2 D ( m ) = ∥ ϕ ∥ L 2 ( P t ) 2 = E P h k ∗ − 1 ( w ⊤ X t / σ ˉ ) 2 . As in the proof of Proposition 6.1 , ⟨ m t − m t Q , ϕ ⟩ L 2 ( P t ) = ( h / ( a σ ˉ ) ) k ∗ e k ∗ ( t ) m k ∗ \langle m_t-m_t^Q,\phi\rangle_{L^2(P_t)} = (h/(a\bar{\sigma}))\sqrt{k^*}\,e_{k^*}(t)m^{k^*} ⟨ m t − m t Q , ϕ ⟩ L 2 ( P t ) = ( h / ( a σ ˉ )) k ∗ e k ∗ ( t ) m k ∗ and D ( m ) = 1 + ∑ j = 0 2 k ∗ − 2 b j e j ( t ) m j D(m)=1+\sum_{j=0}^{2k^*-2}b_je_j(t)m^j D ( m ) = 1 + ∑ j = 0 2 k ∗ − 2 b j e j ( t ) m j . For every β \beta β , ∥ m t − m t Q − β ϕ ∥ 2 = B − G ( m ) + ( β − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) \|m_t-m_t^Q-\beta\phi\|^2 = B-G(m)+(\beta-\beta_*)^2D(m) ∥ m t − m t Q − β ϕ ∥ 2 = B − G ( m ) + ( β − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) , with G ( m ) = ( k ∗ h 2 / ( a 2 σ ˉ 2 ) ) e k ∗ 2 m 2 k ∗ / D ( m ) G(m)=(k^*h^2/(a^2\bar{\sigma}^2))e_{k^*}^2m^{2k^*}/D(m) G ( m ) = ( k ∗ h 2 / ( a 2 σ ˉ 2 )) e k ∗ 2 m 2 k ∗ / D ( m ) and β ∗ \beta_* β ∗ the population minimizer. D D D is continuous and positive on [ 0 , 1 ] [0,1] [ 0 , 1 ] , so D min > 0 D_{\min}>0 D m i n > 0 , and ∣ D ( m ) − D ( 1 ) ∣ ≤ K 2 ( 1 − m 2 ) |D(m)-D(1)|\le K_2(1-m^2) ∣ D ( m ) − D ( 1 ) ∣ ≤ K 2 ( 1 − m 2 ) with K 2 = ∑ j j 2 ∣ b j e j ( t ) ∣ K_2=\sum_j \frac{j}{2}|b_je_j(t)| K 2 = ∑ j 2 j ∣ b j e j ( t ) ∣ , because only even j j j occur (h k ∗ − 1 2 h_{k^*-1}^2 h k ∗ − 1 2 is even) and 1 − m j ≤ j 2 ( 1 − m 2 ) 1-m^j\le\frac{j}{2}(1-m^2) 1 − m j ≤ 2 j ( 1 − m 2 ) for even j j j . If m 2 ≥ 1 − ε 2 m^2\ge1-\varepsilon_2 m 2 ≥ 1 − ε 2 , then m 2 k ∗ ≥ 1 − k ∗ ε 2 m^{2k^*}\ge1-k^*\varepsilon_2 m 2 k ∗ ≥ 1 − k ∗ ε 2 and D ( 1 ) / D ( m ) ≥ 1 − K 2 ε 2 / D min D(1)/D(m)\ge1-K_2\varepsilon_2/D_{\min} D ( 1 ) / D ( m ) ≥ 1 − K 2 ε 2 / D m i n , so
G ( m ) = G ∗ m 2 k ∗ D ( 1 ) D ( m ) ≥ ( 1 − K 3 ε 2 ) G ∗ , K 3 = k ∗ + K 2 D min . (12) G(m)=G_*m^{2k^*}\frac{D(1)}{D(m)}\ge(1-K_3\varepsilon_2)G_*,\qquad K_3=k^*+\frac{K_2}{D_{\min}}. \tag*{(12)} G ( m ) = G ∗ m 2 k ∗ D ( m ) D ( 1 ) ≥ ( 1 − K 3 ε 2 ) G ∗ , K 3 = k ∗ + D m i n K 2 . (12)
The least-squares coefficient satisfies β ^ − β ∗ = ξ ^ / q ^ \widehat{\beta}-\beta_*=\widehat{\xi}/\widehat{q} β − β ∗ = ξ / q with ξ = ⟨ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) , ϕ ⟩ − β ∗ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 \xi=\langle x_0-m_t^Q(x_t),\phi\rangle-\beta_*|\phi|^2 ξ = ⟨ x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) , ϕ ⟩ − β ∗ ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 and q = ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 q=|\phi|^2 q = ∣ ϕ ∣ 2 averaged over S 3 S_3 S 3 ; E ξ = 0 \mathbb{E}\xi=0 E ξ = 0 , E q = D ( m ) \mathbb{E}q=D(m) E q = D ( m ) , and both variances are at most K 4 K_4 K 4 , because they are polynomials of degree at most 2 ( k ∗ − 1 ) 2(k^*-1) 2 ( k ∗ − 1 ) in w ^ ⊤ ( x 0 − m t Q ( x t ) ) \widehat{w}^\top(x_0-m_t^Q(x_t)) w ⊤ ( x 0 − m t Q ( x t )) and w ^ ⊤ x t \widehat{w}^\top x_t w ⊤ x t , linear combinations of Z Z Z and independent Gaussians with bounded coefficients, so their second moments involve moments of Z Z Z of order at most 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) 4(k^*-1) 4 ( k ∗ − 1 ) . By Chebyshev’s inequality, with probability at least 1 − δ 1-\delta 1 − δ , ξ 2 ≤ 2 K 4 / ( δ n 3 ) \xi^2 \le2K_4/(\delta n_3) ξ 2 ≤ 2 K 4 / ( δ n 3 ) and q ˉ ≥ D ( m ) / 2 \bar{q} \ge D(m)/2 q ˉ ≥ D ( m ) /2 once n 3 ≥ 8 K 4 / ( δ D min 2 ) n_3 \ge8K_4/(\delta D_{\min}^2) n 3 ≥ 8 K 4 / ( δ D m i n 2 ) ; on this event
( β ^ − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) ≤ ξ 2 q ˉ 2 D ( m ) ≤ 8 K 4 δ n 3 D min . (13) (\widehat{\beta}-\beta_*)^2D(m) \le\frac{\xi^2}{\bar{q}^2}D(m) \le\frac{8K_4}{\delta n_3D_{\min}}. \tag*{(13)} ( β − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) ≤ q ˉ 2 ξ 2 D ( m ) ≤ δ n 3 D m i n 8 K 4 . (13)
Accuracy bookkeeping. Run Stage 2 with ε 2 = ε / ( 2 K 3 ) \varepsilon_2=\varepsilon/(2K_3) ε 2 = ε / ( 2 K 3 ) , which is at most ε \varepsilon ε because K 3 ≥ k ∗ ≥ 4 K_3 \ge k^* \ge4 K 3 ≥ k ∗ ≥ 4 . Condition (D.1) then reads n 2 ≥ C 3 d / ( δ ε ) n_2 \ge C_3d/(\delta\varepsilon) n 2 ≥ C 3 d / ( δ ε ) with C 3 = 8 K 1 K 3 / ( γ 2 κ ~ 2 ( 3 / 4 ) k ∗ − 1 ) C_3=8K_1K_3/(\gamma^2\widetilde{\kappa}^2(3/4)^{k^*-1}) C 3 = 8 K 1 K 3 / ( γ 2 κ 2 ( 3/4 ) k ∗ − 1 ) , and gives sin 2 ∠ ( w ^ , u ) ≤ ε 2 ≤ ε \sin^2\angle(\widehat{w},u) \le\varepsilon_2 \le\varepsilon sin 2 ∠ ( w , u ) ≤ ε 2 ≤ ε . By (D.2), G ( m ) ≥ ( 1 − ε / 2 ) G ∗ G(m) \ge(1-\varepsilon/2)G_* G ( m ) ≥ ( 1 − ε /2 ) G ∗ . Take C 4 = max { 16 K 4 / ( D min G ∗ ) , 8 K 4 / D min 2 } C_4=\max\{16K_4/(D_{\min}G_*),8K_4/D_{\min}^2\} C 4 = max { 16 K 4 / ( D m i n G ∗ ) , 8 K 4 / D m i n 2 } ; since ε < 1 \varepsilon<1 ε < 1 , n 3 ≥ C 4 / ( δ ε ) n_3 \ge C_4/(\delta\varepsilon) n 3 ≥ C 4 / ( δ ε ) satisfies the requirement n 3 ≥ 8 K 4 / ( δ D min 2 ) n_3 \ge8K_4/(\delta D_{\min}^2) n 3 ≥ 8 K 4 / ( δ D m i n 2 ) of Stage 3, and (D.3) gives ( β ^ − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) ≤ ( ε / 2 ) G ∗ (\widehat{\beta}-\beta_*)^2D(m) \le(\varepsilon/2)G_* ( β − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) ≤ ( ε /2 ) G ∗ . On the intersection of the three events, which has probability at least 1 − 3 δ 1-3\delta 1 − 3 δ , the conditional denoiser risk of the realized estimator given all training clean points and views is
B − G ( m ) + ( β ^ − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) ≤ B − ( 1 − ε 2 ) G ∗ + ε 2 G ∗ = B − ( 1 − ε ) G ∗ , B-G(m)+(\widehat{\beta}-\beta_*)^2D(m)\le B-\left(1-\frac{\varepsilon}{2}\right)G_*+\frac{\varepsilon}{2}G_*=B-(1-\varepsilon)G_*, B − G ( m ) + ( β − β ∗ ) 2 D ( m ) ≤ B − ( 1 − 2 ε ) G ∗ + 2 ε G ∗ = B − ( 1 − ε ) G ∗ ,
and the conditional score risk is ( a / h ) 2 (a/h)^2 ( a / h ) 2 times it.
Proof of Corollary 6.9 (dimension separation, k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 )
The upper bound is Theorem 6.8 with k ∗ = 4 k^*=4 k ∗ = 4 and fixed ε , δ \varepsilon,\delta ε , δ ; the mixture has an L 2 L^2 L 2 likelihood ratio (Theorem 3.7 ) and is sub-Gaussian. The statistical-query statement is Proposition 6.3 . Theorem 4.21 (1) with J = 3 J=3 J = 3 shows that an orientation-blind dictionary with bounded L 4 / L 2 L^4/L^2 L 4 / L 2 constant and D = o ( d 3 ) D=o(d^3) D = o ( d 3 ) has risk ( 1 − o ( 1 ) ) ( a / h ) 2 B (1-o(1))(a/h)^2B ( 1 − o ( 1 )) ( a / h ) 2 B ; Theorem 5.2 (2) with Lemma 5.3 gives the kernel statement; Corollary 6.2 gives the online one.
Experimental protocols and reproducibility
The studies below used fixed protocols, with seeds and resource budgets recorded before data collection. Raw unit records for the large GPU study are archived separately; the reported summaries were computed from those records. The following details specify the experimental comparisons without relying on the internal organization of the implementation.
Covariance-visible studies
The 168-unit main suite (base seed 20261029, one Tesla T4, 4.9 GPU-hours) and the 60-unit revision suite (base seed 20261030, 16-core CPU) used these settings:
Barrier: k ∈ { 1 , 2 } k \in\{1,2\} k ∈ { 1 , 2 } , d ∈ { 8 , … , 256 } d \in\{8,\ldots,256\} d ∈ { 8 , … , 256 } , p ∈ { 64 , 256 , 1024 } p \in\{64,256,1024\} p ∈ { 64 , 256 , 1024 } , t ∈ { 0.1 , 0.3 , 0.6 , 1 } t \in\{0.1,0.3,0.6,1\} t ∈ { 0.1 , 0.3 , 0.6 , 1 } , n = 1024 n=1024 n = 1024 , n v = 512 n_v=512 n v = 512 , 8 replicates, 8192 test points. A violation is a mean risk plus three standard errors below the floor.
Feature budget: k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , d ∈ { 6 , … , 32 } d \in\{6,\ldots,32\} d ∈ { 6 , … , 32 } , p ∈ { 2 4 , … , 2 14 } p \in\{2^4,\ldots,2^{14}\} p ∈ { 2 4 , … , 2 14 } , t ∈ { 0.3 , 0.6 } t \in\{0.3,0.6\} t ∈ { 0.3 , 0.6 } , n = 8192 n=8192 n = 8192 , n v = 2048 n_v=2048 n v = 2048 , 3 replicates.
Certificate: PCA risk at d = k d=k d = k , n ∈ { 64 , … , 4096 } n \in\{64,\ldots,4096\} n ∈ { 64 , … , 4096 } , 32 replicates; per-cell and simultaneous (Bonferroni over 168 cells, Student t 31 t_{31} t 31 ) upper limits; exact first crossing d 0 d_0 d 0 .
Generation: three latent laws (product k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , k = 2 k=2 k = 2 , and a four-component law in k = 2 k=2 k = 2 ), d ∈ { 8 , 32 , 128 , 512 } d \in\{8,32,128,512\} d ∈ { 8 , 32 , 128 , 512 } , n ∈ { 256 , 1024 } n \in\{256,1024\} n ∈ { 256 , 1024 } , p = 256 p=256 p = 256 , 6 replicates; 24 log-spaced fitted times in [ 0.02 , 4 ] [0.02,4] [ 0.02 , 4 ] , 400 Euler–Maruyama steps, final Tweedie step; exact-assignment W 2 W_2 W 2 on 2048 latent points.
Staircase: best-in-span least squares of the exact residual on 131,072 inputs; Hermite dictionaries (affine, lower odd levels and a Haar-random fraction of the next level) and tanh dictionaries of equal dimension; t ∈ { 0.3 , 0.6 , 1 } t \in\{0.3,0.6,1\} t ∈ { 0.3 , 0.6 , 1 } .
Data off the subspace: U Z + σ 0 G 0 UZ+\sigma_0G_0 U Z + σ 0 G 0 , σ 0 ∈ { 0 , 0.1 , 0.3 , 1 } \sigma_0 \in\{0,0.1,0.3,1\} σ 0 ∈ { 0 , 0.1 , 0.3 , 1 } , d ∈ { 8 , … , 512 } d \in\{8,\ldots,512\} d ∈ { 8 , … , 512 } , n ∈ { 256 , 1024 , 4096 } n \in\{256,1024,4096\} n ∈ { 256 , 1024 , 4096 } , with an isotropic Gaussian baseline.
Generation off the subspace: as item 4 with σ 0 ∈ { 0 , 0.1 , 0.3 } \sigma_0 \in\{0,0.1,0.3\} σ 0 ∈ { 0 , 0.1 , 0.3 } .
Exact constants were evaluated from the analytic formulas for the posterior mean, density floor, Hermite energies, Funk–Hecke spectrum, harmonic weights, staircase levels and time change. Checks, tables and figures were computed from replicate-level records.
Covariance-matched studies
The covariance-matched studies used the following designs.
X3: nested quadratic Hermite dictionaries, ridge fits on 4,096 pairs, 32,768 test pairs, eight seeds, Holm-corrected one-sided tests.
X5: exponential-kernel ridge regression on noisy inputs, d ∈ { 8 , 11 , 16 } d \in\{8,11,16\} d ∈ { 8 , 11 , 16 } , n ≤ 2 d 3 n \le2d^3 n ≤ 2 d 3 , ridges 10 − 8 10^{-8} 1 0 − 8 –10 2 10^2 1 0 2 , three seeds; eigenvalue study to d = 512 d=512 d = 512 .
Spectral statistics: single-view recovery curves in units of v t d 2 / κ ˉ t 2 v_td^2/\bar{\kappa}_t^2 v t d 2 / κ ˉ t 2 , four seeds; clean partial-trace overlaps at n = x ⋅ 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 n=x\cdot2d^2/\kappa_4^2 n = x ⋅ 2 d 2 / κ 4 2 , x ∈ { 0.5 , … , 8 } x \in\{0.5,\ldots,8\} x ∈ { 0.5 , … , 8 } , d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 256 } d \in\{64,128,256\} d ∈ { 64 , 128 , 256 } , eight seeds.
Two-stage learner on the X4 protocol: identical grid, seeds, budgets, success rule and threshold fit; variants r ∈ { 1 , ∞ } r \in\{1,\infty\} r ∈ { 1 , ∞ } with zero, one or three sharpening steps on the validation split, and a sensitivity run of the one-step full-reuse variant with 8,192-point validation and calibration sets.
The identities of Lemma 3.3, Theorem 6.5(1,3) and Proposition 6.7 were also checked by Monte Carlo.
Auditing the covariance-matched numbers. Each covariance-matched protocol was fixed before its study ran. The replicate-level records of the explicit learners retain the variant, validation and calibration size, dimension, training size, seed, normalized gain and squared overlaps. A run succeeds when its normalized gain is at least 0.25. Spectral-transition records contain one row per run. The X4 thresholds and intervals use per-cell success counts; full run histories are archived with a recorded digest. The sensitivity run reduces each of the validation and calibration sets to 8,192 points.
Full result tables for the covariance-visible regime
The tables and figures below were computed from the recorded runs without manual adjustment.
Results
Barrier. Across 288 Gaussian-control and ambient cells, 0 fall below the Ky Fan floor by more than three standard errors (no detected violations when this count is zero). The largest PCA/oracle denoiser difference is 3.8e-12, and the largest standardized deviation of PCA risks across d d d is 3.12.
Table 8. Score risk at t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 , k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 : mean (standard error) over replicates, and the Ky Fan floor for the ambient dictionary.
Feature budget. Cells below the normalized explicit barrier by more than three standard errors: 0; below the Ky Fan floor: 0. Table 9 gives the width p 1 / 2 p_{1/2} p 1/2 at which the ambient estimator closes half of the Gaussian–PCA gap, and the reference width p N p_N p N at which the explicit barrier vanishes. The largest Ky Fan floor in each row is below the half-gap threshold, so the barrier implies no lower bound on p 1 / 2 p_{1/2} p 1/2 ; p N p_N p N is a scale, not a necessary width.
Table 9. Half-gap width p 1 / 2 p_{1/2} p 1/2 of the ambient estimator, reference width p N p_N p N , the half-gap risk threshold and the largest Ky Fan floor over the widths tested.
Descriptive log-log slopes of p 1 / 2 p_{1/2} p 1/2 in d d d : t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 : 2.68, t = 0.6 t = 0.6 t = 0.6 : 3.42.
Figure 9. Ambient risk normalized by B d ( t ) B_d(t) B d ( t ) against L ( p + 1 ) / N d , 3 L(p + 1)/N_{d,3} L ( p + 1 ) / N d , 3 ; the dashed line is the explicit barrier.
Certificate. With per-cell normal limits, 102 of 168 cells admit a finite d 0 d_0 d 0 ; with simultaneous Bonferroni–t t t limits at family level 1%, 100 do. In the regime n ≥ 512 n \ge512 n ≥ 512 (k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 ) or n ≥ 1024 n \ge1024 n ≥ 1024 and t ≥ 0.3 t \ge0.3 t ≥ 0.3 (k = 2 k = 2 k = 2 ), 75 and 75 of 75 cells are certified, with largest d 0 d_0 d 0 equal to 40 and 49. Table 10 gives d 0 d_0 d 0 at p = 256 p = 256 p = 256 .
Table 10. Certified d 0 d_0 d 0 at p = 256 p = 256 p = 256 , as per-cell / simultaneous: for every d ≥ d 0 d \ge d_0 d ≥ d 0 the explicit floor of the ambient estimator exceeds the upper confidence limit of the PCA risk (Lemma 4.17). Per-cell limits are one-sided normal 99% limits; simultaneous limits are Bonferroni–t t t over all cells. Both are approximate. A dash means no certificate.
Generation. The largest off-subspace RMS over all methods is 4.5e-13; the largest standardized deviation of PCA W 2 W_2 W 2 across d d d is 2.73.
Table 11. Latent W 2 W_2 W 2 , mean (standard error), at d = 512 d = 512 d = 512 and n = 1024 n = 1024 n = 1024 ; the last column is the fresh-versus-fresh reference value.
Figure 10. Latent W 2 W_2 W 2 (mean and standard error over replicates) against d d d .
Staircase. Across 324 best-in-span cells, 0 fall below the Ky Fan floor by more than three standard errors.
Figure 11. Best-in-span score risk of orientation-blind dictionaries against the normalized dimension ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 (M+d+1)/N_{d,3} ( M + d + 1 ) / N d , 3 . Circles: affine functions, full lower Hermite levels and a uniformly random subspace of the next level; crosses: tanh random features of the same dimension. Horizontal lines: the Gaussian control and the dimension-free levels of Theorem 4.9 ; the vertical line marks N d , 3 N_{d,3} N d , 3 .
Data off the subspace. Across 384 Gaussian-control and ambient cells, 0 fall below the time-changed Ky Fan floor of Proposition 4.14 by more than three standard errors. With σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0=0 σ 0 = 0 the largest standardized deviation of PCA risks across d d d is 2.4.
Figure 12. Score risk at t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 against d d d for data off the subspace. PCA random features for three training sizes, ambient random features at n = 1024 n = 1024 n = 1024 and the time-changed barrier for the ambient dictionary.
Staircase. No best-in-span cell falls below the Ky Fan floor by more than three standard errors (0 of 324). The full level-J J J Hermite dictionary reaches the dimension-free level of Theorem 4.9 at every tested d d d (Table 12 ): for J = 3 J = 3 J = 3 its risk lies within 8% of k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) k(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_3(t) k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 3 ( t ) from d = 6 d = 6 d = 6 to d = 32 d = 32 d = 32 at all three times, for example 0.00029, 0.0129 and 0.196 at d = 32 d = 32 d = 32 and t = 1 , 0.6 , 0.3 t = 1, 0.6, 0.3 t = 1 , 0.6 , 0.3 against 0.00030, 0.0127 and 0.189; for J = 5 J = 5 J = 5 it lies within 5% of k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 5 ( t ) k(a_t/h_t)^2\varepsilon_5(t) k ( a t / h t ) 2 ε 5 ( t ) for d ≤ 12 d \le12 d ≤ 12 . The dictionary dimension needed to reach the level grows from 63 to 6017 over this range, as N d , 3 N_{d,3} N d , 3 does, while the attained risk does not change. The approach to the level is convex rather than linear in the fraction f f f of level three that the dictionary contains: at f = 1 2 f = \frac{1}{2} f = 2 1 the remaining fraction of the level-three excess is 0.25–0.36 at t = 1 t = 1 t = 1 , 0.17–0.24 at t = 0.6 t = 0.6 t = 0.6 and 0.05–0.11 at t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 . This is compatible with the lower bound, which is linear in f f f but carries the density factor c t k c_t^k c t k . At t = 1 t = 1 t = 1 and t = 0.6 t = 0.6 t = 0.6 the normalized curves for d ∈ { 8 , … , 32 } d \in\{8, \ldots, 32\} d ∈ { 8 , … , 32 } coincide to within 0.05 and 0.07, so that the relevant scale of the dictionary is N d , 3 N_{d,3} N d , 3 and not d d d or d 2 d^2 d 2 . Tanh random features of the same dimension behave differently at different times. At t = 1 t = 1 t = 1 and t = 0.6 t = 0.6 t = 0.6 they stay above the cubic Hermite dictionary, by a factor between about 4 and 6 at t = 1 t = 1 t = 1 , and the gap does not close with d d d . At t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 and 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 8 \le d \le16 8 ≤ d ≤ 16 they fall below the level-three value (0.147 against 0.189 at d = 12 d = 12 d = 12 ), and at J = 5 J = 5 J = 5 even below the level-five value, because their span contains components of degree above J J J , which carry a large part of the residual at small t t t . At d ≥ 24 d \ge24 d ≥ 24 this advantage disappears, as a span of dimension N d , 3 N_{d,3} N d , 3 is a vanishing fraction of the next level, N d , 5 N_{d,5} N d , 5 . The upper bound concerns polynomial dictionaries only, so none of these measurements conflicts with it.
Table 12. Best-in-span score risk (mean over replicates) of the full Hermite dictionary at level J J J (dimension ( d + J J ) \binom{d+J}{J} ( J d + J ) ) and of tanh random features of the same dimension, against the dimension-free level k ( a / h ) 2 ε J k(a/h)^2\varepsilon_J k ( a / h ) 2 ε J of Theorem 4.9 .
Data off the subspace. No Gaussian-control or ambient cell falls below the time-changed Ky Fan floor of Proposition 4.14 by more than three standard errors (0 of 384), and with σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0 = 0 σ 0 = 0 the PCA risks again vary across d d d only within Monte Carlo error (largest standardized deviation 2.4). The measured ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 \|\sin\Theta\|_F^2 ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 agrees with the spiked-covariance reference once d ≥ 32 d \ge32 d ≥ 32 (Table 13 ). Ambient random features show no measurable improvement over the Gaussian control once d ≥ 128 d \ge128 d ≥ 128 , at every σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 , n n n and t t t . With σ 0 > 0 \sigma_0 > 0 σ 0 > 0 every method’s risk grows with d d d at fixed n n n , because the shared baseline estimates a d d d -dimensional mean and an off-subspace variance from noisy data. This growth is common to the Gaussian control, the PCA estimator and the oracle-projection estimator: PCA and oracle risks differ by a median of 1.3% over the 144 cells with σ 0 > 0 \sigma_0 > 0 σ 0 > 0 , and coincide at σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0 = 0 σ 0 = 0 . The part of the risk that the barrier concerns, the improvement over the Gaussian control, is nearly independent of d d d . At t = 0.3 t = 0.3 t = 0.3 the PCA estimator’s absolute improvement varies by at most 13% of its d = 8 d = 8 d = 8 value across d ∈ { 8 , … , 512 } d \in\{8,\ldots,512\} d ∈ { 8 , … , 512 } for σ 0 ≤ 0.3 \sigma_0 \le0.3 σ 0 ≤ 0.3 at every n n n , and for σ 0 = 1 \sigma_0 = 1 σ 0 = 1 it stays within 20% of its d = 8 d = 8 d = 8 value while d σ 0 2 / n ≤ 1 / 8 d\sigma_0^2/n \le1/8 d σ 0 2 / n ≤ 1/8 . It collapses once d σ 0 2 / n ≥ 1 / 2 d\sigma_0^2/n \ge1/2 d σ 0 2 / n ≥ 1/2 , where ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 ≥ 0.23 \|\sin\Theta\|_F^2 \ge0.23 ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 ≥ 0.23 : there the PCA estimator retains at most a quarter of its d = 8 d = 8 d = 8 improvement, while the oracle projection retains 30–80%. This is the only regime in the grid in which subspace estimation, rather than feature learning or the baseline, limits the adaptive estimator. Every cell lies above the detection threshold λ / σ 0 2 > d / n \lambda/\sigma_0^2 > \sqrt{d/n} λ / σ 0 2 > d / n of the spiked-covariance model, with λ = μ 2 + τ 2 \lambda= \mu^2+\tau^2 λ = μ 2 + τ 2 , so the collapse is caused by estimation error, not by a loss of detectability; we do not bound it. In generation (Table 14 ), PCA random features at d = 512 d = 512 d = 512 and σ 0 ∈ { 0.1 , 0.3 } \sigma_0 \in\{0.1,0.3\} σ 0 ∈ { 0.1 , 0.3 } reach W 2 W_2 W 2 within 0.02 of the exact-score sampler, and ambient random features again reproduce the Gaussian control. With three replicates the standard errors of these W 2 W_2 W 2 values are about 0.03–0.05; the difference between the exact-score values at d = 32 d = 32 d = 32 and d = 512 d = 512 d = 512 lies within this spread, and the six-replicate main study shows no trend in d d d .
Table 13 : Data U Z + σ 0 G 0 UZ+\sigma_0G_0 U Z + σ 0 G 0 , k = 1 k=1 k = 1 , p = 256 p=256 p = 256 , t = 0.3 t=0.3 t = 0.3 : subspace error ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 \lVert\sin\Theta\rVert_F^2 ∥ sin Θ ∥ F 2 (measured / spiked-covariance reference) and score risks (mean). The barrier column is λ t − 2 F d K F ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ′ ) \lambda_t^{-2}F_d^{KF}(L(p+1);t') λ t − 2 F d K F ( L ( p + 1 ) ; t ′ ) .
Table 13.
Table 14. Latent W 2 W_2 W 2 of generated samples (mean over replicates) for data off the subspace, k = 1 k = 1 k = 1 , n = 1024 n = 1024 n = 1024 ; the reference law is that of U 0 T X 0 = Z + σ 0 ξ U_0^\mathsf{T}X_0 = Z + \sigma_0\xi U 0 T X 0 = Z + σ 0 ξ .